PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL TABLE OF …6A-i December, 2019 PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 6A. General 6A.1..... General 6A-1

6A-i December, 2019

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLTABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 6A. General6A.1 General ........................................................................................................................................6A-1

Chapter 6B. Fundamental Principles6B.1 FundamentalPrinciplesofTemporaryTrafficControl ...............................................................6B-1

Chapter 6C. Temporary Traffic Control Elements6C.1 TemporaryTrafficControlPlans ................................................................................................6C-16C.2 TemporaryTrafficControlZones ...............................................................................................6C-26C.3 ComponentsofTemporaryTrafficControlZones ......................................................................6C-26C.4 AdvanceWarningArea ...............................................................................................................6C-26C.5 TransitionArea............................................................................................................................6C-46C.6 ActivityArea ...............................................................................................................................6C-46C.7 TerminationArea ........................................................................................................................6C-86C.8 Tapers ..........................................................................................................................................6C-86C.9 DetoursandDiversions ...............................................................................................................6C-106C.10 One-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl ..........................................................................................6C-106C.11 FlaggerMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl ...........................................................6C-106C.12 FlagTransferMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl ..................................................6C-106C.13 PilotCarMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl .........................................................6C-106C.14 TemporaryTrafficControlSignalMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl ..................6C-116C.15 StoporYieldControlMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl .....................................6C-11

Chapter 6D. Pedestrian and Worker Safety6D.1 PedestrianConsiderations ...........................................................................................................6D-16D.2 AccessibilityConsiderations ......................................................................................................6D-36D.3 WorkerConsiderations ...............................................................................................................6D-3

Chapter 6E. Flagger Control6E.1 QualificationsforFlaggers .........................................................................................................6E-16E.2 High-VisibilitySafetyApparel ..................................................................................................6E-16E.3 Hand-SignalingDevices .............................................................................................................6E-16E.4 AutomatedFlaggerAssistanceDevices ......................................................................................6E-26E.5 STOP/SLOWAutomatedFlaggerAssistanceDevices ...............................................................6E-56E.6 Red/YellowLensAutomatedFlaggerAssistanceDevices .........................................................6E-66E.7 FlaggerProcedures .....................................................................................................................6E-76E.8 FlaggerStations ..........................................................................................................................6E-76E.9 FlaggerMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl ...........................................................6E-96E.10 FlagTransferMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl ..................................................6E-96E.11 PilotCarMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl .........................................................6E-96E.12 StoporYieldControlMethodofOne-Lane,Two-WayTrafficControl .....................................6E-106E.13 FlaggingatIntersections .............................................................................................................6E-10

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

6A-iiSeptember,2020

Chapter 6F. Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices6F.1 TypesofDevices .........................................................................................................................6F-16F.2 GeneralCharacteristicsofSigns .................................................................................................6F-16F.3 SignPlacement ...........................................................................................................................6F-26F.4 SignMaintenance .......................................................................................................................6F-76F.5 RegulatorySignAuthority ..........................................................................................................6F-76F.6 RegulatorySignDesign ..............................................................................................................6F-76F.7 RegulatorySignApplications .....................................................................................................6F-96F.8 ROAD(STREET)CLOSEDSign(R11-2) ................................................................................6F-96F.9 LocalTrafficOnlySigns(R11-3a,R11-4) ..................................................................................6F-96F.10 WeightLimitSigns(R12-1a,R12-2,R12-5,R12-5Supplements) ............................................6F-106F.11 STAYINLANESign(R4-9) ......................................................................................................6F-106F.12 WorkZoneandHigherFinesSignsandPlaques ........................................................................6F-106F.13 PEDESTRIANCROSSWALKSign(R9-8) ...............................................................................6F-116F.14 SIDEWALKCLOSEDSigns(R9-9,R9-10M(oldR9-10),R9-11,R9-11a) .............................6F-116F.15 SpecialRegulatorySigns ............................................................................................................6F-116F.16 WarningSignFunction,Design,andApplication ......................................................................6F-116F.16.1 Roll-UpWarningSigns ...............................................................................................................6F-126F.17 PositionofAdvanceWarningSigns ...........................................................................................6F-126F.18 ROAD(STREET)WORKAHEADSign(W20-1) ....................................................................6F-136F.19 DETOURAHEADSign(W20-2) ..............................................................................................6F-136F.20 ROAD(STREET)CLOSEDAHEADSign(W20-3) ................................................................6F-136F.20.1 TRAILCLOSEDAHEADSign(W20-3M(oldW20-3a)) ........................................................6F-136F.21 ONELANEROADAHEADSign(W20-4) ..............................................................................6F-136F.22 Lane(s)ClosedSigns(W21-X5,W20-X13) ...............................................................................6F-146F.23 CENTERLANECLOSEDSign(W21-X5c) ............................................................................6F-146F.23.1 THRUTRAFFICMERGERIGHT(LEFT)Sign(W4-1a) ........................................................6F-146F.24 LaneEndsSign(W4-2) ..............................................................................................................6F-146F.24.1 MERGESign(W20-X3) ............................................................................................................6F-146F.24.2 BIKELANECLOSED(W20-X5)andBIKESMERGE(W20-X21)Sign ..............................6F-146F.25 ONRAMPPlaque(W13-4P)......................................................................................................6F-146F.26 RAMPNARROWSSign(W5-4) ...............................................................................................6F-156F.27 SLOWTRAFFICAHEADSign(W23-1) ..................................................................................6F-156F.28 EXITOPEN,EXITCLOSEDSigns(E5-2,E5-2a) ...................................................................6F-156F.29 EXITONLYSign(E5-3) ............................................................................................................6F-156F.30 NEWTRAFFICPATTERNAHEAD,TRAFFICCHANGEAHEADSigns(W23-2,W3-X5) ................................................................................................6F-156F.31 FlaggerSign(W20-7) .................................................................................................................6F-166F.32 Two-WayTrafficSign(W6-3) ....................................................................................................6F-166F.33 WorkersSign(W21-1) ................................................................................................................6F-166F.34 FRESHOIL(TAR)Sign(W21-2) ..............................................................................................6F-166F.35 ROADMACHINERYAHEADSign(W21-3) ..........................................................................6F-166F.36 MotorizedTrafficSigns(W8-6,W11-10) ...................................................................................6F-176F.37 SHOULDERWORKSigns(W21-5,W21-5a) ..........................................................................6F-176F.38 SURVEYCREWSign(W21-6a) ...............................................................................................6F-176F.38.1 CREWWORKINGAHEADSign(W21-X6) ............................................................................6F-176F.39 UTILITYWORKSign(W21-7) ................................................................................................6F-186F.40 SignsforBlastingAreas .............................................................................................................6F-18

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

6A-iii September,2020

6F.41 BLASTINGZONEAHEADSign(W22-1) ...............................................................................6F-186F.42 TURNOFF2-WAYRADIOANDCELLPHONESign(W22-2) .............................................6F-186F.43 ENDBLASTINGZONESign(W22-3) .....................................................................................6F-186F.44 ShoulderSigns ............................................................................................................................6F-186F.44.1 SHOULDERDROPOFFSign(W8-9a) ....................................................................................6F-196F.44.2 LOWSHOULDERSign(W8-9),HIGHSHOULDER(W8-9M(oldW21-X9))......................6F-196F.44.3 NOSHOULDERSign(W8-23) .................................................................................................6F-196F.44.4 SOFTSHOULDERSign(W8-4) ...............................................................................................6F-196F.45 UNEVENLANESSign(W8-11) ...............................................................................................6F-196F.46 STEELPLATEAHEADSign(W8-24) ......................................................................................6F-196F.47 NOCENTERSTRIPESign(W8-12a) .......................................................................................6F-206F.48 ReverseCurveSigns(W1-4Series) ...........................................................................................6F-206F.49 DoubleReverseCurveSigns(W24-1,W24-1a,W24-1b) .........................................................6F-206F.50 OtherWarningSigns ...................................................................................................................6F-206F.50.1 BUMPandDIPSigns(W8-1,W8-2) .........................................................................................6F-226F.50.2 BEPREPAREDTOSTOPSign(W3-4) ....................................................................................6F-226F.51 SpecialWarningSigns ................................................................................................................6F-226F.52 AdvisorySpeedPlaque(W13-1P) ..............................................................................................6F-236F.53 SupplementaryDistancePlaque(W7-3aP) ................................................................................6F-236F.54 MotorcyclePlaque(W8-15P) .....................................................................................................6F-236F.55 GuideSigns .................................................................................................................................6F-236F.56 ROADWORKNEXTXXMILESSign(G20-1) ......................................................................6F-246F.56.1 ClosureNoticeSign(G20-X1) ...................................................................................................6F-246F.57 ENDROADWORKSign(G20-2a) ..........................................................................................6F-246F.58 PILOTCARFOLLOWMESign(G20-4) .................................................................................6F-246F.59 DetourSigns(M4-8,M4-8a,M4-8b,M4-9,M4-9a,M4-9b,M4-9c,andM4-10) ....................6F-256F.60 PortableChangeableMessageSigns ..........................................................................................6F-256F.61 ArrowBoards ..............................................................................................................................6F-286F.62 High-LevelWarningDevices(FlagTrees) .................................................................................6F-306F.63 ChannelizingDevices .................................................................................................................6F-316F.64 Cones ..........................................................................................................................................6F-346F.65 TubularMarkers..........................................................................................................................6F-356F.65.1 SurfaceMountedDelineators ....................................................................................................6F-356F.65.2 WeightedChannelizers ..............................................................................................................6F-366F.66 VerticalPanels ............................................................................................................................6F-366F.67 Drums .........................................................................................................................................6F-366F.68 TypeI,II,orIIIBarricades ........................................................................................................6F-376F.69 DirectionIndicatorBarricades ....................................................................................................6F-386F.70 TemporaryTrafficBarriersasChannelizingDevices .................................................................6F-386F.71 LongitudinalChannelizingBarricades .......................................................................................6F-396F.72 TemporaryLaneSeparators ........................................................................................................6F-396F.73 OtherChannelizingDevices .......................................................................................................6F-396F.74 DetectableEdgingforPedestrians ..............................................................................................6F-396F.74.1 TemporaryWalkwaySurface .....................................................................................................6F-406F.75 TemporaryRaisedIslands ...........................................................................................................6F-416F.76 OpposingTrafficLaneDividerandSign(W6-4) .......................................................................6F-416F.77 PavementMarkings ....................................................................................................................6F-41

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 4

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 3

6A-ivSeptember,2020

6F.78 InterimPavementMarkings .......................................................................................................6F-426F.79 TemporaryRaisedPavementMarkers ........................................................................................6F-426F.80 Post-MountedDelineators ..........................................................................................................6F-456F.81 LightingDevices .........................................................................................................................6F-456F.82 Floodlights ..................................................................................................................................6F-456F.83 WarningLights ...........................................................................................................................6F-466F.83.1 Steady-BurnElectricLamps ......................................................................................................6F-476F.83.2 RoadwayLighting .....................................................................................................................6F-476F.84 TemporaryTrafficControlSignals .............................................................................................6F-476F.85 TemporaryTrafficBarriers .........................................................................................................6F-486F.86 CrashCushions ...........................................................................................................................6F-506F.87 RumbleStrips .............................................................................................................................6F-536F.88 Screens ........................................................................................................................................6F-53

Chapter 6G. Type of Temporary Traffic Control Zone Activity6G.a Introduction ................................................................................................................................6G-16G.1 Typical Applications ...................................................................................................................6G-16G.2 WorkDuration ............................................................................................................................6G-26G.2.1 Long-TermTemporaryTrafficControl .......................................................................................6G-26G.2.2 Intermediate-Term/NightTemporaryTrafficControlZone ........................................................6G-36G.2.3 Short-TermTemporaryTrafficControlZones ............................................................................6G-36G.2.4 ShortDurationTemporaryTrafficControlZones .......................................................................6G-36G.2.5 MobileTemporaryTrafficControlZones ...................................................................................6G-46G.3 LocationofWork ........................................................................................................................6G-56G.4 ModificationstoFulfillSpecialNeeds .......................................................................................6G-56G.5 WorkAffectingPedestrianandBicycleFacilities ......................................................................6G-66G.6 WorkOutsideoftheShoulder ....................................................................................................6G-66G.7 WorkontheShoulderwithNoEncroachment ...........................................................................6G-76G.8 WorkontheShoulderwithMinorEncroachment ......................................................................6G-76G.9 WorkWithintheMedian .............................................................................................................6G-86G.9.1 DetoursandDiversions ...............................................................................................................6G-86G.10 WorkWithintheTraveledWayofaTwo-LaneHighway ...........................................................6G-86G.10.1 WorkWithintheTraveledWayofaRuralHighway ..................................................................6G-96G.11 WorkWithintheTraveledWayofanUrbanStreet ....................................................................6G-96G.12 WorkWithintheTraveledWayofaMulti-Lane,Non-AccessControlledHighway .................6G-106G.13 WorkWithintheTraveledWayatanIntersection ......................................................................6G-116G.14 WorkWithintheTraveledWayofaFreewayorExpressway ....................................................6G-126G.15 Two-Lane,Two-WayTrafficonOneRoadwayofaNormallyDividedHighway .....................6G-136G.16 Crossovers ...................................................................................................................................6G-146G.17 Interchanges ................................................................................................................................6G-146G.18 WorkintheVicinityofaGradeCrossing ...................................................................................6G-146G.19 TemporaryTrafficControlDuringNighttimeHours ..................................................................6G-146G.20 Installation,MaintenanceandInspectionofTemporaryTrafficControl ....................................6G-15

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

6A-v September,2020

Chapter 6H. Speed Limits in Temporary Traffic Control Zones6H-1 General ........................................................................................................................................6H-16H-2 AdvisorySpeeds .........................................................................................................................6H-16H-3 24/7ConstructionSpeedLimits ................................................................................................6H-46H-4 WorkersPresentSpeedLimits ...................................................................................................6H-66H-5 SpeedLimitFinesinWorkZones ..............................................................................................6H-116H-6 GuidelinesforSpeedLimitsinWorkZones ............................................................................ 6H-11

Chapter 6I. Control of Traffic Through Traffic Incident Management Areas6I.1 General ........................................................................................................................................6I-16I.2 MajorTrafficIncidents ...............................................................................................................6I-26I.3 IntermediateTrafficIncidents .....................................................................................................6I-36I.4 MinorTrafficIncidents ...............................................................................................................6I-36I.5 UseofEmergency-VehicleLighting ..........................................................................................6I-3

Chapter 6J. Long Term Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts6J-1 General ........................................................................................................................................6J-i

Chapter 6K. Minnesota Temporary Traffic Control Field Manual

Mn

Rev

. 4

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

FIGURESFigure6C-1 ComponentPartsofaTemporaryTrafficControlZone ........................................................6C-3Figure6C-2 TypesofTapersandBufferSpaces ........................................................................................6C-5Figure6C-3 TaperLengthCriteriaforTemporaryTrafficControlZones .................................................6C-9Figure6D-1 PedestrianAccessibilityChecklist(Sheet1of2) ..................................................................6D-5Figure6D-1 PedestrianAccessibilityChecklist(Sheet2of2) ..................................................................6D-6Figure6E-1a ExampleoftheUseofaSTOP/SLOWAutomatedFlaggerAssistanceDevice(AFAD) ......6E-4Figure6E-3 UseofHand-SignalingDevicesbyFlaggers .........................................................................6E-8Figure6F-1 HeightandLateralLocationofSigns-TypicalInstallations ................................................6F-6Figure6F-2 MethodsofMountingSignsOtherThanonPosts .................................................................6F-8Figure6F-4 OtherWarningSignsThatMaybeFoundinTemporaryTrafficControlZones ...................6F-21Figure6F-6 AdvanceWarningArrowDisplaySpecifications ...................................................................6F-29Figure6F-7 ChannelizingDevices ............................................................................................................6F-32Figure6F-10 TemporaryWalkwaySurfaceDimensions .............................................................................6F-40Figure6F-8a InterimPavementMarkings-3DaysorLess........................................................................6F-43Figure6F-8b InterimPavementMarkings-14DaysorLess......................................................................6F-44Figure6F-9 PortableConcreteBarrierPlacementandEndtreatments(Sheet1of2) ..............................6F-51Figure6F-9 PortableConcreteBarrierPlacementandEndtreatments(Sheet2of2) ..............................6F-52Figure6J-1 SymbolsUsedinTypicalLayouts ..........................................................................................6J-iiiFigure6J-2 TemporaryTrafficControlDevicesandDistanceCharts ......................................................6J-iv

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 7

6A-vi

TABLESTable6C-1 AdvanceWarningSignPlacement .........................................................................................6C-2Table6C-2 GuidelinesfortheLengthofaLongitudinalBuffer ..............................................................6C-6Table6C-3 TaperLengthCriteriaforTemporaryTrafficControlZones .................................................6C-7Table6E-1 StoppingSightDistanceasaFunctionofSpeed ...................................................................6E-9Table6F-1 TemporaryTrafficControlZoneSignandPlaqueSizes(Sheet1of3) .................................6F-3Table6F-1 TemporaryTrafficControlZoneSignandPlaqueSizes(Sheet2of3) .................................6F-4Table6F-1 TemporaryTrafficControlZoneSignandPlaqueSizes(Sheet3of3) .................................6F-5Table6F-2 SpecificationsforPortableChangeableMessageSignUse ...................................................6F-27Table6F-4 Thistablehasbeeneliminated ...............................................................................................6F-31Table6F-3 RecommendedSpacingofTypeA,B,andCChannelizingDevices .....................................6F-34Table6F-5a Drop-offstoCommonlyJustifyPCBNon-ConstructionSpeedLimitsof45-55mph ..........6F-49Table6F-5b Drop-offstoCommonlyJustifyPCBNon-ConstructionSpeedLimitsof60-70mph ..........6F-49

Mn

Rev

. 4

Mn

Rev

. 4

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7 Mn

Rev

. 3

LAYOUTSLayout6H-1 AdvisorySpeedLimitMulti-LaneRoad ...............................................................................6H-2Layout6H-2 DynamicSpeedDisplaySign ................................................................................................6H-3Layout6H-3 24/7ConstructionSpeedLimit ..............................................................................................6H-5Layout6H-4 WorkersPresentSpeedLimit .................................................................................................6H-8Layout6H-4a ElectronicWorkersPresentSpeedLimit ...............................................................................6H-9Layout6H-4b WorkersPresentSpeedLimitTwo-Lane,Two-WayRoadwithFlaggers ..............................6H-10Layout6J-1 TypicalStripingandStripeRemovalforLaneClosure,Multi-LaneDividedRoad .............6J-1Layout6J-2 PlacementandSpacingofTemporaryRaisedPavementMarkers(TRPMs) ........................6J-2Layout6J-3 TypicalSectionforTwo-Lane,Two-WayOperations,Multi-laneDividedRoad .................6J-3Layout6J-4 TypicalCrossovertoTwo-Lane,Two-WayOperations,Multi-laneDividedRoad ...............6J-4Layout6J-5 TypicalCrossoverfromaTwo-Lane,Two-WayOperation,Multi-LaneDividedRoad........6J-5Layout6J-6 Two-Lane,Two-WayOperationsatRampsonanOpenRoadway ........................................6J-6Layout6J-7 Two-Lane,Two-WayOperationatanExitRampAcrossaClosedRoadway .......................6J-7Layout6J-8 Two-Lane,Two-WayOperationatanEntranceRampAcrossaClosedRoadway ...............6J-8Layout6J-9 MainlineRightLaneClosedwithanExitRampOpen .........................................................6J-9Layout6J-10 MainlineRightLaneClosedwithanEntranceRampOpen ..................................................6J-10Layout6J-11 Two-Lane,Two-WayOperationthroughaTypicalIntersection ............................................6J-11Layout6J-12 LaneClosurewithStopSignsonaTwo-Lane,Two-WayRoad ............................................6J-12Layout6J-13 LaneClosurewithSignalsonaTwo-Lane,Two-WayRoad .................................................6J-13Layout6J-14 MultipleLaneShiftonaMulti-LaneDividedRoad ..............................................................6J-14Layout6J-15 RoadClosureatInterchange ..................................................................................................6J-15Layout6J-16 RoadClosurewithDiversion(Bypass)onaTwo-Lane,Two-WayRoad ..............................6J-16Layout6J-17 RoadClosurewithDetour......................................................................................................6J-17Layout6J-18 DetourforClosedStreet ........................................................................................................6J-18Layout6J-19 DetourforOneTravelDirection ............................................................................................6J-19Layout6J-20 TypicalSigningforaRoadClosure .......................................................................................6J-20Layout6J-21 EntranceRampClosures ........................................................................................................6J-21Layout6J-22 TypicalTerminiSigning .........................................................................................................6J-22Layout6J-23 TypicalAdvanceSigning .......................................................................................................6J-23Layout6J-24a CrosswalkClosuresandPedestrianDetours ..........................................................................6J-24aLayout6J-24b CrosswalkClosuresandPedestrianDetours ..........................................................................6J-24bLayout6J-25a SidewalkBypass ....................................................................................................................6J-25aLayout6J-25b SidewalkBypass ....................................................................................................................6J-25bSeptember,2020

Mn

Rev

. 7

December, 20116A-1

6A.1 GeneralSupportWhenevertheacronym“TTC“isusedinPart6,itrefers

to“temporarytrafficcontrol.”

StandardThe needs and control of all road users (motorists,

bicyclists,andpedestrianswithinthehighway,oronprivateroadsopentopublictravel(seedefinitioninSection1A.13),including persons with disabilities in accordance with theAmericans with DisabilitiesAct of 1990 (ADA), Title II,Paragraph35.130)throughaTTCzoneshallbeanessentialpart of highway construction, utility work, maintenanceoperations,andthemanagementoftrafficincidents.

SupportWhen the normal function of the roadway, or a private

road open to public travel, is suspended, TTC planningprovides for continuityof themovement ofmotor vehicle,bicycle,andpedestriantraffic(includingaccessiblepassage);transitoperations;andaccess(andaccessibility)topropertyand utilities.TheprimaryfunctionofTTCistoprovideforthesafeand

effectivemovement of road users, through or aroundTTCzones while reasonably protecting workers, responders totrafficincidentsandequipment.Of equal importance to the public traveling through the

TTC zone is the safety of workers performing the manyvaried tasks within the work space. TTC zones presentconstantly changing conditions that are unexpected by theroaduser.Thiscreatesanevenhigherdegreeofvulnerabilityfortheworkersonorneartheroadway(seeSection6D.3).At the same time, theTTC zone provides for the efficientcompletionofwhateveractivity interrupted thenormaluseoftheroadway.Considerationforroadusersafety,workerandresponder

safety, and the efficiency of road user flow is an integralelement of every TTC zone, from planning throughcompletion.AconcurrentobjectiveoftheTTCistheefficientconstructionandmaintenanceofthehighwayandtheefficientresolutionoftrafficincidents.

NoonesetofTTCdevicescansatisfyallconditionsforagivenproject.Atthesametime,definingdetailsthatwouldbeadequatetocoverallapplicationsisnotpractical.Instead,Part 6 displays typical applications that depict commonapplications of TTC devices. The TTC selected for eachsituationdependsontypeofhighway,roaduserconditions,durationofoperation,physicalconstraints,andthenearnessof thework spaceor incidentmanagementactivity to roadusers.Improved road user performance might be realized

throughawell-preparedpublicrelationseffortthatcoversthenature of thework, the time anddurationof its execution,theanticipatedeffectsuponroadusers,andpossiblealternateroutesandmodesoftravel.SuchprogramshavebeenfoundtoresultinasignificantreductioninthenumberofroaduserstravelingthroughtheTTCzone,whichreducesthepossiblenumberofconflicts.Operational improvements might be realized by using

intelligent transportationsystems(ITS) inworkzones.TheuseinworkzonesofITStechnology,suchasportablecamerasystems,highwayadvisoryradio,variablespeedlimits,rampmetering, traveler information,merge guidance, and queuedetectioninformation,isaimedatincreasingsafetyforbothworkersandroadusersandhelpingtoensureamoreefficienttrafficflow.TheuseinworkzonesofITStechnologieshasbeenfoundtobeeffectiveinprovidingtrafficmonitoringandmanagement,datacollection,andtravelerinformation.

StandardTTCplansanddevices shallbe the responsibilityof the

authority of a public body or official having jurisdictionfor guiding road users. There shall be adequate statutoryauthorityfortheimplementationandenforcementofneededroad user regulations, parking controls, speed zoning, andmanagementoftrafficincidents.Suchstatutesshallprovidesufficient flexibility in the application ofTTC tomeet theneedsofchangingconditionsintheTTCzone.

SupportTemporary facilities, including pedestrian routes around

worksites,arealsocoveredbytheaccessibilityrequirementsoftheAmericanswithDisabilitiesActof1990(ADA)(PublicLaw101-336,104Stat.327,July26,1990.42USC12101-12213(asamended)).

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6A. General

December, 2011 6A-2

GuidanceThe TTC plan should start in the planning phase and

continue through the design, construction, and restorationphases. The TTC plans and devices should follow theprinciples set forth in Part 6. The management of trafficincidents should follow the principles set forth in Chapter6G.

OptionTTC plans may deviate from the typical applications

described in Chapter 6H to allow for conditions andrequirementsofaparticularsiteorjurisdiction.

SupportThe provisions of Part 6 apply to both rural and urban

areas.A rural highway is normally characterized by lowervolumes, higher speeds, fewer turning conflicts, and lessconflict with pedestrians. An urban street is typicallycharacterizedbyrelativelylowspeeds,widerangesofroaduservolumes,narrowerroadwaylanes,frequentintersectionsand driveways, significant pedestrian activity, and morebusinessesandhouses.Thedeterminationastowhetheraparticularfacilityata

particulartimeofdaycanbeconsideredtobeahigh-volumeroadwayorcanbeconsideredtobealow-volumeroadwayismadebythepublicagencyorofficialhavingjurisdiction.

December, 20116B-1

6B.1 Fundamental Principles of Temporary Traffic Control

SupportConstruction,maintenance,utility,andincidentzonescan

all benefit fromTTC to compensate for the unexpected orunusual situations faced by road users.When planning forTTCinthesezones,itcanbeassumedthatitisappropriatefor road users to exercise extra caution.Even though roadusersareassumedtobeusingextracaution,specialcareisstillneededinapplyingTTCtechniques.Special plans preparation and coordination with transit,

other highway agencies, law enforcement and otheremergency units, utilities, schools, and railroad companiesmightbeneededtoreduceunexpectedandunusualroaduseroperation situations.DuringTTC activities, commercial vehiclesmight need

tofollowadifferentroutefrompassengervehiclesbecauseofbridge,weight,clearance,orgeometricrestrictions.Also,vehiclescarryinghazardousmaterialsmightneedtofollowadifferentroutefromothervehicles.TheHazardousMaterialsandNationalNetworksignsareincludedinSections2B.62and2B.63,respectively.Experience has shown that following the fundamental

principles of Part 6will assist road users and help protectworkersinthevicinityofTTCzones.While these principles provide guidance for good TTC for the practitioner, they do not establish standards and warrants.

GuidanceRoad user and worker safety and accessibility in TTC

zones should be an integral and high-priority element ofeveryprojectfromplanningthroughdesignandconstruction.Similarly,maintenance and utilitywork should be plannedand conducted with the safety of drivers, bicyclists, pedestrians (including thosewithdisabilities), andworkersbeing considered at all times. If the TTC zone includes agradecrossing,earlycoordinationwiththerailroadcompanyorlight-railagencyshouldtakeplace.

SupportFormulatingspecificplansforTTCat trafficincidents is

difficultbecauseofthevarietyofsituationsthatcanarise.

GuidanceThe following are the seven fundamental principles of

TTC:1. Generalplansorguidelinesshouldbedevelopedtoprovidesafetyformotorists,bicyclists,pedestrians,workers,enforcement/emergencyofficials,andequipment,withthefollowingfactorsbeingconsidered:A. Thebasicsafetyprinciplesgoverningthedesign

ofpermanentroadwaysandroadsidesshouldalsogovernthedesignofTTCzones.Thegoalshouldbetorouteroadusersthroughsuchzonesusingroadwaygeometrics,roadsidefeatures,andTTCdevicesasnearlyaspossiblecomparabletothosefornormalhighwaysituations.

B. ATTCplan,indetailappropriatetothecomplexityoftheworkprojectorincident,shouldbe prepared and understood by all responsible partiesbeforethesiteisoccupied.AnychangesintheTTCplanshouldbeapprovedbyanofficialknowledgeable(forexample,trainedand/orcertified)inproperTTCpractices.

2. Roadusermovementshouldbeinhibitedaslittleaspractical,basedonthefollowingconsiderations:A. TTCatworkandincidentsitesshouldbedesigned

ontheassumptionthatdriverswillonlyreducetheirspeedsiftheyclearlyperceiveaneedtodoso(seeSection6C.1).

B. Frequentandabruptchangesingeometricssuchaslanenarrowing,droppedlanes,ormainroadwaytransitionsthatrequirerapidmaneuvers,shouldbeavoided.

C.Workshouldbescheduledinamannerthatminimizestheneedforlaneclosuresoralternateroutes,whilestillgettingtheworkcompletedquicklyandthelanesorroadwayopentotrafficassoon as possible.

D. Attemptsshouldbemadetoreducethevolumeoftrafficusingtheroadwayorfreewaytomatchtherestrictedcapacityconditions.Roadusersshouldbeencouragedtousealternativeroutes.Forhigh-volumeroadwaysandfreeways,theclosureofselectedentrancerampsorotheraccesspointsandtheuseofsigneddiversionroutesshouldbeevaluated.

E. Bicyclistsandpedestrians,shouldbeprovidedwithaccessandreasonablysafepassagethroughtheTTCzone.

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6B. Fundamental Principles

December, 2011 6B-2

C.TTCzonesshouldbecarefullymonitoredundervaryingconditionsofroaduservolumes,light,andweathertocheckthatapplicableTTCdevicesareeffective,clearlyvisible,clean,andincompliancewiththeTTCplan.

D. Whenwarranted,anengineeringstudyshouldbemade(incooperationwithlawenforcementofficials)ofreportedcrashesoccurringwithintheTTCzone.CrashrecordsinTTCzonesshouldbemonitoredtoidentifytheneedforchangesintheTTCzone.

5.AttentionshouldbegiventothemaintenanceofroadsidesafetyduringthelifeoftheTTCzonebyapplyingthefollowingprinciples:A. Toaccommodaterun-off-the-roadincidents,

disabledvehicles,oremergencysituations,unencumberedroadsiderecoveryareasorclearzonesshouldbeprovidedwherepractical.

B. Channelizationofroadusersshouldbeaccomplishedbytheuseofpavementmarkings,signing,andcrashworthychannelizingdevices.

C.Workequipment,workers’privatevehicles,materials,anddebrisshouldbestoredinsuchamannertoreducetheprobabilityofbeingimpactedbyrun-off-the-roadvehicles.

6. EachpersonwhoseactionsaffectTTCzonesafety,fromtheupper-levelmanagementthroughthefieldworkers,shouldreceivetrainingappropriatetothejobdecisionseachindividualisrequiredtomake.OnlythoseindividualswhoaretrainedinproperTTCpracticesandhaveabasicunderstandingoftheprinciples(establishedbyapplicablestandardsandguidelines,includingthoseofthisManual)shouldsupervisetheselection,placement,andmaintenanceofTTCdevicesusedforTTCzonesandforincidentmanagement.

7.Goodpublicrelationsshouldbemaintainedbyapplyingthefollowingprinciples:A. Theneedsofallroadusersshouldbeassessed

suchthatappropriateadvancenoticeisgivenandclearlydefinedalternativepathsareprovided.

B. ThecooperationofthevariousnewsmediashouldbesoughtinpublicizingtheexistenceofandreasonsforTTCzonesbecausenewsreleasescanassistinkeepingtheroaduserswellinformed.

C.Theneedsofabuttingpropertyowners,residents,andbusinessesshouldbeassessedandappropriateaccommodations made.

D. Theneedsofemergencyserviceproviders(police,fire,andmedical)shouldbeassessedandappropriate coordination and accommodations made.

F. Ifworkoperationspermit,laneclosuresonhigh-volumestreetsandhighwaysshouldbescheduledduringoff-peakhours.Nightworkshouldbeconsiderediftheworkcanbeaccomplishedwithaseriesofshort-termoperations.

G. Earlycoordinationwithofficialshavingjurisdictionovertheaffectedcrossstreetsandprovidingemergencyservicesshouldoccurifsignificantimpactstoroadwayoperationsareanticipated.

3.Motorists,bicyclists,andpedestriansshouldbeguidedinaclearandpositivemannerwhileapproachingandtraversingTTCzonesandincidentsites.Thefollowingprinciplesshouldbeapplied:A. Adequatewarning,delineation,andchannelization

shouldbeprovidedtoassistinguidingroadusersinadvanceofandthroughtheTTCzoneorincidentsitebyusingproperpavementmarking,signing,orotherdevicesthatareeffectiveundervaryingconditions.Providinginformationthatisinusableformatsbypedestrianswithvisualdisabilitiesshouldalsobeconsidered.

B. TTCdevicesinconsistentwithintendedtravelpathsthroughTTCzonesshouldberemovedorcovered.However,inintermediate-termstationary,short-term,andmobileoperations,wherevisiblepermanentdevicesareinconsistentwithintendedtravelpaths,devicesthathighlightoremphasizetheappropriatepathshouldbeused.Providingtrafficcontroldevicesthatareaccessibletoandusablebypedestrianswithdisabilitiesshouldbeconsidered.

C.Flaggingprocedures,whenused,mustprovidepositiveguidancetoroaduserstraversingtheTTCzone.

4.Toprovideacceptablelevelsofoperations,routinedayandnightinspectionsofTTCelementsshouldbeperformedasfollows:A. Individualswhoareknowledgeable(forexample,

trainedand/orcertified)intheprinciplesofproperTTCshouldbeassignedresponsibilityforsafetyinTTCzones.ThemostimportantdutyoftheseindividualsshouldbetocheckthatallTTCdevicesoftheprojectareconsistentwiththeTTCplanandareeffectiveformotorists,bicyclists,pedestrians,andworkers.

B. Astheworkprogresses,temporarytrafficcontrolsand/orworkingconditionsshouldbemodified,ifappropriate,inordertoprovidemobilityandpositiveguidancetotheroaduserandtopromoteworkersafety.TheindividualresponsibleforTTCshouldhavetheauthoritytohaltworkuntilapplicableorremedialsafetymeasuresaretaken.

December, 20116B-3

E. Theneedsofrailroadsandtransitshouldbeassessed and appropriate coordination and accommodations made.

F. Theneedsofoperatorsofcommercialvehiclessuchasbusesandlargetrucksshouldbeassessedand appropriate accommodations made.

StandardBefore any new detour or temporary route is opened to

traffic,allnecessarysignsshallbeinplace.All TTC devices shall be removed as soon as practical

when theyareno longerneeded.Whenwork is suspendedfor short periods of time, TTC devices that are no longerappropriateshallberemovedorcovered.

6C-1 December, 2011

OptionProvisions may be incorporated into the project bid

documents that enable contractors to develop an alternateTTCplan.ModificationsofTTCplansmaybenecessarybecauseof

changedconditionsoradeterminationofbettermethodsofsafelyandefficientlyhandlingroadusers.

GuidanceThisalternateormodifiedplanshouldhavetheapproval

oftheresponsiblehighwayagencypriortoimplementation.Provisionsforeffectivecontinuityoftransitserviceshould

be incorporated into the TTC planning process becauseoften public transit buses cannot efficiently be detoured inthe same manner as other vehicles (particularly for short-termmaintenanceprojects).Whereapplicable,theTTCplanshould provide for features such as temporary bus stops,pull-outs, andsatisfactorywaitingareas for transitpatrons,includingpersonswithdisabilities,ifapplicable(seeSection 10A.5 foradditional light rail transit issues toconsider forTTC).Provisionsforeffectivecontinuityofrailroadserviceand

acceptableaccesstoabuttingpropertyownersandbusinessesshouldalsobeincorporatedintotheTTCplanningprocess.Reducedspeedlimitsshouldbeusedonlyinthespecific

portion of the TTC zone where conditions or restrictivefeaturesarepresent.However,frequentchangesinthespeedlimitshouldbeavoided.ATTCplanshouldbedesignedsothatvehiclescansafelytravelthroughtheTTCzonewithaspeedlimitreductionofnomorethan15mph.Areductionofmorethan15mphinthespeedlimitshould

beusedonlywhenrequiredbyrestrictivefeaturesintheTTCzone.Whererestrictivefeaturesjustifyaspeedreductionofmore than15mph,additionaldrivernotificationshouldbeprovided.Thespeedlimitshouldbesteppeddowninadvanceof the location requiring the lowest speed, and additionalTTCwarningdevicesshouldbeused.Reduced speed zoning (lowering the regulatory speed

limit)shouldbeavoidedasmuchaspracticalbecausedriverswillreducetheirspeedsonlyiftheyclearlyperceiveaneedto do so.

6C.1 Temporary Traffic Control PlansSupportA TTC plan describes TTC measures to be used for

facilitating road users through awork zone or an incidentarea.TTCplansplayavitalroleinprovidingcontinuityofeffectiveroaduserflowwhenaworkzone,incident,orothereventtemporarilydisruptsnormalroaduserflow.Importantauxiliary provisions that cannot conveniently be specifiedon project plans can easily be incorporated into SpecialProvisionswithintheTTCplan.TTC plans range in scope from being very detailed to

simplyreferencingtypicaldrawingscontainedinthisManual,standard approvedhighwayagencydrawings andmanuals,or specific drawings contained in the contract documents.ThedegreeofdetailintheTTCplandependsentirelyonthecomplexityofthesituation.

GuidanceTTCplansshouldbepreparedbypersonsknowledgeable

(forexample,trainedand/orcertified)aboutthefundamentalprinciplesofTTCandworkactivitiestobeperformed.Thedesign,selection,andplacementofTTCdevicesforaTTCplanshouldbebasedonengineeringjudgment.Coordination should be made between adjacent or

overlapping projects to check that duplicate signing is notused and to check compatibility of traffic control betweenadjacentoroverlappingprojects.Traffic control planning should be completed for all

highwayconstruction,utilitywork,maintenanceoperations,andincidentmanagementincludingminormaintenanceandutilityprojectspriortooccupyingtheTTCzone.Planningforallroadusersshouldbeincludedintheprocess.Provisions for effective continuity of accessible

circulation paths for pedestrians should be incorporatedinto the TTC process. Where existing pedestrian routesare blocked or detoured, information should be providedaboutalternative routes thatareusablebypedestrianswithdisabilities, particularly thosewho have visual disabilities.Access to temporary bus stops, travel across intersectionswith accessible pedestrian signals (see Section 4E.6), andother routing issuesshouldbeconsideredwhere temporarypedestrianroutesarechannelized.Barriersandchannelizingdevicesthataredetectablebypeoplewithvisualdisabilitiesshouldbeprovided.

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6C. Temporary Traffic Control Elements

6C-2December, 2019

warningdevice(suchasasign,light,orcone)tothelastTTCdeviceor toapointwhereroadusersreturn to theoriginallanealignmentandareclearoftheincident.Aplannedspecialeventoftencreatestheneedtoestablish

alteredtrafficpatternstohandletheincreasedtrafficvolumesgeneratedbytheevent.ThesizeoftheTTCzoneassociatedwithaplannedspecialeventcanbesmall,suchasclosingastreetforafestival,orcanextendthroughoutamunicipalityforlargerevents.ThedurationoftheTTCzoneisdeterminedbythedurationoftheplannedspecialevent.

6C.3 Components of Temporary Traffic Control Zones

SupportMostTTCzonesaredividedintofourareas:theadvance

warning area, the transition area, the activity area, and theterminationarea.C-1illustratesthesefourareas.ThesefourareasaredescribedinSections6C.4through6C.7.

6C.4 Advance Warning AreaSupportTheadvancewarningareaisthesectionofhighwaywhere

roadusers are informedabout theupcomingwork zoneorincident area.

Mn

Rev

. 7

SupportResearch has demonstrated that large reductions in the

speed limit, such as a 30 mph reduction, increase speedvarianceandthepotentialforcrashes.Smallerreductionsinthe speed limit of up to15mph cause smaller changes inspeedvarianceandlessenthepotentialforincreasedcrashes.A reduction in the regulatory speed limit of only up to15 mphfromthenormalspeedlimithasbeenshowntobemoreeffective.

6C.2 Temporary Traffic Control ZonesSupportA TTC zone is an area of a highway where road user

conditionsarechangedbecauseofaworkzone,anincidentzone, or a planned special event through the use of TTCdevices, uniformed law enforcement officers, or otherauthorizedpersonnel.Awork zone is an areaof a highwaywith construction,

maintenance,orutilityworkactivities.Aworkzoneistypicallymarked by signs, channelizing devices, barriers, pavementmarkings, and/or work vehicles. It extends from the firstwarningsignorhigh-intensityrotating,flashing,oscillating,orstrobelightsonavehicletotheENDROADWORKsignor the last TTC device. TTC zones are established to provide safe traffic movement when the normal function of the roadway is suspended by scheduled activities, unscheduled activities or incidents.Anincidentzoneisanareaofahighwaywheretemporary

trafficcontrolsareimposedbyauthorizedofficialsinresponsetoatrafficincident(seeSection6I.1).Itextendsfromthefirst

Posted Speed Limit Prior to Work Starting

(mph)

Distance Between Advance Warning

Signs (mph)

0-30 100

35-40 325

45 - 50 600

55 750

60-65 1000

70-75 1200

Table 6C-1 Advance Warning Sign Placement

6C-3 December, 2011

100 feetDownstream Taper

Buffer Space(longitudinal)

Work Spaceis set aside for

workers, equipment,and material storage

Termination Arealets traffic resumenormal operations

Activity Areais where worktakes place


provides protection fortraffic and workers

Transition Areamoves traffic outof its normal path

Advance Warning Areatells traffic what to

expect ahead

LegendDirection of TravelChannelizing deviceWork spaceSign

Buffer Space(lateral)provides

protection fortraffic andworkers

Traffic Spaceallows traffic

to pass throughthe activity area

Figure 6C-1 Component Parts of a Temporary Traffic Control Zone

December, 2011 6C-4

6C.5 Transition AreaSupportThetransitionareaisthatsectionofhighwaywhereroad

usersareredirectedoutoftheirnormalpath.Transitionareasusuallyinvolvestrategicuseoftapers,whichbecauseoftheirimportance are discussed separately in detail.

StandardWhenredirectionoftheroadusers’normalpathisrequired,

theyshallbedirectedfromthenormalpathtoanewpath.

OptionBecause it is impractical in mobile operations to redirect

the roaduser’snormalpathwith stationarychannelization,moredominantvehicle-mountedtrafficcontroldevices,suchas arrow boards, portable changeable message signs, andhigh-intensityrotating,flashing,oscillating,orstrobelights,maybeused insteadof channelizingdevices to establishatransition area.

6C.6 Activity AreaSupportTheactivityareaisthesectionofthehighwaywherethe

workactivitytakesplace.Itiscomprisedoftheworkspace,thetrafficspace,andthebufferspace.Theworkspace is thatportionof thehighwayclosed to

roadusersandsetasideforworkers,equipment,andmaterial,andashadowvehicleifoneisusedupstream.Workspacesareusuallydelineatedforroadusersbychannelizingdevicesor,toexcludevehiclesandpedestrians,bytemporarybarriers.

OptionTheworkspacemaybestationaryormaymoveaswork

progresses.

GuidanceSince there might be several work spaces (some even

separated by severalmiles) within the project limits, eachworkspaceshouldbeadequatelysignedtoinformroadusersand reduce confusion.

SupportThe trafficspace is theportionof thehighway inwhich

roadusersareroutedthroughtheactivityarea.Thebufferspaceisalateraland/orlongitudinalareathat

separates roaduserflowfrom theworkspaceoranunsafearea, andmightprovide some recovery space for anerrantvehicle.

OptionTheadvancewarningareamayvaryfromasinglesignor

high-intensityrotating,flashing,oscillating,orstrobelightsonavehicletoaseriesofsignsinadvanceoftheTTCzoneactivityarea.

GuidanceTypicaldistancesforplacementofadvancewarningsigns

on freeways and expressways should be longer becausedrivers are conditioned to uninterrupted flow. Therefore,theadvancewarningsignplacementshouldextendonthesefacilitiesasfaras1/2mileormore.On urban streets, the effective placement of the first

warningsigninfeetshouldrangefrom4to8timesthespeedlimitinmph,withthehighendoftherangebeingusedwhenspeedsare relativelyhigh.Whenasingleadvancewarningsignisused(incasessuchaslow-speedresidentialstreets),theadvancewarningareacanbeasshortas100feet.Whentwoormoreadvancewarningsignsareusedonhigher-speedstreets, such as major arterials, the advance warning areashouldextendagreaterdistance(seeTable6C-1).Sinceruralhighwaysarenormallycharacterizedbyhigher

speeds, theeffectiveplacementof thefirstwarning sign infeet should be substantially longer-from 8 to 12 times thespeedlimitinmph.Sincetwoormoreadvancewarningsignsarenormallyusedfortheseconditions,theadvancewarningarea should extend 1,500 feet or more for open highwayconditions(seeTable6C-1).The distances contained inTable 6C-1 are approximate,

are intended for guidance purposes only, and should beappliedwithengineering judgment.Thesedistancesshouldbeadjustedforfieldconditions,ifnecessary,byincreasingordecreasingtherecommendeddistances.

SupportThe need to provide additional reaction time for a

condition is one exampleof justification for increasing thesignspacing.Conversely,decreasingthesignspacingmightbejustifiedinordertoplaceasignimmediatelydownstreamofanintersectionormajordrivewaysuchthattrafficturningonto the roadway in thedirectionof theTTCzonewillbewarnedoftheupcomingcondition.

OptionAdvance warning may be eliminated when the activity

areaissufficientlyremovedfromtheroadusers’pathsothatitdoesnotinterferewiththenormalflow.

6C-5 December, 2011

1/2 L

LegendDirection of TravelChannelizing deviceWork spaceSign

Downstream Taper

Lateral Buffer Space(optional)

ShiftingTaper

LongitudinalBuffer Space

Shoulder Taper

1/3 L

1/2 L

ShiftingTaper

ShiftingTaper


1/2 L

1/2 L

MergingTaper


A

Figure 6C-2 Types of Tapers and Buffer Spaces

6C-6

SupportTypically,thebufferspaceisformedasatrafficislandand

definedbychannelizingdevices.When a shadow vehicle, arrow board, or changeable

messagesignisplacedinaclosedlaneinadvanceofaworkspace,onlytheareaupstreamofthevehicle,arrowboard,orchangeablemessagesignconstitutesthebufferspace.

OptionThelateralbufferspacemaybeusedtoseparatethetraffic

spacefromtheworkspace,asshowninFigures6C-1and6C-2,orsuchareasasexcavationsorpavementedgedrop-offs.Alateralbufferspacealsomaybeusedbetweentwotravellanes,especiallythosecarryingopposingflows.

GuidanceGuide for the length of longitudinal buffer space is shown

in Table 6C-2. These distances are based upon the braking distance portion of stopping sight distance for wet and level pavements (A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and

GuidanceNeitherworkactivitynorstorageofequipment,vehicles,

ormaterialshouldoccurwithinabufferspace.

OptionBufferspacesmaybepositionedeither longitudinallyor

laterallywithrespecttothedirectionofroaduserflow.Theactivityareamaycontainoneormorelateralorlongitudinalbufferspaces.Alongitudinalbufferspacemaybeplacedinadvanceof

aworkspace.Thelongitudinalbufferspacemayalsobeusedtoseparate

opposingroaduserflowsthatuseportionsofthesametrafficlane,asshowninFigure6C-2.If a longitudinal buffer space is used, the values shown

inTable 6C-2may be used to determine the length of thelongitudinalbufferspace.

Speed* Distance

30 mph 200 feet

35 mph 305 feet

40 mph 305 feet

45 mph 425 feet

50 mph 425 feet

55 mph 500 feet

60 mph 650 feet

65 mph 650 feet

70 mph 820 feet

75 mph 820 feet

* This distance is related to approach speeds, friction factors, and pavement and tire conditions. These

distances may be increased for downgrades.Table 6C-2 Guidelines for the Length of a Longitudinal Buffer

Mn

Rev

. 4

February,2015

6C-7 December, 2011


Merging Taper (L)

Shifting Taper

Shoulder Taper

Two-Way Traffic Taper

Downstream Taper

(minimum)

(mph) (feet) (feet) (feet) (feet) (feet)

30 200 100 75 50 100

35 250 125 100 50 100

40 325 175 125 50 100

45 550 275 200 50 100

50 600 300 200 50 100

55 700 350 250 50 100

60-65 800 400 270 50 100

70-75 900 450 300 50 100

Formula

L=WS2

60

L=WxS

L=Taperlengthinfeet.W=Widthofoffsetinfeet.S=Postedspeedpriortoworkstartinginmph.

50feet

100 foot minimum

Formulas for L

40mphorless

45mphorgreater

Speed

Two-WayTrafficTaper

Downstream Tapers(useisoptional)

ShoulderTaper

Lminimum½Lminimum⅓ L minimum

RECOMMENDED TAPER LENGTHSbased on 12-foot lane width

Type of Taper Upstream Tapers

MergingTaperShiftingTaper

Table 6C-3 Taper Length Criteria for Temporary Traffic Control Zones

6C-8

Themaximumdistanceinfeetbetweendevicesinatapershouldnotexceed1.0timesthespeedlimitinmph.

SupportA merging taper requires the longest distance because

driversarerequiredtomergeintocommonroadspace.

GuidanceAmergingtapershouldbelongenoughtoenablemerging

drivers to have adequate advance warning and sufficientlengthtoadjusttheirspeedsandmergeintoanadjacentlanebeforethedownstreamendofthetransition.

SupportA shifting taper is used when a lateral shift is needed.

Whenmorespaceisavailable,alongerthanminimumtaperdistancecanbebeneficial.Changesinalignmentcanalsobeaccomplishedbyusinghorizontalcurvesdesignedfornormalhighwayspeeds.

GuidanceAshiftingtapershouldhavealengthofapproximately1/2

L(seeTable6C-3).

SupportA shoulder taper might be beneficial on a high-speed

roadwaywhere shoulders are part of the activity area andareclosed,orwhenimprovedshouldersmightbemistakenas a driving lane. In these instances, the same type, butabbreviated,closureproceduresusedonanormalportionoftheroadwaycanbeused.

GuidanceIf used, shoulder tapers should have a length of

approximately1/3L(seeTable6C-3).Ifashoulderisusedasatravellane,eitherthroughpracticeorduringaTTCactivity,anormalmergingorshiftingtapershouldbeused.

SupportAdownstreamtapermightbeusefulinterminationareas

toprovideavisualcuetothedriverthataccessisavailablebackintotheoriginallaneorpaththatwasclosed.

GuidanceIfused,adownstreamtapershouldhaveaminimumlength

of50 feetandamaximumlengthof100 feetwithdevicesplacedataspacingofapproximately20feet.

SupportThe one-lane, two-way taper is used in advance of an

activityareathatoccupiespartofatwo-wayroadwayinsuchawaythataportionoftheroadisusedalternatelybytrafficineachdirection.

Streets, AASHTO (see page ii), 2001, p. 112). The length may be adjusted to satisfy individual agency needs.Thewidthofalateralbufferspaceshouldbedetermined

byengineeringjudgment.

OptionWhenwork occurs on a high-volume, highly congested

facility,avehiclestorageorstagingspacemaybeprovidedforincidentresponseandemergencyvehicles(forexample,tow trucks and fire apparatus) so that these vehicles canrespondquicklytoroaduserincidents.

6C.7 Termination AreaSupportThe termination area is the section of the highway

where roadusersare returned to theirnormaldrivingpath.The termination area extends from the downstream end oftheworkarea to the lastTTCdevicesuchasENDROADWORKsigns,ifposted.

OptionAnENDROADWORKsign,aSpeedLimitsign,orother

signsmaybeusedtoinformroadusersthattheycanresumenormal operations.Alongitudinalbufferspacemaybeusedbetweenthework

spaceandthebeginningofthedownstreamtaper.

6C.8 TapersOptionTapersmaybeusedinboththetransitionandtermination

areas.Whenevertapersaretobeusedincloseproximitytoaninterchangeramp,crossroads,curves,orotherinfluencingfactors,thelengthofthetapersmaybeadjusted.

SupportTapersarecreatedbyusingaseriesofchannelizingdevices

and/orpavementmarkingstomovetrafficoutoforintothenormalpath.TypesoftapersareshowninFigure6C-2.Longertapersarenotnecessarilybetterthanshortertapers

(particularlyinurbanareaswithcharacteristicssuchasshortblock lengths or driveways) because extended tapers tendto encourage sluggish operation and to encourage driversto delay lane changes unnecessarily. The test concerningadequate lengths of tapers involves observation of driverperformanceafterTTCplansareputintoeffect.

GuidanceThe appropriate taper length (L) should be determined

usingthecriteriashowninTable6C-3.

December, 2011

6C-9 December, 2011

Figure 6C-3 Example of a One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Taper

Flagger

Work Space


Two-way Traffic Taper50 feet

Buffer Space (longitudinal)is used to position the taper

in advance of the curve

Downstream Taper100 feet

LegendDirection of TravelChannelizing deviceWork space

Flagger

Sign

6C-10December, 2011

6C.11 Flagger Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

GuidanceExcept as provided in the Option statement below,

traffic should be controlled by a flagger at each end of aconstricted section of roadway.One of theflaggers shouldbe designated as the coordinator. To provide coordinationof the control of the traffic, the flaggers should be able tocommunicatewitheachotherorally,electronically,orwithmanualsignals.Thesemanualsignalsshouldnotbemistakenforflaggingsignals.

OptionWhenaone-lane, two-wayTTCzoneisshortenoughto

allowaflaggertoseefromoneendofthezonetotheother,trafficmaybe controlledby either a singleflaggerorby aflaggerateachendofthesection.

GuidanceWhen a single flagger is used, the flagger should be

stationed in the closed lane at the beginning of the taper orinapositionwheregoodvisibilityandtrafficcontrolcanbemaintainedatall times.Whengoodvisibilityandtrafficcontrol cannotbemaintainedbyoneflagger station, trafficshouldbecontrolledbyaflaggerateachendofthesection.

6C.12 Flag Transfer Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

SupportThedriverofthelastvehicleproceedingintotheone-lane

section is given a red flag (or other token) and instructedto deliver it to the flagger at the other end. The oppositeflagger,uponreceiptoftheflag,thenknowsthattrafficcanbepermitted tomove in theotherdirection.Avariationofthismethodistoreplacetheuseofaflagwithanofficialpilotcarthatfollowsthelastroaduservehicleproceedingthroughthesection.

GuidanceTheflagtransfermethodshouldbeemployedonlywhere

theone-waytrafficisconfinedtoarelativelyshortlengthofaroad,usuallynomorethan1mileinlength.

6C.13 Pilot Car Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

OptionA pilot car may be used to guide a queue of vehicles

throughtheTTCzoneordetour.

GuidanceTraffic should be controlled by a flagger or temporary

traffic signal (if sight distance is limited), or a STOP orYIELDsign.A short taper having a maximum length of 50 feet with channelizing devices at approximately 12 foot spacings should be used to guide traffic into the one-way section.

SupportAnexampleofaone-lane,two-waytraffictaperisshown

inFigure6C-3.

6C.9 Detours and DiversionsSupportAdetour is a temporary reroutingof roadusers onto an

existinghighwayinordertoavoidaTTCzone.

GuidanceDetoursshouldbeclearlysignedovertheirentirelengthso

thatroaduserscaneasilyuseexistinghighwaystoreturntotheoriginalhighway.

SupportAdiversion is a temporary rerouting of road users onto

a temporaryhighwayoralignmentplacedaround theworkarea.

6C.10 One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic ControlStandardExceptasprovidedinthe following Option,whentraffic

inbothdirectionsmustuseasinglelaneforalimiteddistance,movementsfromeachendshallbecoordinated.

GuidanceProvisions should be made for alternate one-way

movementthroughtheconstrictedsectionviamethodssuchasflaggercontrol,aflagtransfer,apilotcarwith a flagger used as described in Section 6F.54,trafficcontrolsignals,or stop or yield control.Controlpointsateachendshouldbechosentopermiteasy

passingofopposinglanesofvehicles.If trafficon the affectedone-lane roadway isnotvisible

fromoneendtotheother,thenflaggingprocedures,apilotcar with a flagger used as described in Section 6C.13, ora traffic control signal should be used to control opposingtrafficflows.

OptionIftheworkspaceonalow-volumestreetorroadisshort

androadusersfrombothdirectionsareabletoseethetrafficapproachingfromtheoppositedirectionthroughandbeyondthe worksite, the movement of traffic through a one-lane,two-wayconstrictionmaybeself-regulating.

6C-11

GuidanceThepilot car shouldhave thenameof the contractoror

contractingauthorityprominentlydisplayed.

StandardThePILOTCARFOLLOWME(G20-4)sign(seeSection

6F.58)shallbemountedontherearofthepilotvehicle.Aflaggershallbestationedontheapproachtotheactivity

area to control vehicular traffic until the pilot vehicle isavailable.

6C.14 Temporary Traffic Control Signal Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

OptionTraffic control signalsmay be used to control vehicular

traffic movements in one-lane, two-way TTC zones (seeFigure6H-12andChapter4H).

6C.15 Stop or Yield Control Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

OptionSTOPorYIELDsignsmaybeused tocontrol trafficon

low-volume roads at a one-lane, two-wayTTCzonewhendrivers are able to see the other end of the one-lane, two-wayoperationandhavesufficientvisibilityofapproachingvehicles.

GuidanceIf the STOP or YIELD sign is installed for only one

direction, then the STOP orYIELD sign should face roadusers who are driving on the side of the roadway that isclosedfortheworkactivityarea.

December, 2011

6D-1

C.Pedestriansshouldbeprovidedwithaconvenientandaccessiblepaththatreplicatesasnearlyaspracticalthemostdesirablecharacteristicsoftheexistingsidewalk(s)orafootpath(s).

Apedestrianrouteshouldnotbeseveredand/ormovedfornon-constructionactivitiessuchasparkingforvehiclesandequipment.Consideration should be made to separate pedestrian

movementsfrombothworksiteactivityandmotor vehicle traffic. Unless an acceptable route that does not involvecrossingtheroadwaycanbeprovided,pedestriansshouldbeappropriatelydirectedwithadvancesigningthatencouragesthemtocrosstotheoppositesideoftheroadway.Inurbanandsuburbanareaswithhighmotor vehicletrafficvolumes,these signs should be placed at intersections (rather thanmidblock locations) so that pedestrians are not confrontedwithmidblockwork sites thatwill induce them to attemptskirtingtheworksiteormakingamidblockcrossing.

SupportLayouts 6J-24 and 6J-25 as well as Layouts 88 and

89 in Chapter 6K show typical TTC device usage andtechniquesforpedestrianmovementthroughworkzones.

GuidanceTo accommodate the needs of pedestrians, including

thosewith disabilities, the following considerations shouldbe addressedwhen temporarypedestrianpathways inTTCzonesaredesignedormodified:

A. ProvisionsforcontinuityofaccessiblepathsforpedestriansshouldbeincorporatedintotheTTCplan.

B. Accesstotransitstopsshouldbemaintained.C.Asmooth,continuoushardsurfaceshouldbe

providedthroughouttheentirelengthofthetemporarypedestrianfacility.Thereshouldbenocurbsorabruptchangesingradeorterrainthatcouldcausetrippingorbeabarriertowheelchairuse.Thegeometryandalignmentofthefacilityshouldmeettheapplicablerequirementsofthe“AmericanswithDisabilitiesActAccessibilityGuidelinesforBuildingsandFacilities(ADAAG)”(seeSection1A.11).A temporary walkway surface should be provided to cover short segments of rough, soft or uneven ground or hazards. This temporary walkway surface should comply with the provisions of 6F.74.1.

D. Thewidthoftheexistingpedestrianfacilityshouldbeprovidedforthetemporaryfacilityifpractical.Trafficcontroldevicesandotherconstructionmaterialsandfeaturesshouldnotintrudeintotheusablewidthofthesidewalk,temporary

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 7

6D.1 Pedestrian ConsiderationsSupportAwiderangeofpedestrianscanbeexpectedatworksites

including the young, elderly, and people with disabilitiessuchashearing,visual,ormobility.Thesepedestriansneedaclearlydelineatedandusabletravelpath.ConsiderationsforpedestrianswithdisabilitiesareaddressedinSection6D.2.

StandardThe various temporary traffic control provisions for

pedestrian andworker safetycontained inPart 6 shall beapplied, by knowledgeable (for example, trained and/orcertified)personsafterappropriateevaluationandengineeringjudgment.Advance notification of sidewalk closures shall be

providedbythemaintainingagency.If the TTC zone affects the movement of pedestrians,

adequatepedestrianaccessandwalkwaysshallbeprovided.IftheTTCzoneaffectsanaccessibleanddetectablepedestrianfacility,theaccessibilityanddetectabilityshallbemaintainedalongthealternatepedestrianroute.

OptionIf establishing or maintaining an alternate pedestrian

route is not feasible during the project, an alternatemeansof providing for pedestrians may be used, such as addingfreebusservicearoundtheprojectorassigningsomeonetheresponsibility toassistpedestrianswithdisabilities throughtheprojectlimits.

If an existing pedestrian route is impacted by a short-term or short-duration work zone that is attended with project personnel, establishing an alternate pedestrian route may not be necessary if the work can be stopped and pedestrians can navigate the work zone safely. Pedestrians may be delayed for a short period of time for project personnel to move equipment and material to facilitate passage. Work zone personnel may also provide assistance to the pedestrian as necessary.

SupportIt must be recognized that pedestrians are reluctant to

retracetheirstepstoapriorintersectionforacrossingortoadddistanceorout-of-the-waytraveltoadestination.

GuidanceThe following three items should be considered when

planningforpedestriansinTTCzones:A. Pedestriansshouldnotbeledintoconflictswith

vehicles,equipment,andoperations.B. Pedestriansshouldnotbeledintoconflictswith

vehiclesmovingthroughoraroundtheworksite

Mn

Rev

. 1

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6D. Pedestrian and Worker Safety

December, 2019

Chapter 6D. Pedestrian and Worker Safety

6D-2December, 2019

movementofworkers,equipment,andmaterialsacross thepedestrianpath.Access to the work space by workers and equipment

across pedestrian walkways should be minimized becausetheaccessoftencreatesunacceptablechangesingrade,androughormuddy terrain, andpedestrianswill tend toavoidthese areas by attemptingnon-intersection crossingswherenocurbrampsareavailable.

OptionAcanopiedwalkwaymaybeused toprotectpedestrians

from falling debris, and to provide a covered passage forpedestrians.

GuidanceCovered walkways should be sturdily constructed and

adequatelylightedfornighttimeuse.Whenpedestrianandvehiclepathsarereroutedtoacloser

proximity to each other, consideration should be given toseparatingthembyatemporarytrafficbarrier.Ifatemporarytrafficbarrierisusedtoshieldpedestrians,it

shouldbedesignedtoaccommodatesiteconditions.

SupportDependingon thepossiblevehicular speedandangleof

impact,temporarytrafficbarriersmightdeflectuponimpactby an errant vehicle. Guidance for locating and designingtemporary traffic barriers can be found in Chapter 9 ofAASHTO’s“RoadsideDesignGuide”(seeSection1A.11).

StandardShort intermittent segments of temporary traffic barrier

shallnotbeusedbecause theynullify thecontainmentandredirective capabilities of the temporary traffic barrier,increase the potential for serious injury both to vehicleoccupants and pedestrians, and encourage the presenceof blunt, leading ends.All upstream leading ends that arepresent shall be appropriately flared or protected withproperly installed and maintained crashworthy cushions.Adjacenttemporarytrafficbarriersegmentsshallbeproperlyconnectedinordertoprovidetheoverallstrengthrequiredforthetemporarytrafficbarriertoperformproperly.Normalverticalcurbingshallnotbeusedasasubstitute

fortemporarytrafficbarrierswhentemporarytrafficbarriersare needed.

OptionTemporary traffic barriers or longitudinal channelizing

devices may be used to discourage pedestrians fromunauthorized movements into the work space. They mayalso be used to inhibit conflicts with vehicular traffic byminimizingthepossibilityofmidblockcrossings.

Mn

Rev

. 1

pathway,orotherpedestrianfacility.Whenitisnotpossibletomaintainaminimumwidthof60inchesthroughouttheentirelengthofthepedestrianpathway,a60x60-inchpassingspaceshouldbeprovidedatleastevery200feettoallowindividualsinwheelchairstopass.

E. Blockedroutes,alternatecrossings,andsignandsignalinformationshouldbecommunicatedtopedestrianswithvisualdisabilitiesbyprovidingdevicessuchasaudibleinformationdevices,accessiblepedestriansignals,orbarriersandchannelizingdevicesthataredetectabletothepedestrianstravelingwiththeaidofalongcaneorwhohavelowvision.WherepedestriantrafficisdetouredtoaTTCsignal,engineeringjudgmentshouldbeusedtodetermineifpedestriansignalsoraccessiblepedestriansignalsshouldbeconsideredforcrossingsalonganalternateroute.

F. Whenchannelizationisusedtodelineateapedestrianpathway,acontinuousdetectableedgingshouldbeprovidedthroughoutthelengthofthefacilitysuchthatpedestriansusingalongcanecanfollowit.ThesedetectableedgingsshouldcomplywiththeprovisionsofSection6F.74.If a pedestrian pathway enters an area where vehicular traffic is likely to traverse (such as work area access), a temporary walkway surface should be provided that is firm, stable and slip resistant. This temporary walkway surface should comply with the provisions of 6F.74.1.

G. Signsandotherdevicesmountedlowerthan7feetabovethetemporarypedestrianpathwayshouldnotprojectmorethan4inchesintoaccessiblepedestrian facilities.

OptionWhenever it is feasible, closing off the worksite from

pedestrian intrusion may be preferable to channelizingpedestriantrafficalongthesitewithTTCdevices.

GuidanceFencing should not create sight distance restrictions for

roadusers.Fencesshouldnotbeconstructedofmaterialsthatwouldbehazardousifimpactedbyvehicles.Woodenrailing,fencing, and similar systems placed immediately adjacenttomotorvehicletrafficshouldnotbeusedassubstitutesforcrashworthytemporarytrafficbarriers.Ballast forTTCdevicesshouldbekept to theminimum

amount needed and should be mounted low to preventpenetrationofthevehiclewindshield.Movement by work vehicles and equipment across

designatedpedestrianpathsshouldbeminimizedand,whennecessary,shouldbecontrolledbyflaggersorTTC.Stagingorstoppingofworkvehiclesorequipmentalongthesideofpedestrianpathsshouldbeavoided,sinceitencourages

Mn

Rev

. 7

6D-3 December, 2011

thanclosingawalkwayandprovidingaudibledirectionstoanalternaterouteinvolvingadditionalcrossingsandareturntotheoriginalroute.Brailleisnotusefulinconveyingsuchinformationbecauseitisdifficulttofind.Audibleinstructionsmightbeprovided,buttheextradistanceandadditionalstreetcrossingsmightaddcomplexitytoatrip.

GuidanceBecause printed signs and surface delineation are not

usablebypedestrianswithvisualdisabilities,blockedroutes,alternatecrossings, and signand signal information shouldbe communicated to pedestrianswith visual disabilities byprovidingaudibleinformationdevices,accessiblepedestriansignals, and barriers and channelizing devices that aredetectabletopedestrianstravelingwiththeaidofalongcaneorwhohavelowvision.

SupportThe most desirable way to provide information to

pedestrians with visual disabilities that is equivalent tovisual signing for notification of sidewalk closures is aspeechmessageprovidedbyanaudibleinformationdevice.Devicesthatprovidespeechmessagesinresponsetopassivepedestrian actuation are the most desirable. Other devicesthatcontinuouslyemitamessage,orthatemitamessageinresponsetouseofapushbutton,arealsoacceptable.Signinginformationcanalsobetransmittedtopersonalreceivers,butcurrentlysuchreceiversarenotlikelytobecarriedorusedbypedestrianswithvisualdisabilitiesinTTCzones.Audibleinformation devices might not be needed if detectablechannelizingdevicesmakeanalternaterouteoftravelevidenttopedestrianswithvisualdisabilities.

GuidanceIf a pushbutton is used to provide equivalent TTC

information to pedestrians with visual disabilities, thepushbutton should be equipped with a locator tone tonotify pedestrians with visual disabilities that a specialaccommodation is available, and to help them locate thepushbutton.

OptionThe Pedestrian Accessibility Checklist (see Figure 6D-1)

may be used by the project designer during the TTC design stage of a project to assure that all considerations have been made to accommodate the needs of pedestrians, including those with disabilities.

6D.3 Worker ConsiderationsSupportEquallyasimportantasthesafetyofroaduserstraveling

through theTTCzone is thesafetyofworkers.TTCzonespresent temporary and constantly changing conditions thatareunexpectedbytheroaduser.Thiscreatesanevenhigherdegreeofvulnerabilityforworkersonorneartheroadway.MaintainingTTCzoneswithroaduserflowinhibitedas

SupportAmajor concern for pedestrians is urban and suburban

building construction encroaching onto the contiguoussidewalks,whichforcespedestriansoffthecurb intodirectconflictwithmovingvehicles.

GuidanceIf a significant potential exists for vehicle incursions

into the pedestrian path, pedestrians should be rerouted ortemporarytrafficbarriersshouldbeinstalled.

SupportTTC devices, jersey barriers, and wood or chain link

fencingwithacontinuousdetectableedgingcansatisfactorilydelineateapedestrianpath.

GuidanceTape,rope,orplasticchainstrungbetweendevicesarenot

detectable, donot complywith thedesign standards in the“Americans with DisabilitiesAct Accessibility GuidelinesforBuildingsandFacilities(ADAAG)”(seeSection1A.11),andshouldnotbeusedasacontrolforpedestrianmovements.Ingeneral,pedestrianroutesshouldbepreservedinurban

andcommercial suburbanareas.Alternative routingshouldbediscouraged.The highway agency in charge of theTTC zone should

regularlyinspecttheactivityareasothateffectivepedestrianTTCismaintained.

6D.2 Accessibility ConsiderationsSupportAdditionalinformationonthedesignandconstructionof

accessible temporary facilities is found in publications listed inSection1A.11(seePublications12,38,39,and42).

GuidanceThe extent of pedestrian needs should be determined

throughengineeringjudgmentorbytheindividualresponsibleforeachTTCzonesituation.Adequateprovisionsshouldbemadeforpedestrianswithdisabilities.

StandardWhenexistingpedestrian facilitiesaredisrupted,closed,

orrelocatedinaTTCzone,thetemporaryfacilitiesshallbedetectableandincludeaccessibilityfeaturesconsistentwiththefeaturespresentintheexistingpedestrianfacility.Wherepedestrianswithvisualdisabilitiesnormallyuse the closedsidewalk,abarrierthatisdetectablebyapersonwithavisualdisabilitytravelingwiththeaidofalongcaneshallbeplacedacrossthefullwidthoftheclosedsidewalk.

SupportMaintainingadetectable,channelizedpedestrianrouteis

muchmoreusefultopedestrianswhohavevisualdisabilities

6D-4

or 3 requirements of theANSI/ISEA107-2004publicationentitled “American National Standard for High-VisibilitySafety Apparel and Headwear” (see Section 1A.11), orequivalentrevisions,andlabeledasmeetingtheANSI107-2004 standardperformance forClass2or3 risk exposure,except as provided in the following Option. A person designated by the employer to be responsible for workersafety shall make the selection of the appropriate class ofgarment.

OptionEmergencyandincidentrespondersandlawenforcement

personnel within the TTC zone may wear high visibilitysafety apparel thatmeets the performance requirements ofthe ANSI/ISEA 207-2006 publication entitled “AmericanNational Standard for High-Visibility Public SafetyVests” (seeSection1A.11),orequivalentrevisions,andlabeledasANSI207-2006,inlieuofANSI/ISEA107-2004apparel.

GuidanceWhen working in an area that does not require the

use of a hard hat for head protection, a high visibility hat in the above colors should be worn.

StandardWhen uniformed law enforcement personnel are used

to direct traffic, to investigate crashes, or to handle laneclosures,obstructedroadways,anddisasters,high-visibilitysafetyapparelasdescribedinthisSectionshallbewornbythelawenforcementpersonnel.Exceptasprovidedinthefollowingthe following Option,

firefighters or other emergency responders working withintheright-of-wayshallwearhigh-visibilitysafetyapparelasdescribedinthisSection.

OptionFirefightersorotheremergencyrespondersworkingwithin

theright-of-wayandengaged inemergencyoperations thatdirectly expose them to flame, fire, heat, and/or hazardousmaterials may wear retroreflective turnout gear that isspecified and regulatedbyother organizations, such as theNationalFireProtectionAssociation.ThefollowingareadditionalelementsofTTCmanagement

thatmaybeconsideredtoimproveworkersafety:A. ShadowVehicle-inthecaseofmobileand

constantlymovingoperations,suchaspotholepatchingandstripingoperations,ashadowvehicle,equippedwithappropriatelightsandwarningsignsmaybeusedtoprotecttheworkersfromimpactsbyerrantvehicles.

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 7

little as possible, and usingTTC devices that get the roaduser’s attention and provide positive direction are ofparticular importance. Likewise, equipment and vehiclesmovingwithin theactivityareacreatearisk toworkersonfoot.When possible, the separation of moving equipmentandconstructionvehiclesfromworkersonfootprovidestheoperatorofthesevehicleswithagreaterseparationclearanceandimprovedsightlinestominimizeexposuretothehazardsofmovingvehiclesandequipment.

GuidanceThefollowingarethekeyelementsofworkersafetyand

TTC management that should be considered to improveworkersafety:

A. Training-allworkersshouldbetrainedonhowtoworknexttomotorvehicletrafficinawaythatminimizestheirvulnerability.WorkershavingspecificTTCresponsibilitiesshouldbetrainedinTTCtechniques,deviceusage,andplacement.

B. TemporaryTrafficBarriers-temporarytrafficbarriersshouldbeplacedalongtheworkspacedependingonfactorssuchaslateralclearanceofworkersfromadjacenttraffic,speedoftraffic,duration and type of operations, time of day, and volumeoftraffic.

C.SpeedReduction-reducingthespeedofvehiculartraffic,mainlythroughregulatoryspeedzoning,funneling,lanereduction,ortheuseofuniformedlawenforcementofficersorflaggers,shouldbeconsidered.

D. ActivityArea-planningtheinternalworkactivityareatominimizebacking-upmaneuversofconstructionvehiclesshouldbeconsideredtominimizetheexposuretorisk.

E. WorkerSafetyPlanning-atrainedpersondesignatedbytheemployershouldconductabasichazardassessmentfortheworksiteandjobclassificationsrequiredintheactivityarea.Thissafetyprofessionalshoulddeterminewhetherengineering,administrative,orpersonalprotectionmeasuresshouldbeimplemented.ThisplanshouldbeinaccordancewiththeOccupationalSafetyandHealthActof1970,asamended,“GeneralDutyClause”Section5(a)(1)-PublicLaw91-596,84Stat.1590,December29,1970,asamended,andwiththerequirementtoassessworkerriskexposuresforeachjobsiteandjobclassification,asper29CFR1926.20(b)(2)of“OccupationalSafetyandHealthAdministrationRegulations,GeneralSafetyandHealthProvisions”(seeSection1A.11).

StandardAllworkers,includingemergencyresponders,withinthe

right-of-waywhoareexposedeithertotraffic(vehiclesusingthehighwayforpurposesoftravel)ortoworkvehiclesandconstructionequipmentwithintheTTCzoneshallwearhigh-visibilitysafetyapparelthatmeetsthePerformanceClass2

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 1

December, 2019

6D-5 December, 2011

Pedestrian Accessibility Considerations in Temporary Traffic Control Zones

Check List

This project has been reviewed for the various temporary traffic control provisions for pedestrianaccessibility considerations contained in MN MUTCD Part 6. These provisions have been applied byknowledgeable persons after appropriate evaluation and engineering judgment. Considerations as listedbelow have been reviewed and where applicable, deviations and/or exceptions from Part 6 are documented.

_________________________________________ __________________

Consider features such as schools, parks, paths / trails, transit stops, commercial property, residential areas,assisted living centers, office complexes, or other pedestrian generators in the area. Special events

such as community festivals or other unusual situationsthat generate temporary pedestrian traffic.

- complete the following checklist

- document your conclusion

A. Will a reasonably safe, convenient, and accessible path be provided that replicates as much aspractical the desirable characteristics of the existing pedestrian facilities?

B. Will access be provided to current or temporary transit stops?

Engineer’s Signature : Date :

Project Number: _______________ Project Location: ________________________________________

MN MUTCD 6D.01 Standard:

MN MUTCD 6D.02 Standard:

Guidance:

Refer to the MN MUTCD Part 6 for additional standards, andguidance and/or clarification on pedestrian and ADA requirements inzones.

IS IT REASONABLE TO EXPECT THAT PEDESTRIANS WILL BE PRESENT WITHINTHE VICINITY OF THE PROPOSED TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ZONE?

duringthe time of construction must also be considered,

zones

YESNO

The needs and control of all road users (motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians within the highway, including personswith disabilities in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), Title II, Paragraph 35.130)through a zone shall be an essential part of highway construction, utility work, maintenanceoperations, and the management of traffic incidents.

When existing pedestrian facilities (routes) are disrupted, closed, or relocated in a temporary traffic control zone, the

temporary facilities detectable and include accessibility features consistent with the features present in theexisting pedestrian facility.

To accommodate the needs of pedestrians, including those with disabilities, many considerations should be addressedwhen temporary pedestrian pathways in temporary traffic control zones are designed or modified. Use the following

checklist to document your decisions.

temporary traffic control


shall be


C. Will all pedestrian facilities near be separated from the worksite byappropriate barriers that maintain the accessibility and detectability for pedestrians withdisabilities?

YES NO (partially) document your decision



Figure 6D-1 Pedestrian Accessibility Checklist (Sheet 1 of 2)

6D-6December, 2011

D. Will blocked routes, alternate crossings, sign and signal information be communicated topedestrians with visual disabilities?

E. Will sidewalk(s) be closed properly with advance notification to the maintaining agency?

F. Will channelization with continuous edging be used to delineate a pedestrian pathway throughoutthe length of the facility such that pedestrians using a long cane can follow it?

G. Will a smooth, continuous hard surface that will not cause tripping or restrict wheelchair use beprovided throughout the entire length of the temporary pedestrian facility?

H. Will the width of the existing pedestrian facility be provided for the temporary facility?

I. Will traffic control devices and other construction materials and features NOT intrude into theusable width of the sidewalk, temporary pathway, or other pedestrian facility?

Devices should include audible information devices, accessible pedestrian signals, orbarriers / channelizing devices that are detectable to the pedestrians traveling with theaid of a long cane or who have low vision.Where pedestrian traffic is detoured to a temporary traffic control signal, engineeringjudgment should be used to determine if pedestrian signals or accessible pedestriansignals should be considered for crossings along an alternate route.

Advance notification of sidewalk closures provided to the maintaining agency.Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use a closed sidewalk, a barrier that is

detectable by a person with a visual disability traveling with the aid of a long caneplaced across the full width of the closed sidewalk.

These detectable edgings should adhere to the provisions of Section 6F.68.

Where it is not possible to maintain a minimum width of 1500 mm (60 in) throughout theentire length of the pedestrian pathway, a 1500x1500 mm (60 x 60 in) passing space shouldbe provided at least every 60 m (200 ft), to allow individuals in wheelchairs to pass.

Signs and other devices mounted lower than 2.1 m (7 ft) above the temporary pedestrianpathway should not project more than 100 mm (4 in) into accessible pedestrian facilities.Barricade rail supports should not project into pedestrian circulation routes more than 100mm (4 in) from the support between 675 mm (27 in) and 2000 mm (80 in) from the surface.

Ballast extend into the accessible passage width of 1500 mm (60 in). Refer toSection 6F.63 for more details.

shall be

shall be

shall not







Figure 6D-1 Pedestrian Accessibility Checklist (Sheet 2 of 2)

December, 20116D-7

SupportJudicioususeof thespecialdevicesdescribed in ItemE

abovemightbehelpful forcertaindifficultTTCsituations,butmisuseoroveruseofspecialdevicesortechniquesmightlessentheireffectiveness.

Theshadowvehiclemaybeequippedwitharear-mounted attenuator.

B. RoadClosure-ifalternateroutesareavailabletohandleroadusers,theroadmaybeclosedtemporarily.Thismayalsofacilitateprojectcompletionandthusfurtherreduceworkervulnerability.

C.LawEnforcementUse-inhighlyvulnerableworksituations,particularlythoseofrelativelyshortduration,lawenforcementunitsmaybestationedtoheightentheawarenessofpassingmotorvehicletrafficandtoimprovesafetythroughtheTTCzone.

D. Lighting-fornighttimework,theTTCzoneandapproachesmaybelighted.

E. SpecialDevices-theseincluderumblestrips,changeablemessagesigns,hazardidentificationbeacons,flags,andwarninglights.Intrusionwarningdevicesmaybeusedtoalertworkerstotheapproachoferrantvehicles.

F. Public Information – Improved driver performance may be realized through a well prepared and complete public relations effort that covers the nature of the work, the time and duration of its execution, anticipated effects upon traffic, possible alternate routes and modes of travel. Such programs have been found to result in a significant drop in traffic that reduces the possible number of conflicts and may allow a temporary lane closing for additional buffer space.

6E-1

• Clothing background color shall be fluorescent orange-red, fluorescent yellow-green, or a combination of the two.

• Retroreflective material on the clothing shall be orange, yellow, white, silver, yellow-green, or a fluorescent version of these colors. The material shall be visible at a minimum distance of 1000 feet.

• The vest, shirt, or jacket shall be worn such that 360 degree visibility in a horizontal plane of the clothing is maintained.

• A neat appearance and clean clothing shall be maintained in order to help command respect of the drivers.

GuidanceA retroreflective hat in the above colors should be worn.

OptionA retroreflective wrist band in the above colors may be

used. The wrist band helps differentiate the flagger from work zone devices.

6E.3 Hand-Signaling DevicesGuidanceThe STOP/SLOW paddle should be the primary and

preferred hand-signaling device because the STOP/SLOWpaddle gives road users more positive guidance than redflags.Useofflagsshouldbelimitedtoemergencysituations.

StandardTheSTOP/SLOWpaddle shall have anoctagonal shape

onarigidhandle.STOP/SLOWpaddlesshallbeatleast18incheswidewith letters at least 6 inches high.The STOP(R1-1)faceshallhavewhitelettersandawhiteborderonaredbackground.TheSLOW(W20-8M)faceshallhaveblacklettersandablackborderonanorangebackground.Whenused at night, the STOP/SLOW paddle shall beretroreflectorized.

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

6E.1 Qualifications for FlaggersSupport

Minnesota Statute 169.06, subd. 4(e), allows a flagger to stop and hold traffic as necessary to ensure the safety of highway workers and the motoring public.

Minnesota Statute 169.06, subd. 4(a) requires the driver of any vehicle to obey the instructions of any official traffic-control device placed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 169, unless otherwise directed by a traffic or police officer. (Rev. 7, 2019)

GuidanceBecause flaggers are responsible for public safety and

makethegreatestnumberofcontactswiththepublicofallhighwayworkers,theyshouldbetrainedinsafetrafficcontrolpracticesandpubliccontacttechniques.Flaggersshouldbeabletosatisfactorilydemonstratethefollowingabilities:

A. Abilitytoreceiveandcommunicatespecificinstructionsclearly,firmly,andcourteously;

B. Abilitytomoveandmaneuverquicklyinordertoavoiddangerfromerrantvehicles;

C.Abilitytocontrolsignalingdevices(suchaspaddlesandflags)inordertoprovideclearandpositiveguidancetodriversapproachingaTTCzoneinfrequentlychangingsituations;

D. Abilitytounderstandandapplysafetrafficcontrolpractices,sometimesinstressfuloremergencysituations;and

E. Abilitytorecognizedangeroustrafficsituationsandwarnworkersinsufficienttimetoavoidinjury.

6E.2 High-Visibility Safety Apparel Standard

High visibility apparel shall comply with current Minnesota OSHA Rules 5207.0100 and 5207.1000 and your agency’s policies.

Flaggers shall wear high-visibility clothing meeting ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 (or ANSI/ISEA 107-2010) Performance Class 3 requirements. ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Type R, Performance Class 3 is also acceptable. The Class 3 requirements shall be met by wearing a Class 2 or Class 3 vest, shirt, or jacket; as well as Class E pants. Clothing shall have an attached original label indicating the Performance Class.

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 7

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6E. Flagger Control

September,2020

Chapter 6E. Flagger Control

6E-2

Flags,whenused,shallberedorfluorescentorange/redincolor,shallbeaminimumof24inchessquare,andshallbesecurely fastened toastaff that isapproximately36 inchesinlength.

GuidanceThefreeedgeofaflagshouldbeweightedsotheflagwill

hangvertically,eveninheavywinds.

StandardWhenusedatnighttime,flags shall be retroreflectorized

red or fluorescent orange-red.

OptionWhenflagginginanemergencysituationatnightinanon-

illuminatedflaggerstation,aflaggermayuseaflashlightwitharedglowconetosupplement theSTOP/SLOWpaddleorflag.

StandardWhen a flashlight is used for flagging in an emergency

situation at night in a non-illuminated flagger station, theflagger shall hold theflashlight in the left hand, shall holdthepaddleorflagintherighthandasshowninFigure6E-3,andshallusetheflashlightinthefollowingmannertocontrolapproachingroadusers:

A. Toinformroaduserstostop,theflaggershallholdtheflashlightwiththeleftarmextendedandpointeddowntowardtheground,andthenshallslowlywavetheflashlightinfrontofthebodyinaslowarcfromlefttorightsuchthatthearcreachesnofartherthan45degreesfromvertical.

B. Toinformroaduserstoproceed,theflaggershallpointtheflashlightatthevehicle’sbumper,slowlyaimtheflashlighttowardtheopenlane,thenholdtheflashlightinthatposition.Theflaggershallnotwavetheflashlight.

C.Toalertorslowtraffic,theflaggershallpointtheflashlighttowardoncomingtrafficandquicklywavetheflashlightinafigureeightmotion.

6E.4 Automated Flagger Assistance DevicesSupportAutomated FlaggerAssistanceDevices (AFADs) enable

aflagger(s)tobepositionedoutofthelaneoftrafficandareusedtocontrolroadusersthroughtemporarytrafficcontrolzones.Thesedevicesaredesigned tobe remotelyoperatedeitherbyasingleflaggeratoneendoftheTTCzoneoratacentral location, or by separateflaggers near eachdevice’slocation.

GuidanceTheSTOP/SLOWpaddleshouldbefabricatedfromlight

semi-rigidmaterial.

SupportThe optimum method of displaying a STOP or SLOW

messageistoplacetheSTOP/SLOWpaddleonarigidstaffthat is tall enough thatwhen the endof the staff is restingon the ground, themessage is high enough to be seen byapproachingorstoppedtraffic.

OptionThe STOP/SLOW paddle may be modified to improve

conspicuity by incorporating either white or red flashinglightsontheSTOPface,andeitherwhiteoryellowflashinglightsontheSLOWface.Theflashinglightsmaybearrangedinanyofthefollowingpatterns:

A. Twowhiteorredlights,onecenteredverticallyaboveandonecenteredverticallybelowtheSTOPlegend;and/ortwowhiteoryellowlights,onecenteredverticallyaboveandonecenteredverticallybelowtheSLOWlegend;

B. Twowhiteorredlights,onecenteredhorizontallyoneachsideoftheSTOPlegend;and/ortwowhiteoryellowlights,onecenteredhorizontallyoneachsideoftheSLOWlegend;

C.OnewhiteorredlightcenteredbelowtheSTOPlegend;and/oronewhiteoryellowlightcenteredbelowtheSLOWlegend;

D. Aseriesofeightormoresmallwhiteorredlightsnolargerthan1/4inchindiameteralongtheouteredgeofthepaddle,arrangedinanoctagonalpatternattheeightcornersoftheborderoftheSTOPface;and/oraseriesofeightormoresmallwhiteoryellowlightsnolargerthan1/4inchindiameteralongtheouteredgeofthepaddle,arrangedinadiamondpatternalongtheborderoftheSLOWface;or

E. Aseriesofwhitelightsformingtheshapesofthelettersinthelegend.

StandardIfflashinglightsareusedontheSTOPfaceofthepaddle,

theircolorsshallbeallwhiteorallred.IfflashinglightsareusedontheSLOWfaceofthepaddle,theircolorsshallbeallwhiteorallyellow.Ifmorethaneightflashinglightsareused,thelightsshall

bearrangedsuchthattheyclearlyconveytheoctagonalshapeoftheSTOPfaceofthepaddleand/orthediamondshapeoftheSLOWfaceofthepaddle.IfflashinglightsareusedontheSTOP/SLOWpaddle,the

flashrateshallbeatleast50,butnotmorethan60,flashesper minute.

December, 2011

December, 20116E-3

TheuseofAFADsshallconformtooneofthefollowingmethods:

A. AnAFADateachendoftheTTCzone(Method1),or

B. AnAFADatoneendoftheTTCzoneandaflaggerattheoppositeend(Method2).

Exceptasprovidedinthe following option,twoflaggersshallbeusedwhenusingeitherMethod1orMethod2.

OptionAsingleflaggermaysimultaneouslyoperatetwoAFADs

(Method1)ormayoperateasingleAFADononeendoftheTTCzonewhilebeingtheflaggerattheoppositeendoftheTTCzone(Method2)ifbothofthefollowingconditionsarepresent:

A. TheflaggerhasanunobstructedviewoftheAFAD(s),and

B. Theflaggerhasanunobstructedviewofapproachingtrafficinbothdirections.

GuidanceWhen an AFAD is used, the advance warning signing

should include aROADWORKAHEAD (W20-1) sign, aONELANEROAD(W20-4)sign,andaBEPREPAREDTOSTOP(W3-4)sign.

StandardWhentheAFADisnotinuse,thesignsassociatedwiththe

AFAD,bothattheAFADlocationandinadvance,shallberemovedorcovered.

GuidanceAStateor localagencythatelects touseAFADsshould

adopt a policy, based on engineering judgment, governingAFAD applications.The policy should also considermoredetailedand/ormorerestrictiverequirementsforAFADuse,suchasthefollowing:

A. ConditionsapplicablefortheuseofMethod1andMethod2AFADoperation,

B. Volumecriteria,C.MaximumdistancebetweenAFADs,D. Conflictinglenses/indicationsmonitoring

requirements,E. Fail safe procedures,F. Additionalsigningandpavementmarkings,G. Application consistency,H. Largersignsorlensestoincreasevisibility,andI. Useofbackplates.

TherearetwotypesofAFADs:A. AnAFAD(seeSection6E.5)thatusesaremotely

controlledSTOP/SLOWsignoneitheratraileroramovablecartsystemtoalternatelycontrolright-of-way.

B. AnAFAD(seeSection6E.6)thatusesremotelycontrolledredandyellowlensesandagatearmtoalternatelycontrolright-of-way.

AFADs might be appropriate for short-term andintermediate-term activities (see Section 6G.2). TypicalapplicationsincludeTTCactivitiessuchas,butnot limitedto:

A. Bridgemaintenance;B. Haulroadcrossings;andC.Pavementpatching.

StandardAFADs shall only be used in situations where there is

only one lane of approaching traffic in the direction to becontrolled.Whenusedatnight,theAFADlocationshallbeilluminated

inaccordancewithSection6E.8.

GuidanceAFADsshouldnotbeusedforlong-termstationarywork

(seeSection6G.2).

StandardBecause AFADs are not traffic control signals, they

shallnotbeusedasa substitute forora replacement foracontinuously operating temporary traffic control signal asdescribedinSection6F.84.AFADs shallmeet the crashworthy performance criteria

containedinSection6F.1.

GuidanceIf used, AFADs should be located in advance of one-

lane,two-waytapersanddownstreamfromthepointwhereapproachingtrafficistostopinresponsetothedevice.

StandardIf used,AFADs shall be placed so that all of the signs

and other items controlling traffic movement are readilyvisible to thedriverof the initial approachingvehiclewithadvancewarningsignsalertingotherapproaching traffic tobe prepared to stop.Ifused,anAFADshallbeoperatedonlybyaflagger(see

Section6E.1)whohasbeentrainedontheoperationoftheAFAD.Theflagger(s)operatingtheAFAD(s)shallnotleavetheAFAD(s)unattendedat any timewhile theAFAD(s) isbeingused.

6E-4December, 2019

Figure 6E-1a Example of the Use of a STOP/SLOW Automated Flagger Assistance Device (AFAD)

Mn

Rev

. 7

2G

A

A

A

100 feet

A up to 1 milemaximumAFAD

Operators

OPTIONAL

12 x 18inches A G

OPTIONAL

A 12 x 18inchesG

B

50 feet

AFADA up to 1 mile

maximum

A

A

A

②

⑤

④

③

②

③

⑤

NOTES:1. The approach sight distance to the Automated Flagging Assistance Device

(AFAD) shall be at least the Decision Sight Distance (D).① ② The ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD sign may be omitted when the posted speed limit

is 40 mph or less.① ③ The two-way taper should be 50 feet in length using 5 equally spaced

channelizing devices.① ④ When using a single operator,

they shall be located so they can see traffic at both AFAD locations.① ⑤ Use the appropriate sign on the

AFAD.

6E-5 September,2020

louvers to improve the stability of the device inwindy orotheradverseenvironmentalconditions.

StandardIflouversareused,thelouversshallbedesignedsuchthat

thefullsignfaceisvisibletoapproachingtrafficatadistanceof50feetorgreater.

GuidanceTheSTOP/SLOWAFADshould includeagatearmthat

descends to a down position across the approach lane oftrafficwhentheSTOPfaceisdisplayedandthenascendstoanuprightpositionwhentheSLOWfaceisdisplayed.

OptionInlieuofastationarySTOP/SLOWsignwithaseparate

gatearm,theSTOP/SLOWsignmaybeattachedtoamastarmthatphysicallyblockstheapproachlaneoftrafficwhentheSTOPfaceisdisplayedandthenmovestoapositionthatdoes not block the approach lanewhen the SLOW face isdisplayed.

StandardGatearms,ifused,shallbefullyretroreflectorizedonboth

sides,andshallhaveverticalalternatingredandwhitestripesat 16-inch intervals measured horizontally as shown inFigure8C-1.Whenthearmisinthedownpositionblockingtheapproachlane:

A. Theminimumverticalaspectofthearmandsheetingshallbe2inches;and

B. Theendofthearmshallreachatleasttothecenterofthelanebeingcontrolled.

A separate operator shall be used for each AFAD except as noted in the following option. Each operator shall be stationed near each AFAD and shall be in direct communication with the other flagger.

If an operator is not immediately adjacent to the STOP/SLOW sign an informational sign instructing drivers shall be used. This WAIT ON STOP/GO ON SLOW (R10-X1) sign shall be mounted immediately below the STOP/SLOW sign.

OptionA single operator may be used to control both AFADs on

roadways with unobstructed sight lines, less than 1500 ADT and less than 1000 ft between the AFADs.

StandardWhen a single operator is used, the AFADs shall be

equipped with auxiliary lights using Option B and have the STOP HERE ON RED (R10-6) sign installed 20 feet in advance of each automated flagger station.

6E.5 STOP/SLOW Automated Flagger Assistance Devices

StandardA STOP/SLOW Automated Flagger Assistance Device

(AFAD)(seeSection6E.4)shallincludeaSTOP/SLOWsignthatalternatelydisplaystheSTOP(R1-1)faceandtheSLOW(W20-8M)faceofaSTOP/SLOWpaddle(seeFigure6E-1a).TheAFADs STOP/SLOW sign shall have an octagonal

shape, shall be fabricated of rigid material, and shall bemountedwith thebottomof the sign aminimumof6 feetabovethepavementonanappropriatesupport.The size of the STOP/SLOW sign shall be at least 36 x 36 inches with letters at least 12 inches high.ThebackgroundoftheSTOPfaceshallberedwithwhitelettersandborder.ThebackgroundoftheSLOWfaceshallbediamondshapedandorangewithblacklettersandborder.BothfacesoftheSTOP/SLOWsignshallberetroreflectorized.The AFADs STOP/SLOW sign shall have a means to

positively lock, engage, or otherwise maintain the signassembly in a stable condition when set in the STOP orSLOWposition.The AFADs STOP/SLOW sign shall be supplemented

withactiveconspicuitydevicesbyincorporatingeither:A. WhiteorredflashinglightswithintheSTOPface

andwhiteoryellowflashinglightswithintheSLOWfacemeetingtheprovisionscontainedinSection6E.3;or

B. AStopBeacon(seeSection4L.5)mountedamaximumof24inchesabovetheSTOPfaceandaWarningBeacon(seeSection4L.3)mountedamaximumof24inchesabove,below,ortothesideoftheSLOWface.TheStopBeaconshallnotbeflashedorilluminatedwhentheSLOWfaceisdisplayed,andtheWarningBeaconshallnotbeflashedorilluminatedwhentheSTOPfaceisdisplayed.Exceptforthemountinglocations,thebeaconsshallcomplywiththeprovisionsofChapter4L.

OptionTypeBwarninglight(s)(seeSection6F.83)maybeusedin

lieuoftheWarningBeaconduringthedisplayoftheSLOWfaceoftheAFADsSTOP/SLOWsign.

StandardIfTypeBwarning lights are used in lieu of aWarning

Beacon,theyshallflashcontinuouslywhentheSLOWfaceisdisplayedandshallnotbeflashedorilluminatedwhentheSTOPfaceisdisplayed.

OptionThefacesoftheAFADsSTOP/SLOWsignmayinclude

Mn

Rev

. 8

6E-6

trafficwhenthesteadyCIRCULARREDlensisilluminatedand then ascends to an upright positionwhen the flashingCIRCULARYELLOW lens is illuminated. The gate armshallbefullyretroreflectorizedonbothsides,andshallhaveverticalalternatingredandwhitestripesat16-inchintervalsmeasuredhorizontally as shown inFigure8C-1.When thearmisinthedownpositionblockingtheapproachlane:

A. Theminimumverticalaspectofthearmandsheetingshallbe2inches;and

B. Theendofthearmshallreachatleasttothecenterofthelanebeingcontrolled.

AStopHereOnRed(R10-6orR10-6a)sign(seeSection2B.53) shall be installed on the right-hand side of theapproachat thepointatwhichdriversareexpected tostopwhenthesteadyCIRCULARREDlensisilluminated.To inform road users to stop, theAFAD shall display a

steadilyilluminatedCIRCULARREDlensandthegatearmshallbeinthedownposition.Toinformroaduserstoproceed,theAFAD shall display a flashing CIRCULARYELLOWlensandthegatearmshallbeintheuprightposition.IfRed/YellowLensAFADsareusedtocontroltrafficina

one-lane,two-wayTTCzone,safeguardsshallbeincorporatedto prevent the flagger(s) from actuating a simultaneousdisplayofaflashingCIRCULARYELLOWlensateachendof theTTCzone.Additionally, theflaggershallnotactuatetheAFADs display of the flashingCIRCULARYELLOWlens until all oncoming vehicles have cleared the one-laneportionoftheTTCzone.A change interval shall be provided as the transition

betweenthedisplayof theflashingCIRCULARYELLOWindication and the display of the steadyCIRCULARREDindication. During the change interval, the CIRCULARYELLOW lens shall be steadily illuminated.Thegate armshallremainintheuprightpositionduringthedisplayofthesteadilyilluminatedCIRCULARYELLOWchangeinterval.A change interval shall not be provided between the

display of the steadyCIRCULARRED indication and thedisplayoftheflashingCIRCULARYELLOWindication.

GuidanceThe steadily illuminatedCIRCULARYELLOWchange

intervalshouldhaveadurationofatleast5seconds,unlessadifferentduration,withintherangeofdurationsrecommendedbySection4D.26,isjustifiedbyengineeringjudgment.

Toinformroaduserstostop,theAFADshalldisplaytheSTOP face and the red orwhite lights, if used,within theSTOP face shall flash or the Stop Beacon shall flash. Toinform road users to proceed, theAFAD shall display theSLOWfaceandtheyelloworwhitelights,ifused,withintheSLOWfaceshallflashortheWarningBeaconortheTypeBwarninglightsshallflash.IfSTOP/SLOWAFADsareusedtocontroltrafficinaone-

lane, two-wayTTC zone, safeguards shall be incorporatedtopreventtheflagger(s)fromsimultaneouslydisplayingtheSLOWfaceateachendoftheTTCzone.Additionally, theflagger(s)shallnotdisplaytheAFADsSLOWfaceuntilalloncomingvehicleshaveclearedtheone-laneportionoftheTTCzone.

6E.6 Red/Yellow Lens Automated Flagger Assistance Devices

StandardA Red/Yellow Lens Automated Flagger Assistance

Device(AFAD)(seeSection6E.4)shallalternatelydisplayasteadilyilluminatedCIRCULARREDlensandaflashingCIRCULARYELLOW lens to control traffic without theneedforaflaggerintheimmediatevicinityoftheAFADorontheroadway(seeFigure6E-1a).Red/Yellow LensAFADs shall have at least one set of

CIRCULAR RED and CIRCULARYELLOW lenses thatare12inchesindiameter.UnlessotherwiseprovidedinthisSection,thelensesandtheirarrangement,CIRCULARREDontopandCIRCULARYELLOWbelow,shallcomplywiththeapplicableprovisionsfortrafficsignalindicationsinPart4. If the set of lenses is post-mounted, the bottom of thehousing(includingbrackets)shallbeatleast7feetabovethepavement.Ifthesetoflensesislocatedoveranyportionofthehighwaythatcanbeusedbymotorvehicles,thebottomof thehousing(includingbrackets)shallbeat least15feetabovethepavement.

OptionAdditional sets of CIRCULAR RED and CIRCULAR

YELLOW lenses, locatedover the roadwayor on the left-hand side of the approach and operated in unison withthe primary set, may be used to improve visibility and/orconspicuityoftheAFAD.

StandardARed/YellowLensAFADshall includeagatearm that

descendstoadownpositionacrosstheapproachlaneof

December, 2011

December, 20116E-7

fromtheviewoftheroadusers,andshallmotionwiththefreehandforroaduserstoproceed.Flagsshallnotbeusedtosignalroaduserstoproceed.

C.Toalertorslowtraffic,theflaggershallfaceroadusersandslowlywavetheflaginasweepingmotionoftheextendedarmfromshoulderleveltostraightdownwithoutraisingthearmaboveahorizontalposition.Theflaggershallkeepthefreehanddown.

GuidanceTheflaggershouldstandeitheron theshoulderadjacent

totheroaduserbeingcontrolledorintheclosedlanepriorto stopping road users.A flagger should only stand in thelanebeingusedbymovingroadusersafterroadusershavestopped. The flagger should be clearly visible to the firstapproachingroaduseratall times.Theflaggeralsoshouldbevisibletootherroadusers.Theflaggershouldbestationedsufficiently in advance of the workers to warn them (forexample, with audible warning devices such as horns orwhistles)ofapproachingdangerbyout-of-controlvehicles.The flagger should stand alone, away from otherworkers,workvehicles,orequipment.

OptionAt spot lane closures where adequate sight distance is

availableforthereasonablysafehandlingoftraffic,theuseofoneflaggermaybesufficient.

GuidanceWhen a single flagger is used, the flagger should be

stationed in the closed lane at the beginning of the taper orinapositionwheregoodvisibilityandtrafficcontrolcanbe maintained at all times.

6E.8 Flagger StationsStandardFlagger stations shall be located such that approaching

roaduserswillhavesufficientdistancetostopatanintendedstoppingpoint.

OptionThe distances shown in Table 6E-1, which provides

information regarding the stopping sight distance as afunctionofspeed,maybeusedforthelocationofaflaggerstation. These distancesmay be increased for downgradesandotherconditionsthataffectstoppingdistance.

GuidanceFlagger stations should be located such that an errant

vehiclehasadditionalspacetostopwithoutenteringtheworkspace.Theflaggershouldidentifyanescaperoutethatcanbeusedtoavoidbeingstruckbyanerrantvehicle.

6E.7 Flagger ProceduresSupportTheuseofpaddlesandflagsbyflaggersareillustratedin

Figure6E-3.

StandardFlaggers shall use a STOP/SLOW paddle, a flag, or an

Automated Flagger Assistance Device (AFAD) to controlroad users approaching a TTC zone. The use of handmovementsalonewithoutapaddle,flag,orAFADtocontrolroad users shall be prohibited except for law enforcementpersonnel or emergency responders at incident scenes asdescribedinSection6I.1.Thefollowingmethodsofsignalingwithpaddlesshallbe

used:A. Tostoproadusers,theflaggershallfaceroad

usersandextendtheSTOPpaddlefacetowardroadusersinastationarypositionwiththearmextendedhorizontallyawayfromthebody.Thefreearmshallbeheldwiththepalmofthehandaboveshoulderleveltowardapproachingtraffic.

B. Todirectstoppedroaduserstoproceed,theflaggershallfaceroaduserswiththeSLOWpaddlefaceaimedtowardroadusersinastationarypositionwiththearmextendedhorizontallyawayfromthebody.Theflaggershallmotionwiththefreehandfor road users to proceed.

C.Toalertorslowtraffic,theflaggershallfaceroaduserswiththeSLOWpaddlefaceaimedtowardroadusersinastationarypositionwiththearmextendedhorizontallyawayfromthebody.

OptionTo further alert or slow traffic, the flagger holding the

SLOWpaddle face toward road usersmaymotion up anddownwiththefreehand,palmdown.

StandardIn emergency situations a minimum size 24 x 24 inch

red flag may be used in lieu of a paddle until a paddle is available, however, as soon as a paddle is available it shall be used.The followingmethodsof signalingwith aflag shall be

used:A. Tostoproadusers,theflaggershallfaceroadusers

andextendtheflagstaffhorizontallyacrosstheroadusers’laneinastationarypositionsothatthefullareaoftheflagisvisiblyhangingbelowthestaff.Thefreearmshallbeheldwiththepalmofthehandaboveshoulderleveltowardapproachingtraffic.

B. Todirectstoppedroaduserstoproceed,theflaggershallfaceroaduserswiththeflagandarmlowered

6E-8December, 2019

Figure 6E-3 Use of Hand-Signaling Devices by Flaggers

The Use of Hand Signaling Devices by a Flagger

To Stop Traffic

To Release Traffic

To Alert and Slow Traffic

Preferred Flagging Method Using a Paddle�

Preferred Flagging Method Using a Flag�

Nighttime Flagging with Glow Cone.

Mn

Rev

. 7

6E-9 December, 2011

GuidanceWhen good visibility and traffic control cannot be

maintained by one flagger station, traffic should be controlled by a flagger at each end of the section. One of the flaggers should be designated as the coordinator. Flaggers should be able to communicate with each other orally, electronically, or with manual signals. These manual signals should not be mistaken for flagging signals.

6E.10 Flag Transfer Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

GuidanceThe flag transfer method should be employed only where

the one-way traffic is confined to a relatively short length of a road, usually not more than 1 mile in length.

6E.11 Pilot Car Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

GuidanceThe operation of the pilot vehicle should be coordinated

with flagging operations or other controls at each end of the one-lane section. The pilot car should have the name of the contractor or contracting authority prominently displayed.

StandardThe PILOT CAR FOLLOW ME (G20-4) sign shall be

mounted at a conspicuous location on the rear of the vehicle.

StandardExcept inemergency situations,flagger stations shallbe

preceded by an advance warning sign or signs. Except inemergencysituations,flaggerstationsshallbeilluminatedatnight.

6E.9 Flagger Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

OptionOn an intermediate volume road (less than 1500 ADT)

with good visibility, a single flagger may be used to control one direction of traffic while the other direction flows free. In this situation, the flagger is positioned in the closed lane at the beginning of the taper. The flagger stops the traffic approaching in the closed lane. When the open lane is clear, the flagger allows traffic to proceed.

A single flagger may also be used to stop traffic in a lane while that lane is closed. An example would be a truck depositing material off the edge of the roadway. In this situation, the flagger would stop the traffic in this lane while the other lane flows free. When the lane is open again, the flagger allows the traffic to proceed in their normal lane. After stopped traffic is allowed to proceed, the flagger should turn the flagger paddle parallel to traffic so that no message is displayed to either direction of traffic.

StandardIf the Decision Sight Distance is not available beyond the

work space for a single flagger to detect oncoming traffic, two flaggers shall be used.

Table 6E-1 Stopping Sight Distance as a Function of Speed

Speed* Distance20mph 115feet25mph 155feet30mph 200 feet35mph 250feet40mph 305feet45mph 360feet50mph 425feet55mph 495feet60mph 570feet65mph 645feet70mph 730feet75mph 820feet

*Postedspeed,off-peak85th-percentilespeedpriortoworkstarting,ortheanticipatedoperatingspeed

6E-10

6E.12 Stop or Yield Control Method of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Control

GuidanceIf the STOP or YIELD sign is installed for only one

direction, then the STOP or YIELD sign should face road users who are driving on the side of the roadway that is closed for the work activity area.

6E.13 Flagging at IntersectionsStandard

Only a licensed uniformed law enforcement officer has the authority to override a fully operating traffic control signal system (operating through the green, yellow, red cycle). Approval from the road authority shall be acquired prior to placing signals into red flash mode or turning signals off.

OptionWhen traffic signals are set to flash red for all approaches,

or turned off and temporary STOP signs are installed, the intersection may be treated as a non-signalized intersection. A flagging operation within a non-signalized intersection may override STOP and YIELD signs in the intersection.

High-volume intersections, large intersections, roundabouts, or complicated situations may require additional flaggers.

GuidanceWhen flagging within an intersection, consider the

following:• The flagger(s) should use hand signals with a flag

or flashlight with red glow cone to control traffic movements rather than the typical STOP/SLOW paddle.

• The flagger(s) should be aware of traffic conditions at adjacent intersections and coordinate operations to minimize traffic backups and conflicts.

StandardWhen multiple flaggers are used, a lead flagger shall be

designated to coordinate flagging operations.Option

The flagger(s) may direct vehicles to proceed through a STOP sign controlled condition while holding traffic on other approaches. Although the flagger may urge motorists to continue through the STOP sign, the flagger has no authority to prevent traffic from stopping and must allow for stopping within the operation.

Mn

Rev

. 7

TTC devices, such as channelizing devices shall be utilized in all transition areas and parallel or longitudinally to buffer spaces wherever lane shifts occur. See Chapter 6K, Layout 18 titled “Lane Closure, Pilot Car Method; Two-Lane, Two-Way Road.”

GuidanceAdditional channelizing devices should be placed in areas

that may be considered hazardous to the public or workers.These areas include but are not limited to:

A. Full longitudinal channelizing, as stated in Section 6F.58 (Channelizing Devices), when traffic is adjacent to longitudinal drop-offs greater than 4 inches.

B. Full longitudinal channelizing, as stated in Section 6F.58 (Channelizing Devices), and barriers, as stated in Section 6F.81 (Temporary Traffic Barriers), when traffic is adjacent to longitudinal drop-offs greater than 12 inches.

C. Full longitudinal channelizing, as stated in Section 6F.58 (Channelizing Devices), when roadway geometry, dust, weather, or darkness restricts visibility of the open travel lane.

Flagging and pilot car procedures should ensure that traffic platoons remain tightly spaced to prevent unsafe speed variations and deviations from the desired traffic lane. Flaggers should only arrow platooned vehicles to proceed behind the pilot car. Vehicles arriving late to the flagging station should not be allowed to proceed if the last vehicle has traveled more than 300 feet beyond the flagger station.

Pilot cars should lead traffic through the work zone at a safe speed, typically 10 mph below the posted speed limit. Their speed should be further reduced when:

• the vehicles in the platoon begin to separate,• there are poor roadway surface conditions (such

as gravel or bumps),• there is an adjacent lane or shoulder drop-off,• weather conditions or visibility are poor,• passing work crews or equipment,• passing another platoon of vehicles,• maneuvering through transition areas, or• other similar restrictions.

December, 2019

6F-1

roadusers,placedon,over,oradjacenttoastreet,highway,privateroadsopentopublictravel(seedefinitioninSection1A.13), pedestrian facility, or bikeway by authority of apublicbodyorofficialhavingjurisdiction.All traffic control devices used for construction,

maintenance,utility,or incidentmanagementoperationsonastreet,highway,orprivateroadopentopublictravel(seedefinitioninSection1A.13)shallcomplywiththeapplicableprovisionsofthisManual.

All signs, barricades, drums, weighted channelizers, and vertical panels shall be retroreflectorized. Cones and tubes shall be retroreflectorized if used at night.

Devices that are excessively worn, bent, damaged or have lost a significant amount of their retroreflectivity shall be promptly removed (see Chapter 6K, Quality Standards on pages 6K-94 through 6K-108).

GuidanceParticular attention should be given to assuring that all

traffic control devices are maintained and kept clean, visible, and properly positioned at all times.

6F.2 General Characteristics of SignsSupportTTC zone signs convey both general and specific

messagesbymeansofwordsorsymbolsandhavethesamethreecategoriesasall roadusersigns: regulatory,warning,andguide.

StandardThecolorsforregulatorysignsshallfollowtheStandards

forregulatorysignsinTable2A-5andChapter2B.WarningsignsinTTCzonesshallhaveablacklegendandborderonanorangebackground,exceptfortheGradeCrossingAdvanceWarning(W10-1)signwhichshallhaveablacklegendandborderonayellowbackground,andexceptforsignsthatarerequiredorrecommendedinParts2or7tohavefluorescentyellow-green backgrounds. Colors for guide signs shallfollowtheStandardsinTable2A-5andChapter2D,exceptforguidesignsasotherwiseprovidedinSection6F.55.

OptionWherethecolororangeisrequired,thefluorescentorange

color may also be used.

SupportThe fluorescent version of orange provides higher

conspicuitythanstandardorange,especiallyduringtwilight.

Mn

Rev

. 7

6F.1 Types of DevicesGuidanceThedesignandapplicationofTTCdevicesusedinTTC

zonesshouldconsidertheneedsofallroadusers(motorists,bicyclists,andpedestrians),includingthosewithdisabilities.

SupportFHWA policy requires that all roadside appurtenances

suchastrafficbarriers,barrierterminalsandcrashcushions,bridgerailings,signandlightpolesupports,andworkzonehardware used on the National Highway Systemmeet thecrashworthyperformancecriteriacontained in theNationalCooperativeHighwayResearchProgram (NCHRP)Report350,“RecommendedProceduresfortheSafetyPerformanceEvaluation of Highway Features” or the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) “Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH).”TheFHWAwebsiteat“https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/roadway_dept/countermeasures/reduce_crash_severity/policy_memo_guidance.cfm” identifies all suchhardwareandincludescopiesofFHWAacceptancelettersforeach of them. In the case of proprietary items, links areprovidedtomanufacturers’websitesasasourceofdetailedinformationonspecificdevices.Thewebsitealsocontainsan“Ask the Experts” section where questions on roadsidedesignissuescanbeaddressed.Various Sections of the MUTCD require certain traffic

controldevices,theirsupports,and/orrelatedappurtenancestobecrashworthy.SuchMUTCDcrashworthinessprovisionsapply to all streets, highways, and private roads open topublictravel.Also,StateDepartmentsofTransportationandlocalagenciesmighthaveexpandedtheNCHRPReport350and/or MASHcrashworthycriteriatoapplytocertainotherroadside appurtenances.Crashworthinessandcrashtestinginformationondevices

described in Part 6 are found in AASHTO’s “RoadsideDesignGuide”(seeSection1A.11).As defined in Section 1A.13, “crashworthy” is a

characteristic of a roadside appurtenance that has beensuccessfully crash tested in accordance with a nationalstandard such as theNCHRPReport 350, “RecommendedProcedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation ofHighwayFeatures”orthe American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) “Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH).”

StandardTrafficcontroldevicesshallbedefinedasallsigns,signals,

markings,andotherdevicesusedtoregulate,warn,orguide

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6F. Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices

December, 2019

Chapter 6F. Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices

6F-2

OptionSignilluminationmaybeeitherinternalorexternal.Signsmaybemadeofrigidorflexiblematerial.

StandardMesh nonretroreflective signs shall not be used.

6F.3 Sign PlacementGuidanceSigns should be located on the right-hand side of the

roadwayunlessotherwiseprovidedinthisManual.

OptionWhere special emphasis is needed, signsmaybeplaced

onboth the left-hand and right-hand sides of the roadway.Signsmounted on portable supportsmay be placedwithintheroadwayitself.SignsmayalsobemountedonoraboveType III barricades.

SupportThe provisions of this Section regarding mounting

heightapplyunlessotherwiseprovidedforaparticularsignelsewhereinthisManual.

StandardTheminimumheight,measuredverticallyfromthebottom

ofthesigntotheelevationofthenearedgeofthepavement,ofsignsinstalledatthesideoftheroadinruralareasshallbe5feet(seeFigure6F-1).The minimum height, measured vertically from the

bottomofthesigntothetopofthecurb,or intheabsenceofcurb,measuredverticallyfromthebottomofthesigntotheelevationof thenearedgeof thetraveledway,ofsignsinstalledatthesideoftheroadinbusiness,commercial,orresidential areas where parking or pedestrian movementsare likely tooccur,orwhere theviewof thesignmightbeobstructed,shallbe7feet(seeFigure6F-1).Theminimumheight,measuredverticallyfromthebottom

ofthesigntothesidewalk,ofsignsinstalledabovesidewalksshallbe7feet.

OptionThe height to the bottom of a secondary sign mounted

belowanothersignmaybe1footlessthantheheightprovidedinthepreviousStandard.

OptionExistingwarningsignsthatarestillapplicablemayremain

in place.In order to maintain the systematic use of yellow or

fluorescentyellow-greenbackgroundsforpedestrian,bicycle,and school warning signs in a jurisdiction, the yellow orfluorescentyellow-greenbackgroundforpedestrian,bicycle,andschoolwarningsignsmaybeusedinTTCzones.Standardorangeflagsorflashingwarning lightsmaybe

usedinconjunctionwithsigns.

StandardWhenstandardorangeflagsorflashingwarninglightsare

usedinconjunctionwithsigns,theyshallnotblockthesignface.Except as provided inSection2A.11, the sizes forTTC

signs andplaques shall be as shown inTable 6F-1and in Appendix C of this Manual. The sizes in the minimumcolumnshallonlybeusedonlocalstreetsorroadwayswherethe85th-percentile speedorposted speed limit is less than35mph.

OptionThedimensionsofsignsandplaquesshowninTable6F-1

maybeincreasedwherevernecessaryforgreaterlegibilityoremphasis.

StandardDeviations from standard sizes as prescribed in this

Manualshallbein6-inchincrements.

SupportSigndesigndetailsarecontainedintheMnDOT Standard

Signs and Markings Manual and the FHWA “StandardHighwaySignsandMarkings”book(seeSection1A.11).Section 2A.6 contains additional information regarding

the design of signs, including an Option allowing thedevelopment of special word message signs if a standardwordmessageorsymbolsignisnotavailabletoconveythenecessaryregulatory,warning,orguidanceinformation.

StandardAll signs used at night shall be retroreflective with a

materialthathasasmooth,sealedoutersurfacetoshowthesameshapeandsimilarcolorbothdayandnight.The requirement for sign illumination shall not be

considered to be satisfied by street, highway, or strobelighting.

December, 2011

6F-3 September,2020

Sign or Plaque Sign Designation

Section Conventional Road

Freeway or Expressway

Minimum

Stop R1-1 6F.6 30 x 30 * --- ---Stop (on Stop/Slow Paddle) R1-1 6E.3 18 x 18 --- ---Yield R1-2 6F.6 36 x 36 x 36 48 x 48 x 48 30 x 30 x 30To Oncoming Traffic R1-2aP 6F.6 36 x 30 48 x 36 24 x 18Speed Limit R2-1 6F.12 24 x 30 * 36 x 48 ---Fines Higher (plaque) R2-6P 6F.6 24 x 18 36 x 24 ---Fines Double (plaque) R2-6aP 6F.12 24 x 18 36 x 24 ---$XX Fine (plaque) R2-6bP 6F.12 24 x 18 36 x 24 ---Begin Higher Fines Zone R2-10 6F.12 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---End Higher Fines Zone R2-11 6F.12 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---End Work Zone Speed Limit R2-12 6F.12 24 x 36 36 x 54 ---Movement Prohibition R3-1,2,3,4,18,27 6F.12 24 x 24 * 36 x 36 ---Mandatory Movement (1 lane) R3-5 6F.6 30 x 36 --- ---Optional Movement (1 lane) R3-6 6F.6 30 x 36 --- ---Right (Left) Lane Must Turn Right (Left) R3-7M (old R3-7) 6F.6 30 x 30 * --- ---Advance Intersection Lane Control R3-30 6F.6 Varies x 30 --- ---Do Not Pass R4-1 6F.6 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---Pass With Care R4-2 6F.6 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---Keep Right R4-7 6F.6 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---Narrow Keep Right R4-7c 6F.6 18 x 30 --- ---Stay in Lane R4-9 6F.11 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---Do Not Enter R5-1 6F.6 30 x 30 * 36 x 36 ---Wrong Way R5-1a 6F.6 36 x 24 * 42 x 30 ---One Way R6-1 6F.6 36 x 12 * 54 x 18 ---One Way R6-2 6F.6 24 x 30 * 36 x 48 ---No Parking (symbol) R8-3 6F.6 24 x 24 36 x 36 ---Pedestrian Crosswalk R9-8 6F.13 36 x 18 --- ---Sidewalk Closed R9-9 6F.14 24 x 12 --- ---Sidewalk Closed, Use Other Side R9-10M

(old R9-10)6F.14 24 x 12 --- ---

Sidewalk Closed Ahead, Cross Here R9-11 6F.14 24 x 18 --- ---Sidewalk Closed, Cross Here R9-11a 6F.14 24 x 12 --- ---Wait on Stop/Go on Slow R10-X1 6E.5 24 x 30 24 x 30 ---Road Closed R11-2 6F.8 48 x 30 --- ---Road Closed, Local Traffic Only R11-3a,3b,4 6F.9 60 x 30 --- ---Weight Limit R12-1,2 6F.10 24 x 30 36 x 48 ---Weight Limit (with symbols) R12-5 6F.10 24 x 36 36 x 48 ---Turn and Curve Signs W1-1,2,3 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Reverse Curve W1-4 6F.48 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Reverse Curve (2 or more lanes) W1-4b,4c 6F.49 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30One-Direction Large Arrow W1-6 6F.16 48 x 24 60 x 30 ---Chevron Alignment W1-8 6F.16 18 x 24 30 x 36 ---Stop Ahead W3-1 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Yield Ahead W3-2 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Signal Ahead W3-3 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Be Prepared to Stop W3-4 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Reduced Speed Ahead W3-5 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30XX MPH Speed Zone Ahead W3-5b 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Traffic Control Change Ahead W3-X5 6F.30 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 1

Table 6F-1 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Sign and Plaque Sizes (Sheet 1 of 3)

*SeeTable2B-1forminimumsizerequiredforsignsfacingtrafficonmulti-laneconventionalroads. Notes:1. Largersignsmaybeusedwherevernecessaryforgreaterlegibilityoremphasis2. Dimensionsareshownininchesandareshownaswidthxheight.

6F-4September,2020

Sign or Plaque Sign Designation Section Conventional Road

Freeway or Expressway Minimum

Merging traffic W4-1,1a-5 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 36 x 36Lane Ends W4-2 6F.24 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Added Lane W4-3,6 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30No Merge Area (plaque) W4-5P 6F.16 18 x 24 24 x 30 ---Road Narrows W5-1 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Narrow Bridge W5-2 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30One Lane Bridge W5-3 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Ramp Narrows W5-4 6F.26 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Divided Highway W6-1 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Divided highway Ends W6-2 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Two-Way Traffic W6-3 6F.32 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Two-Way Traffic W6-4 6F.76 12 x 18 12 x 18 ---Hill (symbol) W7-1 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Next XX Miles (plaque) W7-3aP 6F.53 24 x 18 36 x 30 ---Bump W8-1, W8-1M

(old W8-1a)6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30

Dip W8-2 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Pavement Ends W8-3 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Soft Shoulder W8-4 6F.44 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Slippery When Wet W8-5 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Truck Crossing W8-6 6F.36 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Loose Gravel W8-7 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Rough Road W8-8 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Low Shoulder W8-9 6F.44 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Shoulder Drop-Off W8-9a 6F.44.1 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Uneven Lanes W8-11 6F.45 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30No Center Stripe W8-12a 6F.47 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Fallen Rocks W8-14 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Grooved Pavement W8-15 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Motorcycle (plaque) W8-15P 6F.54 24 x 18 30 x 24 ---Road May Flood W8-18 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 24 x 24No Shoulder W8-23 6F.44.3 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Steel Plate Ahead W8-24 6F.46 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Shoulder Ends W8-25 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Lane Ends W9-1,2 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Grade Crossing Advance Warning W10-1 6F.16 36 Diameter --- ---Truck W11-10 6F.36 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Double Arrow W12-1 6F.16 30 x 30 --- ---Low Clearance W12-2 6F.16 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Advisory Speed (plaque) W13-1P 6F.52 24 x 24 30 x 30 18 x 18On Ramp (plaque) W13-4P 6F.25 36 x 36 36 x 36 ---No Passing Zone (pennant) W14-3 6F.16 48 x 48 x 36 64 x 64 x 48 40 x 40 x 30Emergency Scene Ahead W14-X15 6I.1 36 x 36 48 x 48 ---XX Feet (plaque) W16-2P 6F.16 24 x 18 30 x 24 ---Road Work Ahead W20-1 6F.18 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Detour Ahead W20-2 6F.19 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Road (Street) Closed Ahead W20-3 6F.20 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Trail Closed Ahead W20-3M (old W20-3a) 6F.20.1 --- ---

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 8


Mn

Rev

. 3


6F-5 September,2020

Sign or Plaque Sign Designation Section Conventional Road

Freeway or Expressway

Minimum

One Lane Road Ahead W20-4 6F.21 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Flagger (symbol) W20-7 6F.31 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Slow (on Stop/Slow Paddle) W20-8M (old W21-X7) 6E.3 18 x 18 --- ---Merge W20-X3 6F.24.1 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Bypass Ahead W20-X6 6F.50 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Narrow Lane (width shown) W20-X11 6F.50 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Right Two Lanes Closed W20-X13 6F.22 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Lanes Narrow W20-X17 6F.50 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Workers W21-1 6F.33 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Fresh Oil (Tar) W21-2 6F.34 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Road Machinery Ahead W21-3 6F.35 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Slow Moving Vehicle W21-4 6G.6 36 x 18 --- ---Shoulder Work W21-5 6F.37 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Shoulder Closed W21-5a 6F.37 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Survey Crew W21-6 6F.38 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Survey Crew Ahead W21-6M (old W21-6a) 6F.38 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Utility Work Ahead W21-7 6F.39 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Mowing Ahead W21-8 6G.6 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Right (Left) Lane Closed W20-X5 (old W21-X5) 6F.22 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Center Lane Closed W21-X5c 6F.23 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Crew Working Ahead W21-X6 6F.38.1 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30High Shoulder W8-9M (old W21-X9) 6F.44.2 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Blasting Zone Ahead W22-1 6F.41 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Turn Off 2-Way Radio and Cell Phone W22-2 6F.42 42 x 36 42 x 36 ---End Blasting Zone W22-3 6F.43 42 x 36 42 x 36 36 x 30Slow Traffic Ahead W23-1 6F.27 48 x 24 48 x 24 ---New Traffic Pattern Ahead W23-2 6F.30 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Double Reverse Curve (1 lane) W24-1 6F.49 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Double Reverse Curve (2 lanes) W24-1a 6F.49 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30Double Reverse Curve (3 lanes) W24-1b 6F.49 36 x 36 48 x 48 30 x 30All Lanes (plaque) W24-1cP 6F.49 24 x 18 30 x 24 ---Road Work Next XX Miles G20-1 6F.56 36 x 18 48 x 24 ---End Road Work G20-2 (old W20-2a) 6F.57 36 x 18 48 x 24 ---Pilot Car Follow Me G20-4 6F.58 36 x 18 --- ---Work Zone (plaque) G20-5aP 6F.12 24 x 18 36 x 24 ---Road Closed Beginning XXXX XX G20-X1 6F.56.1 72 x 60 90 x 78 ---Exit Open E5-2 6F.28 48 x 36 48 x 36 ---Exit Closed E5-2a 6F.28 48 x 36 48 x 36 ---Exit Only E5-3 6F.29 48 x 36 48 x 36 ---Detour M4-8 6F.59 24 x 12 30 x 15 ---End Detour M4-8a 6F.59 24 x 18 24 x 18 ---End M4-8b 6F.59 24 x 12 24 x 12 ---Detour M4-9M 6F.59 30 x 24 48 x 36 ---Bike/Pedestrian M4-9aM (old M4-9ma) 6F.59 30 x 24 --- ---Pedestrian Detour M4-9bM (old M4-9mb) 6F.59 30 x 24 --- ---Bike Detour M4-9cM (old M4-9mc) 6F.59 30 x 24 --- ---Detour M4-10 6F.59 48 x 18 --- ---

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 2

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8



6F-6December, 2011

Figure 6F-1 Height and Lateral Location of Signs - Typical Installations

All signs shall be mounted on 3 pound per foot or lighterU-channel posts or other crashworthy supports.

B. RURAL AREA WITHADVISORY SPEED PLATE

Paved Shoulder

A. RURAL AREA

Advance street name plaques or route markersnay be installed above or below warning signs

C. BUSINESS, COMMERCIAL,OR RESIDENTIAL AREA

D. BUSINESS, COMMERCIAL,OR RESIDENTIAL

AREA (WITHOUT CURB)

Walkway

6 to 12feet

6 to 12feet

6 feetMinimum

5 feetMinimum 4 feet

Minimum

2 feetMinimum

2 feetMinimum

7 feetMinimum

7 feetMinimum

XX

F I RST ST

F I RST ST

OPTIONAL

OPTIONAL

6F-7

In addition, regulatory signs installed on barricades or other portable supports shall be installed so that the center of the sign or sign assembly is at least 4 ft above the traveled way.

OptionFormobileoperations,asignmaybemountedonawork

vehicle,ashadowvehicle,oratrailerstationedinadvanceoftheTTCzoneormovingalongwithit.Theworkvehicle,theshadowvehicle,orthetrailermayormaynothaveanimpactattenuator.

SupportIf alterations are made to specific traffic control device

supports that have been successfully crash tested inaccordance with NCHRP Report 350, or the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) “Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH)”, the altered supports might not beconsideredtobecrashworthy.

6F.4 Sign MaintenanceGuidanceSigns shall be properly maintained for cleanliness,

visibility,andcorrectpositioning.

StandardSignsthathavelostsignificantlegibilityshall be promptly

replaced as soon as possible after notification.

SupportSection 2A.8 contains information regarding the

retroreflectivityofsigns,includingthesignsthatareusedinTTCzones.

6F.5 Regulatory Sign AuthoritySupportRegulatory signs inform road users of traffic laws or

regulationsandindicatetheapplicabilityoflegalrequirementsthatwouldnototherwisebeapparent.

StandardRegulatorysignsshallbeauthorizedbythepublicagency

orofficialhavingjurisdictionandshallconformwithChapter2B.

6F.6 Regulatory Sign DesignStandardTTC regulatory signs shall comply with the Standards

forregulatorysignspresentedinPart2andintheMnDOT Standard Signs and Markings Manual and the FHWA “StandardHighwaySignsandMarkings”book(seeSection1A.11).

Mn

Rev

. 7

GuidanceNeither portable nor permanent sign supports should be

locatedonsidewalks,bicycle facilities,orareasdesignatedforpedestrianorbicycletraffic.Ifthebottomofasecondarysign that ismounted below another sign ismounted lowerthan 7 feet above a pedestrian sidewalk or pathway (seeSection 6D.2), the secondary sign should not projectmorethan4inchesintothepedestrianfacility.If it is unavoidable to place a portable sign support into a pedestrian walkway, a detectable edge should be installed between the portable sign support and the pedestrian walkway.

StandardWhere it has been determined that the accommodation

of pedestrianswith disabilities is necessary, signs shall bemounted andplaced in accordancewithSection4.4 of the“Americans with DisabilitiesAct Accessibility GuidelinesforBuildingsandFacilities(ADAAG)”(seeSection1A.11)Signsmountedonbarricades,barricade/signcombinations

shallbecrashworthy.

GuidanceExcept as provided in the following Option, signs

anticipated to be in one place for more than 30 days should not be mounted on portable supports. Whenever this anticipated time period changes, signs mounted on portable supports should be re-evaluated.

OptionSigns, whose location on a paved surfaces is necessary,

may be mounted on portable supports for more than 30 days.

SupportMethods of mounting signs other than on posts are

illustratedinFigure6F-2.

GuidanceSignsmounted onType III barricades should not cover

morethan50percentofthetoptworailsor33percentofthetotalareaofthethreerails.

StandardAllsignsupportsshallbecrashworthy.Wherelargesignshavinganareaexceeding50squarefeet

areinstalledonmultiplebreakawayposts,theclearancefromthegroundtothebottomofthesignshallbeatleast7feet.The bottom of a signmounted on a barricade, or other

portablesupport,shallbeat least1footabovethe traveledway.

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 1

September,2020

6F-8December, 2011

F

F

F

F

Flashing Warning Light(optional)

BARRICADES

High Level Warning Device(Flag Tree)

OptionalWarning Sign

8 feet minimum(see Section 6F.62)

Orange Flag(optional)

1 foot minimumabove the

traveled way

1 foot minimumabove the traveled way

UT I L I TY

WO R K

AH EAD

PORTABLE AND TEMPORARY MOUNTINGS

WARNING SIGN

REGULATORY SIGN

VEHICLE MOUNTED

1 footminimum

4 feetminimum

Figure 6F-2 Methods of Mounting Signs Other Than on Posts

6F-9 September,2020

6F.9 Local Traffic Only Signs (R11-3a, R11-4)

GuidanceTheLocalTrafficOnlysignsshouldbeusedwhereroad

userflowdetours toavoidaclosure somedistancebeyondthesign,butwherelocalroaduserscanusetheroadwaytothepointofclosure.Thesesignsshouldbeaccompaniedbyappropriatewarninganddetoursigning.TheLocalTrafficOnlysignshouldhavethelegendROAD

CLOSEDXXMILESAHEAD,LOCALTRAFFICONLY(R11-3a).

OptionIn urban areas, the legend ROAD (STREET) (RAMP)

CLOSEDTOTHRUTRAFFIC(R11-4)orROADCLOSED,LOCALTRAFFICONLYmaybeused.Inurbanareas,awordmessagethatincludesthenameof

anintersectingstreetnameorwell-knowndestinationmaybesubstitutedforthewordsXXMILESAHEADontheR11-3asignwhereapplicable.ThewordsBRIDGEOUT(orBRIDGECLOSED)may be

substituted for the words ROAD (STREET) (RAMP)CLOSEDontheR11-3aorR11-4signwhereapplicable.

T H R U TRAF F I C

R OA D CLO S E DT O

R11-4

ROAD C LOS ED

LOCAL T R A F F I C O N LY1 0 M I LES AH EAD

R11-3a

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

SupportRegulatory signs are generally rectangular with a black

legendandborderonawhitebackground.ExceptionsincludetheSTOP,YIELD,DONOTENTER,WRONGWAY,andONEWAYsigns.

OptionTheONEWAYsignmaybeeitherahorizontalorvertical

rectangularsign.

6F.7 Regulatory Sign ApplicationsStandardIf a TTC zone requires regulatory measures different

from those existing, the existing permanent regulatorydevicesshallberemovedorcoveredandsupersededbytheappropriatetemporaryregulatorysigns.Thischangeshallbemadeincompliancewithapplicableordinancesorstatutesofthejurisdiction.

6F.8 ROAD (STREET) CLOSED Sign (R11-2)

GuidanceThe ROAD (STREET) CLOSED (R11-2) sign should

beusedwhentheroadwayisclosedtoallroadusersexceptcontractors’equipmentorofficiallyauthorizedvehicles.TheR11-2signshouldbeaccompaniedbyappropriatewarninganddetoursigning.

OptionThe words BRIDGE OUT (or BRIDGE CLOSED)

maybe substituted forROAD (STREET)CLOSEDwhereapplicable.

GuidanceTheROAD(STREET)CLOSEDsignshouldbeinstalled

atornearthecenteroftheroadwayonoraboveaTypeIIIbarricadethatclosestheroadway(seeSection6F.68).

StandardTheROAD (STREET)CLOSEDsign shall not beused

where road user flow ismaintained through theTTC zonewithareducednumberoflanesontheexistingroadwayorwheretheactualclosureissomedistancebeyondthesign.

R11-2

ROADCLOS ED

6F-10December, 2011 6F-10

6F.12 Work Zone and Higher Fines Signs and Plaques

OptionAWORKZONE(G20-5aP)plaquemaybemountedabove

aSpeedLimitsigntoemphasizethatareducedspeedlimitisineffectwithinaTTCzone.AnENDWORKZONESPEEDLIMIT(R2-12)signmaybeinstalledatthedownstreamendofthereducedspeedlimitzone.

GuidanceABEGINHIGHERFINESZONE (R2-10) sign should

be installed at the upstream end of a work zone whereincreasedfinesareimposedfortrafficviolations,andanENDHIGHERFINESZONE(R2-11)signshouldbeinstalledatthedownstreamendoftheworkzone.

OptionAlternate legends such as BEGIN (or END) DOUBLE

FINESZONEmay also be used for theR2-10 andR2-11signs.

A FINES HIGHER, FINES DOUBLE, or $XX FINEplaque(seeSection2B.17)maybemountedbelowtheSpeedLimitsignifincreasedfinesareimposedfortrafficviolationswithintheTTCzone.Individual signsandplaques forworkzonespeed limits

andhigherfinesmaybecombinedintoasinglesignormaybedisplayedasanassemblyofsignsandplaques.

B EG I N

H I G H ER

F I N E S

ZO N E

R2-10

EN D

H I G H ER

F I N E S

ZO N E

R2-11

R2-12

G20-5aP

F I N E S

H I G H ERR2-6P

F I N E S

DO U B LER2-6aP

$ 3 0 0F I N ER2-6bP

6F.10 Weight Limit Signs (R12-1a, R12-2, R12-5, R12-5 Supplements)

StandardA Weight Limit sign, which shows the gross weight

or axleweight that is permitted on the roadwayor bridge,shallbeconsistentwithStateor local regulationsandshallnotbeinstalledwithouttheapprovaloftheauthorityhavingjurisdictionoverthehighway.When weight restrictions are imposed, because of the

activityinaTTCzone,amarkeddetourshallbeprovidedforvehiclesweighingmorethanthepostedlimit.

6F.11 STAY IN LANE Sign (R4-9)

OptionA STAY IN LANE (R4-9) sign may be used where a

multi-laneshifthasbeenincorporatedaspartoftheTTConahighwaytodirectroadusersaroundroadworkthatoccupiespartoftheroadwayonamulti-lanehighway.

B R I D G EWE I G H TL I M I T9

TO N SR12-1a

A X L EWE I G H TL I M I T5 TONS

R12-2

X 8 T1 2 T1 6 T

WE I G HTL I M I T

R12-5

X 8 T1 2 T1 6 T

WE I G HTL I M I T

B R I DG E

1 4 M I L E S

R12 Supplemental Plaques

STAY

I N

LAN E

R4-9

6F-11 September,2020

TheSIDEWALKCLOSEDAHEAD,(ARROW)CROSSHERE(R9-11)signshouldbeusedtoindicatetopedestriansthatsidewalksbeyondthesignareclosedandtodirectthemtoopencrosswalks,sidewalks,orothertravelpaths.The SIDEWALK CLOSED, (ARROW) CROSS HERE

(R9-11a) sign should be installed just beyond the point towhichpedestriansarebeingredirected.

SupportThese signs are typically mounted on a barricade to

encouragecomplianceandtocommunicatewithpedestriansthat the sidewalk is closed. Printed signs are not useful tomany pedestrians with visual disabilities. A barrier orbarricade detectable by a personwith a visual disability issufficienttoindicatethatasidewalkisclosed.Ifthebarrieris continuous with detectable channelizing devices for analternate route, accessible signingmight not be necessary.Anaudibleinformationdeviceisneededwhenthedetectablebarricadeorbarrierforanalternatechannelizedrouteisnotcontinuous.

6F.15 Special Regulatory SignsOptionSpecialregulatorysignsmaybeusedbasedonengineering

judgmentconsistentwithregulatoryrequirements.

GuidanceSpecial regulatorysignsshouldcomplywith thegeneral

requirements of color, shape, and alphabet size and series.Thesignmessageshouldbebrief,legible,andclear.

6F.16 Warning Sign Function, Design, and Application

SupportTTC zone warning signs notify road users of specific

situations or conditions on or adjacent to a roadway thatmightnototherwisebeapparent.

StandardTTC warning signs shall comply with the Standards

forwarning signs presented in Part 2 and in the MnDOT Standard Signs Manual and the FHWA “StandardHighway Signs andMarkings” book (see Section 1A.11).Except as provided in the followingOption,TTCwarningsigns shall be diamond-shaped with a black symbol ormessageandborderonanorangebackground,exceptfortheW10-1signwhichshallhaveablacklegendandborderonayellowbackground,andexceptforsignsthatarerequiredorrecommendedinParts2or7tohavefluorescentyellow-greenbackgrounds.

6F.13 PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALK Sign (R9-8)

OptionThe PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALK (R9-8) sign may

beused to indicatewhere a temporary crosswalkhasbeenestablished.

StandardIf a temporary crosswalk is established, it shall be

accessibletopedestrianswithdisabilitiesinaccordancewithSection6D.2.

6F.14 SIDEWALK CLOSED Signs (R9-9, R9-10M (old R9-10), R9-11, R9-11a)

GuidanceSIDEWALK CLOSED signs should be used where

pedestrianflow is restrictedor reroutedbyworkactivities.Bicycle/Pedestrian Detour (M4-9a) signs or PedestrianDetour(M4-9b)signsshouldbeusedwherepedestrianflowisrerouted(seeSection6F.59).TheSIDEWALKCLOSED(R9-9)signshouldbeinstalled

atthebeginningoftheclosedsidewalk,attheintersectionspreceding the closed sidewalk, and elsewhere along theclosedsidewalkasneeded.The SIDEWALK CLOSED, (ARROW) USE OTHER

SIDE(R9-10M(oldR9-10))signshouldbeinstalledatthebeginningoftherestrictedsidewalkwhenaparallelsidewalkexistsontheothersideoftheroadway.

P ED ESTR I AN

CROSSWALK

R9-8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

S I D EWA L K C L O S E D

C RO S S H E R E

R9-11a


AH EAD

C RO S S H E R E

R9-11


U S E O T H E R S I D E

R9-10M (old R9-10)

S I D EWALK

CLOS ED

R9-9

Mn

Rev

. 8

6F-126F-12September,2020

GuidanceA 1 foot minimum height will be allowed for roll-up warning

signs, but the signs should be mounted higher in order to improve their visibility.

6F.17 Position of Advance Warning SignsGuidanceWherehighwayconditionspermit,warningsignsshould

beplacedinadvanceof theTTCzoneatvaryingdistancesdepending on roadway type, condition, and posted speed.Table 6C-1 contains information regarding the spacingof advancewarning signs.Where a series of two ormoreadvancewarningsigns isused, theclosestsign to theTTCzone should be placed approximately 100 feet for low-speedurbanstreets to1,000 feetormore for freewaysandexpressways.Wheremultipleadvancewarningsignsareneededonthe

approachtoaTTCzone,theROADWORKAHEAD(W20-1)signshouldbethefirstadvancewarningsignencounteredby road users

OptionOther similar signs such as BRIDGE WORK AHEAD

(W20-1M (old W20-X9)) or SURVEY CREW AHEAD (W21-6a) may be used as a substitute for the ROAD WORK AHEAD (W20-1) sign.

SupportVarious conditions, such as limited sight distance or

obstructions thatmight require a driver to reduce speedorstop,mightrequireadditionaladvancewarningsigns.

OptionAsanalternativetoaspecificdistanceonadvancewarning

signs,thewordAHEADmaybeused.

SupportAtTTCzonesonlightly-traveledroads,alloftheadvance

warning signs prescribed formajor constructionmight notbe needed.

OptionUtility work, maintenance, or minor construction can

occur within the TTC zone limits of amajor constructionproject,andadditionalwarningsignsmaybeneeded.

GuidanceUtility, maintenance, and minor construction signing

andTTC should be coordinatedwith thegoverning road authority so that roadusersarenot confusedormisledbytheTTCdevices.

Mn

Rev

. 8

OptionWarning signs used for TTC incident management

situationsmayhaveablacklegendandborderonafluorescentpinkbackground.Mounting or space considerationsmay justify a change

fromthestandarddiamondshape.In emergencies, available warning signs having yellow

backgroundsmaybeusedifsignswithorangebackgroundssignsarenotathand.

GuidanceWhere roadway or road user conditions require greater

emphasis,largerthanstandardsizewarningsignsshouldbeused,with thesymbolor legendenlargedapproximately inproportiontotheoutsidedimensions.Whereanypartoftheroadwayisobstructedorclosedby

work activities or incidents, advancewarning signs shouldbe installed to alert road users well in advance of theseobstructions or restrictions.Where road users include pedestrians, the provision of

supplemental audible information or detectable barriers or barricades should be considered for people with visualdisabilities.

SupportDetectable barriers or barricades communicate very

clearly topedestrianswhohavevisualdisabilities that theycannolongerproceedinthedirectionthattheyaretraveling.

OptionAdvance warning signs may be used singly or in

combination.Wheredistancesarenotshownonwarningsignsaspartof

themessage,asupplementalplaquewiththedistancelegendmay bemounted immediately below the sign on the samesupport.

6F.16.1 Roll-Up Warning SignsOption

Roll-up warning signs may be used to provide advance warning signing for TTC zones.

StandardRoll-up warning signs shall have a black legend on a

reflectorized orange or reflectorized fluorescent orange background. They may be used for daytime or nighttime only when workers are present to monitor the signs.

The mounting height of roll-up signs shall conform to the standards as shown in Section 6F.3.


6F.20 ROAD (STREET) CLOSED AHEAD Sign (W20-3)

GuidanceTheROAD(STREET)CLOSEDAHEAD(W20-3)sign

shouldbeusedinadvanceofthepointwhereahighwayisclosed to all road users, or to all but local road users with speed limits of 30 mph or less.

StandardThe ROAD (STREET) CLOSED sign shall have the

legendROAD(STREET)CLOSED,XXFEET,XXMILES,or AHEAD.

6F.20.1 TRAIL CLOSED AHEAD Sign (W20-3M (old W20-3a)

GuidanceThe TRAIL CLOSED AHEAD (W20-3M (old W20-3a)) sign

should be used in advance of the point where a recreational trail is closed to all users.

6F.21 ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD Sign (W20-4)

StandardThe ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD (W20-4) sign shall

beusedonly inadvanceof thatpointwheremotorvehicletrafficinbothdirectionsmustuseacommonsinglelane(seeSection6C.10).ItshallhavethelegendONELANEROAD,XXFEET,XXMILES,orAHEAD.

GuidanceIf the affected one lane roadway is not visible from one

end to the other, or if the traffic is such that simultaneous arrivals at both ends occur frequently, flagging procedures, stop sign or signal control should be used to control alternate traffic flows.

C LOS EDAH EAD

TRA I L

W20-3M (old W20-3a)

ROADCLOS EDAH EAD

W20-3

Mn

Rev

. 8

ONE LANER O ADA H EAD

W20-4

6F.18 ROAD (STREET) WORK AHEAD Sign (W20-1)

GuidanceThe ROAD (STREET) WORK AHEAD (W20-1) sign

which serves as a general warning of obstructions orrestrictions,shouldbelocatedinadvanceoftheworkspaceoranydetour,ontheroadwheretheworkistakingplace,andonallintersectingroadways.Where trafficcanenteraTTCzone fromacrossroador

amajor (high-volume) driveway, an advancewarning signshouldbeusedonthecrossroadormajordriveway.

StandardTheROAD(STREET)WORK(W20-1) sign shall have

thelegendROAD(STREET)WORK,XXFT,XXMILES,or AHEAD.

6F.19 DETOUR AHEAD Sign (W20-2)

GuidanceTheDETOURAHEAD(W20-2)signshouldbeused in

advance of a road user detour over a different roadway orroute.

StandardTheDETOURsignshallhavethelegendDETOUR,XXFEET,XXMILES,orAHEAD.

R OAD

AH EADWO R K

W20-1

DETOURAH EAD

W20-2

Mn

Rev

. 8


6F.24 Lane Ends Sign (W4-2)

OptionTheLaneReduction(W4-2)symbolsignmaybeusedto

warndriversofthereductioninthenumberofmotorvehicletrafficlanesinthedirectionoftravelonamulti-laneroadway.

6F.24.1 MERGE Sign (W20-X3)

GuidanceThe MERGE sign (W20-X3) with a demountable arrow

should be placed at the beginning of a merging taper.

OptionThe MERGE sign (W20-X3) may be used in conjunction

with the LANE REDUCTION Sign (W4-2).

6F.24.2 BIKE LANE CLOSED (W20-X5) and BIKES MERGE (W20-X21) Sign

SupportThe BIKE LANE CLOSED (W20-X5) sign and BIKES

MERGE (W20-X21) sign is used to notify approaching vehicular traffic and bicycle traffic that a bike lane is ending and that bicycles will be merging into the through traffic lanes. This may be caused by work in the bike lane or if traffic will be diverted into the bike lane downstream due to work in the roadway.

GuidanceThe BIKE LANE CLOSED (W20-X5) sign and the BIKES

MERGE (X20-X21) sign should be placed in advance of the shoulder taper preceding the closed bike lane.

W4-2LW4-2R

M E R G E

W20-X3

LAN ECLOS ED

B I K E

W20-X5

6F.22 Lane(s) Closed Signs (W21-X5, W20-X13)

StandardLaneclosedsignsshallbeused inadvanceof thatpoint

whereoneormorethroughlanesofamultiple-laneroadwayare closed.

For a single lane closure, the RIGHT (LEFT) LANE CLOSED (W21-X5) sign shall be used. Where two adjacent lanes are closed, the RIGHT (LEFT) 2 LANES CLOSED (W20-X13) shall be used.

6F.23 CENTER LANE CLOSED Sign (W21-X5c)

StandardThe CENTER LANE CLOSED (W21-X5c) sign shall only

be used on roadways where the posted speed limit is 30 MPH or less.

GuidanceTheCENTERLANECLOSED (W21-X5c) signshould

be used in advance of that pointwherework occupies thecenter lane(s) and approaching motor vehicle traffic isdirectedtotherightorleftoftheworkzoneinthecenterlane.

6F.23.1 THRU TRAFFIC MERGE RIGHT (LEFT) Sign (W4-1a)

GuidanceThe THRU TRAFFIC MERGE RIGHT (LEFT) (W4-1a)

sign should be used in advance of an intersection where one or more lane closures on the far side of a multi-lane intersection require through motor vehicle traffic on the approach to the intersection to use the right (left) lane to proceed through the intersection.

2 LAN E SR I G H T

C L O S E D

W20-X13

R I G H TLAN ECLOS ED

W21-X5

T H R U

T RA F F I C

M E R G E

R I G H T

W4-1a

LAN ECLOS ED

CENT ER

W21-X5c

Mn

Rev

. 3

B I K ESM ERG E

W20-X21

Mn

Rev

. 8


GuidanceWhenanexitrampisclosed,anEXITCLOSEDpanelwith

ablacklegendandborderonanorangebackgroundshouldbe placed diagonally across the interchange/intersectionguidesigns.

6F.29 EXIT ONLY Sign (E5-3)

OptionAnEXITONLY(E5-3)signmaybeusedtosupplement

otherwarning signswherework is being conducted in thevicinity of an exit ramp and where the exit maneuver forvehiculartrafficusingtherampisdifferentfromthenormalcondition.

6F.30 NEW TRAFFIC PATTERN AHEAD, TRAFFIC CHANGE AHEAD Signs (W23-2, W3-X5)

OptionA NEW TRAFFIC PATTERN AHEAD (W23-2) or

TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE AHEAD sign (W3-X5) maybeusedon theapproach toan intersectionor alongasectionofroadwaytoprovideadvancewarningofachangein traffic patterns, such as revised lane usage, roadwaygeometry,orsignalphasing.

GuidanceTo retain its effectiveness, the W23-2 or W3-X5 sign

shouldbedisplayedforupto2weeks,andthenitshouldbecoveredorremoveduntilitisneededagain.

EX I T

O N LY

E5-3

C O N T R O LC HA N G E

T R A F F I C

A H EAD

W3-X5

N EWTRAFF I CPATTE R NAH EAD

W23-2

6F.25 ON RAMP Plaque (W13-4P)

OptionWhenworkisbeingdoneonaramp,buttherampremains

open, the ON RAMP (W13-4P) plaque may be used to supplementtheadvanceROADWORKsign.

6F.26 RAMP NARROWS Sign (W5-4)OptionThe RAMP NARROWS (W5-4) sign may be used in

advance of the point where work on a ramp reduces thenormalwidthoftherampalongapartoralloftheramp.

6F.27 SLOW TRAFFIC AHEAD Sign (W23-1)

OptionTheSLOWTRAFFICAHEAD(W23-1)signmaybeused

onashadowvehicle,usuallymountedontherearofthemostupstreamshadowvehicle,alongwithotherappropriatesignsformobileoperationstowarnofslowmovingworkvehicles.AROADWORK(W20-1)signmayalsobeusedwith theSLOWTRAFFICAHEADsign.

6F.28 EXIT OPEN, EXIT CLOSED Signs (E5-2, E5-2a)

OptionAnEXITOPEN(E5-2)orEXITCLOSED(E5-2a)sign

maybeusedtosupplementotherwarningsignswhereworkisbeingconductedinthevicinityofanexitrampandwheretheexitmaneuverformotorvehicletrafficusingtherampisdifferentfromthenormalcondition.

O NRAMPW13-4P

S L OW TRA F F I C

A H EA D

W23-1

RAMP NARROWS

W5-4

EX I T

CLOS ED

E5-2a

EX I T

O P EN

E5-2

6F-166F-16July, 2012

6F.33 Workers Sign (W21-1)

OptionAWorkers(W21-1) symbolsignmaybeusedtoalert road

usersofworkersinorneartheroadway.

GuidanceIntheabsenceofotherwarningdevices,aWorkerssymbol

signshouldbeusedwhenworkersareintheroadway.

OptionTheWORKERS (W21-1a) word message sign may be

usedasanalternatetotheWorkers(W21-1)symbolsign.

6F.34 FRESH OIL (TAR) Sign (W21-2)GuidanceTheFRESHOIL(TAR)(W21-2)signshouldbeusedto

warnroadusersofthesurfacetreatment.

6F.35 ROAD MACHINERY AHEAD Sign (W21-3)

OptionTheROADMACHINERYAHEAD(W21-3)signmaybe

used towarn ofmachinery operating in or adjacent to theroadway.

W21-1

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 1

ROAD

MACH I N ERY

AH EAD

W21-3

O I LF R ES H

W21-2

6F.31 Flagger Sign (W20-7)

GuidanceThe Flagger (W20-7) symbol sign should be used in

advanceofanypointwhereaflaggerisstationedtocontrolroad users.

OptionA distance legendmay be displayed on a supplemental

plaquebelowtheFlaggersign.Thesignmaybeusedwithappropriate legends or in conjunction with other warningsigns, suchas theBEPREPAREDTOSTOP(W3-4) sign.TheFLAGGER(W20-7a)wordmessagesignwithdistancelegendsmaybesubstitutedfortheFlagger(W20-7)symbolsign.

StandardThe Flagger sign shall be removed, covered, or turned

away from road users when the flagging operations are not occurring.

6F.32 Two-Way Traffic Sign (W6-3)

GuidanceWhen one roadway of a normally divided highway is

closed,withtwo-waymotorvehicletrafficmaintainedontheotherroadway,theTwo-WayTraffic(W6-3)signshouldbeusedatthebeginningofthetwo-waymotor vehicletrafficsection and at intervals to remind road users of opposingmotor vehicletraffic.

OptionWhen the lateral space between lanes is restricted, the

Two-Way Traffic sign (W6-3) may be replaced with the Opposing Traffic Lane Divider (W6-4).

W20-7

Mn

Rev

. 1

Mn

Rev

. 1

W6-3

December, 20116F-17

GuidanceOn freeways and expressways, the RIGHT (LEFT)

SHOULDERCLOSEDXXFTorAHEAD (W21-5b) signfollowedbyRIGHT(LEFT)SHOULDERCLOSED(W21-5a) sign shouldbeused in advanceof thepointwhere theshoulderworkoccursandshouldbeprecededbyaROADWORKAHEADsign.

6F.38 SURVEY CREW Sign (W21-6a)GuidanceThe SURVEYCREW (W21-6a) sign should be used to

warn of surveying crews working in or adjacent to theroadway.

6F.38.1 CREW WORKING AHEAD Sign (W21-X6)

GuidanceThe CREW WORKING AHEAD (W21-X6) sign should be

used for short duration activities being done on or off the roadway for such thing as filming, surveying, tree trimming, road inspection, lighting, signal work, utility work, and other activities where a crew is visible to traffic.

OptionThe CREW WORKING AHEAD (W21-X6) sign may be

used in place of the SURVEY CREW (W21-6) sign or the SURVEY CREW AHEAD (W21-6a) sign.

SURVEYCR EWAHEAD

W21-6a

C R EWWO R K I N GAH EA D

W21-X6

6F.36 Motorized Traffic Signs (W8-6, W11-10)

OptionMotorizedTraffic(W8-6,W11-10)signsmaybeusedto

alertroaduserstolocationswhereunexpectedtravelontheroadwayorentries intoordepartures fromthe roadwaybyconstructionvehiclesmightoccur.TheTRUCKCROSSING(W8-6)wordmessage signmaybeused as an alternate totheTruckCrossingsymbol(W11-10)signwherethereisanestablishedconstructionvehiclecrossingoftheroadway.

SupportThese locations might be relatively confined or might

occurrandomlyoverasegmentofroadway.

6F.37 SHOULDER WORK Signs (W21-5, W21-5a)

SupportShoulderWorksignswarnofmaintenance,reconstruction,

or utility operations on the highway shoulder where theroadwayisunobstructed.

StandardTheShoulderWorksignshallhavethelegendSHOULDER

WORK (W21-5), RIGHT (LEFT) SHOULDER CLOSED(W21-5a),orRIGHT(LEFT)SHOULDERCLOSEDXXXFTorAHEAD(W21-5b).

OptionTheShoulderWorksignmaybeused inadvanceof the

pointonanon-limitedaccesshighwaywherethereisshoulderwork.ItmaybeusedsinglyorincombinationwithaROADWORKNEXTXXMILESorROADWORKAHEADsign.

TR U CK

CROSS I N G

W8-6

X

W11-10

SH O U LD E RC LOS E D

R I G HT

W21-5a

SHOULD ERWO R K

W21-5

6F-186F-18December, 2019

6F.41 BLASTING ZONE AHEAD Sign (W22-1)

StandardTheBLASTINGZONEAHEAD (W22-1) sign shall be

usedinadvanceofanyTTCzonewhereexplosivesarebeingused.TheTURNOFF2-WAYRADIOANDCELLPHONEandENDBLASTINGZONEsignsshallbeusedinsequencewiththissign.

6F.42 TURN OFF 2-WAY RADIO AND CELL PHONE Sign (W22-2)

StandardThe TURN OFF 2-WAY RADIO AND CELLULAR

PHONE(W22-2) signshall follow theBLASTINGZONE AHEADsignandshallbeplacedat least1,000feetbeforethebeginningoftheblastingzone.

6F.43 END BLASTING ZONE Sign (W22-3)StandardThe END BLASTING ZONE (W22-3) sign shall be

placed a minimum of 1,000 feet pasttheblastingzone.OptionTheENDBLASTINGZONEsignmaybeplacedeither

withorprecedingtheENDROADWORKsign.

6F.44 Shoulder SignsSupport

The signs in the following sections are to be used as described.

ZO N EAH EAD

BLAST I N G

W22-1

Mn

Rev

. 1

Z O N EBLAST INGE N D

W22-3

TU R N O FF2- WAY RAD I O

AN DC ELL PHON E

W22-2

Mn

Rev

. 1

6F.39 UTILITY WORK Sign (W21-7)

OptionTheUTILITYWORK(W21-7) signmaybeused as an

alternatetotheROAD(STREET)WORK(W20-1)signforutilityoperationsonoradjacenttoahighway.

SupportTypical examples of where the UTILITY WORK sign

could be used in place of the ROAD WORK AHEAD sign appear in Chapter 6K (the Field Manual), Layouts 6K-3, 6K-8, 6K-15, 6K-16, 6K-28, 6K-45.

StandardTheUTILITYWORKsignshallcarrythelegendUTILITY

WORK,XXFEET,XXMILES,or AHEAD.

6F.40 Signs for Blasting AreasSupportRadio-Frequency (RF) energy can cause the premature

firing of electric detonators (blasting caps) used in TTCzones.

StandardRoad users shall be warned to turn off mobile radio

transmittersandcellulartelephoneswhereblastingoperationsoccur.A sequence of signs shall be prominently displayedto direct operators of mobile radio equipment, includingcellulartelephones,toturnofftransmittersinablastingarea.Thesesignsshallbecoveredorremovedwhentherearenoexplosivesintheareaortheareaisotherwisesecured.

WO RKAH EAD

UT I L I TY

W21-7

Mn

Rev

. 7


6F.44.4 SOFT SHOULDER Sign (W8-4)Option

The SOFT SHOULDER sign (W8-4) may be used for a shoulder drop-off between 2 and 4 inches in height and the edge has been tapered and compacted at a rate of 6:1 so that a vehicle may safely drive on it.

6F.45 UNEVEN LANES Sign (W8-11)StandardThe UNEVEN LANES (W8-11) sign shall be used in

accordance with the guidelines shown in Figure 6-3 on page xxi.

GuidanceThe UNEVEN LANES (W8-11) sign should be used during

operations that create a difference in elevation between adjacent lanes that are open to travel.

6F.46 STEEL PLATE AHEAD Sign (W8-24)

OptionASTEELPLATEAHEAD(W8-24)signmaybeusedto

warnroadusersthatthepresenceofatemporarysteelplate(s)mightmaketheroadsurfaceunevenandmightcreateslipperyconditionsduringwetweather.

W8-4

U N EVENLAN ES

W8-11

STE E LP LATEAH EAD

W8-24

6F.44.1 SHOULDER DROP OFF Sign (W8-9a)

StandardThe SHOULDER DROP-OFF (W8-9a) sign shall be

used when a shoulder drop-off, adjacent to the travel lane, exceeds 2 inches in depth and is not protected by portable barriers and the LOW SHOULDER sign (W8-9) is not used.

6F.44.2 LOW SHOULDER Sign (W8-9), HIGH SHOULDER (W8-9M (old W21-X9))

StandardThe LOW SHOULDER sign (W8-9) and the HIGH

SHOULDER sign (W8-9M (old W21-X9)) shall be used for a shoulder drop-off or rise in accordance with the guidelines shown in Figure 6K-7 on page 6K-aj.

6F.44.3 NO SHOULDER Sign (W8-23)

StandardThe NO SHOULDER sign (W8-23) shall be used for a

shoulder drop-off in accordance with the guidelines shown in Figure 6K-7 on page 6K-aj through 6K-al.

S H O U LD E RD RO PO FF

W8-9a

Mn

Rev

. 8

H I G HS H O U L D E R

W8-9M (old W21-X9)

L OWSHOULDER

W8-9

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 5

Mn

Rev

. 3

W8-23

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 5

6F-206F-20February,2015

6F.49 Double Reverse Curve Signs (W24-1, W24-1a, W24-1b)

OptionTheDoubleReverseCurve(W24-1, W24-1a, or W24-

1b) signmay be usedwhere the tangent distance betweentwo reverse curves is less than 600 feet, thus making itdifficultforasecondReverseCurve(W1-4series)signtobeplacedbetweenthecurves.Ifthedesignspeedofthecurvesis30mphorless,DoubleReverseTurnsignsshouldbeused.

StandardIf a Double Reverse Curve (or Turn) sign is used, the

directionofthedoublereversecurve(orturn)symbol shall be consistent with the desired vehicle path. Except asprovided in the first paragraph of the following Option, thenumberoflanesillustratedonthesignshallbethesameasthenumberofthroughlanesavailabletoroadusers.

OptionWheretwoormorelanesarebeingshifted,aW24-1(or

DoubleReverseTurn sign showingone lane) signwith an ALLLANES (W24-1cP) plaquemay be used instead of asignthatillustratesthenumberoflanes.Wheremorethanthreelanesarebeingshifted,theDouble

ReverseCurve(orTurn)signmayberectangular.

6F.50 Other Warning SignsOptionAdvance warning signs may be used by themselves or

withotheradvancewarningsigns.Besides the warning signs specifically related to TTC

zones, several otherwarning signs in Part 2may apply inTTCzones.

StandardExcept asprovided inSection6F.2,otherwarning signs

thatareusedinTTCzonesshallhaveblacklegendsandbordersonanorangebackground.

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 4

W24-1bW24-1aW24-1

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

6F.47 NO CENTER STRIPE Sign (W8-12a)

StandardThe NO CENTER STRIPE (W8-12a) sign shall be used

as detailed in Section 6F.78.

GuidanceThis sign should also be used at major connection,

traffic generators, and/or at appropriate intervals to advise motorists entering the zone.

6F.48 Reverse Curve Signs (W1-4 Series)

GuidanceInordertogiveroadusersadvancenoticeofalaneshift,

aReverseCurve (W1-4,W1-4b,orW1-4c)signshouldbeusedwhenalane(orlanes)isbeingshiftedtotheleftorright.Ifthedesignspeedofthecurvesis30mphorless,aReverseTurn(W1-3)signshouldbeused.

StandardIf aReverseCurve (orTurn) sign is used, the direction

of thereversecurve(or turn)symbol shall be consistent with the desired vehicle path. Exceptasprovidedinthe following Option, thenumberoflanesillustratedonthesignshallbethesameasthenumberofthroughlanesavailabletoroad users.

OptionWhere two ormore lanes are being shifted, aW1-4 (or

W1-3)signwithanALLLANES(W24-1cP)plaquemaybeusedinsteadofasignthatillustratesthenumberoflanes.Wheremorethanthreelanesarebeingshifted,theReverse

Curve(orTurn)signmayberectangular.

N O

C E N T E R

S T R I P E

W8-12a

Mn

Rev

. 1

W1-4cW1-4bW1-4

6F-21 July, 2012

W5-1 W5-2 W5-3

ROAD

NAR ROWSB R I D G E

O N E LAN E

W4-1 W4-3

W4-5P W4-6

W3-2 W3-3 W3-5 W3-5a

W3-1W1-1R W1-2R W1-3R W1-6 W1-8

13 6

W14-3W12-2

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

W20-X11 W20-X17W20-X6

AH EAD

BYPASS 1 0

FT

LAN ES

NAR ROW

W6-1

PAVEM ENT

EN DS

W8-3 W8-5W6-2 W7-1

LOOS E

G RAVEL

W8-7

G ROOV E D

PAV EM E N T

S P EED

L I M I T

4 5

45 M P H

S P E E D Z O N E

AH EAD

W4-5

N O

M E R G E

AR EA

W8-18W8-15

ROAD

MAY

F L OO D

W12-1W8-25

S H O U LD ER

EN DS

R I G H T

LAN E

EN DS

W9-1 W9-2

LAN E EN DS

M ERG E

L E FT

B R I D G E

NAR ROW

Figure 6F-4 Other Warning Signs That May be Found in Temporary Traffic Control Zones

Mn

Rev

. 1

6F-22September,2020

At the site of each severe bump or dip, a “down arrow” should be added to the sign face to identify the exact location of the bump or dip.

When there are multiple bumps of lesser severity or pavement breaks for a distance in excess of one mile, the ROUGH ROAD sign (W8-8) should be used.

OptionThe NEXT XX MILES (W7-3aP) may be used below

the ROUGH ROAD sign (W8-8).

6F.50.2 BE PREPARED TO STOP Sign (W3-4)

OptionThe BE PREPARED TO STOP sign (W3-4) may be

used in advance of conditions that may require the driver to stop.

SupportThe BE PREPARED TO STOP sign (W3-4) is usually

used in conjunction with the FLAGGER AHEAD sign (W20-7a).

6F.51 Special Warning SignsOption

Advance warning signs may be used by themselves or with other advance warning signs.

Besides the warning signs specifically related to TTC zones, several other warning signs in Part 2 may apply in TTC zones.

GuidanceSpecial warning signs should conform to the general

requirements of color, shape, and alphabet size and series. The sign message should be brief, legible, and clear.

RO U G HROAD

W8-8

W7-3aP

B EP REPAREDTO STOP

W3-4

6F.50.1 BUMP and DIP Signs (W8-1, W8-2)

SupportThe BUMP and DIP signs (W8-1, W8-2) are intended

for use to give warning of a sharp rise or depression in the profile of the road that is sufficiently abrupt to create a hazardous condition to cause considerable discomfort to passengers, to cause a shifting of cargo, or to deflect a vehicle from its true course at the normal driving speed for the road.

OptionIt may be desirable at some locations to supplement these

signs with an Advisory Speed plaque (W13-1).

StandardThe DIP sign (W8-2) shall not be used at a short

stretch of depressed alignment that may momentarily hide a vehicle. Such a condition shall be treated as a no-passing zone (see Section 3B-3 to 5).

Only one supplemental plaque shall be permitted beneath each sign.

GuidanceThe use of a flashing beacon or orange flag is

discretionary depending on the severity of the bump or dip. When used, they should be mounted on the advance sign assembly.

At less severe or multiple bumps, a BUMP AHEAD (W8-1M (old W8-1a)) or BUMPS (W8-1b) sign should be placed an adequate distance in advance of the site(s) to ensure that a motorist has sufficient warning before arriving at the location. An appropriate distance plaque, XXX FEET (W16-2P (old W20-100P)) or NEXT XX MILES (W7-3a) should be placed below the warning sign.

D I P

W8-2

B UMP

W8-1

Mn

Rev

. 8

B U M PAH EAD

W8-1M (old W8-1a)

Mn

Rev

. 8

BUMPS

W8-1b

December, 20116F-23

GuidanceWhen used in TTC zones, the Supplementary Distance

plaquewiththelegendNEXTXXMILESshouldbeplacedbelow the initial warning sign designating that, within theapproaching zone, a temporary work activity or conditionexists.

6F.54 Motorcycle Plaque (W8-15P)

OptionAMotorcycle(W8-15P)plaquemaybemountedbelowa

LOOSEGRAVEL(W8-7)sign,aGROOVEDPAVEMENT(W8-15)sign,aMETALBRIDGEDECK(W8-16)sign,ora STEEL PLATEAHEADW8-24) sign if the warning isintended to be directed primarily to motorcyclists.

6F.55 Guide SignsSupportGuide signs along highways provide road users with

information tohelp themalong theirway through theTTCzone.ThedesignofguidesignsispresentedinPart2.

GuidanceThefollowingguidesignsshouldbeused inTTCzones

asneeded:A. Standardroutemarkings,wheretemporaryroute

changesarenecessary,B. Directionalsignsandstreetnamesigns,andC.Specialguidesignsrelatingtotheconditionor

workbeingdone.StandardIfadditionaltemporaryguidesignsareusedinTTCzones,

they shall have a black legend and border on an orangebackground.

OptionWhen directional signs and street name signs are used

inconjunctionwithdetour routing, thesesignsmayhaveablacklegendandborderonanorangebackground.When permanent directional signs or permanent street

namesignsareusedinconjunctionwithdetoursigning,theymayhaveawhitelegendonagreenbackground.

W8-15P

6F.52 Advisory Speed Plaque (W13-1P)

OptionIncombinationwithawarning sign, anAdvisorySpeed

(W13-1P) plaquemay be used to indicate a recommendedspeedthroughtheTTCzone.

StandardThe Advisory Speed plaque shall not be used in

conjunction with any sign other than a warning sign, norshall it be used alone.When used with orange TTC zonesigns,thisplaqueshallhaveablacklegendandborderonanorangebackground.Thesignshallbeatleast24x24inchesinsizewhenusedwithasignthatis36x36inchesorlarger.Exceptinemergencies,anAdvisorySpeedplaqueshallnotbemounteduntil therecommendedspeedisdeterminedbythegoverning road authority.

6F.53 Supplementary Distance Plaque (W7-3aP)

OptionIn combination with a warning sign, a Supplementary

Distance(W7-3aP)plaquewiththelegendNEXTXXMILESmaybeusedtoindicatethelengthofhighwayoverwhichaworkactivityisbeingconducted,oroverwhichaconditionexistsintheTTCzone.InlongTTCzones,SupplementaryDistanceplaqueswith

thelegendNEXTXXMILESmaybeplacedincombinationwith warning signs at regular intervals within the zone toindicate the remaining length of highway over which theTTCworkactivityorconditionexists.

StandardTheSupplemental DistanceplaquewiththelegendNEXT

XXMILESshallnotbeused inconjunctionwithanysignotherthanawarningsign,norshallitbeusedalone.WhenusedwithorangeTTCzonesigns, thisplaqueshallhaveablacklegendandborderonanorangebackground.Thesignshallbeatleast30x24inchesinsizewhenusedwithasignthatis36x36inchesorlarger.

M P HW13-1P

W7-3aP

6F-24September,2020

6F.57 END ROAD WORK Sign (G20-2a)

GuidanceWhenused,theENDROADWORK(G20-2a)signshould

beplacednearthedownstreamendoftheterminationarea,asdeterminedbyengineeringjudgment.

OptionThe END ROADWORK sign may be installed on the

backofawarningsignfacingtheoppositedirectionofroadusersoronthebackofaTypeIII Barricade.

6F.58 PILOT CAR FOLLOW ME Sign (G20-4)

StandardThe PILOT CAR FOLLOWME (G20-4) sign shall be

mounted inaconspicuouspositionon therearofavehicleusedforguidingone-wayvehiculartrafficthroughoraroundaTTCzone.A flagger shall be stationed on the approach to the activity area to stop motor vehicle traffic until the pilot vehicle is available.

R OAD WO R KE N D

G20-2a

P ILOTF O L L OW ME

CAR

G20-4

6F.56 ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES Sign (G20-1)

GuidanceThe ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES (G20-1) sign

shouldbe installed inadvanceofTTCzones thataremorethan2milesinlength.

OptionThe ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES sign may be

mounted on a Type IIIBarricade.ThesignmayalsobeusedforTTCzonesofshorterlength.

StandardThedistancedisplayedontheROADWORKNEXTXX

MILESsignshallbestatedtothenearestwholemile.

6F.56.1 Closure Notice Sign (G20-X1)

OptionThe Closure Notice sign (G20-X1) may be used to advise

motorists that road work activities begin at a future date.

GuidanceWhen used, the sign should be installed seven calendar

days prior to the anticipated closure of the roadway.

StandardThe sign has several possible legends. They include:• BRIDGE, RAMP, STREET or ROAD CLOSED• BRIDGE, RAMP, or ROAD DETOURED• SINGLE, BIKE LANE BEGINS

R OAD WO R KN E XT 5 M I L E S

G20-1

ROADCLOS EDB EG I N N I N GJ U N E 24

G20-X1

Mn

Rev

. 8

6F-25 December, 2011

For a long term detour, aStreetNamesignshouldbeplacedabove,orthestreetnameshouldbeincorporatedinto,aDETOUR(M4-9M)signtoindicatethenameofthestreetbeingdetoured.

OptionTheENDDETOUR(M4-8aorM4-8b)signmaybeused

toindicatethatthedetourhasended.

GuidanceWhen the END DETOUR sign is used on a numbered

highway,thesignshouldbemountedaboveamarker after theendofthedetour.The Pedestrian/Bicycle Detour (M4-9a) sign should

be used where a pedestrian/bicycle detour route has beenestablished because of the closing of a pedestrian/bicyclefacilitytothroughtraffic.

StandardIfused,thePedestrian/BicycleDetoursignshallhavean

arrowpointingintheappropriatedirection.

OptionThearrowonaPedestrian/BicycleDetoursignmaybeon

thesignfaceoronasupplementalplaque.The Pedestrian Detour (M4-9b) sign or Bicycle Detour

(M4-9c) sign may be used where a pedestrian or bicycledetourroute(notboth)hasbeenestablishedbecauseof theclosingofthepedestrianorbicyclefacilitytothroughtraffic.

6F.60 Portable Changeable Message SignsSupportPortable changeable message signs (PCMS) are TTC

devices installed for temporary use with the flexibilityto display a variety of messages. In most cases, portablechangeable message signs follow the same provisions fordesignandapplicationasthosegivenforchangeablemessagesignsinChapter2L.TheinformationinthisSectiondescribessituations where the provisions for portable changeablemessagesignsdifferfromthosegiveninChapter2L.Portablechangeablemessagesignsareusedmostfrequently

on high-density urban freeways, but have applications onall typesofhighwayswherehighwayalignment, roaduserrouting problems, or other pertinent conditions requireadvancewarningandinformation.Portable changeablemessage signs have a wide variety

of applications in TTC zones including: roadway, lane,or ramp closures; incident management; width restrictioninformation;speedcontrolorreductions;advisoriesonworkscheduling;roadusermanagementanddiversion;warningofadverse conditions or special events; andother operationalcontrol.

6F.59 Detour Signs (M4-8, M4-8a, M4-8b, M4-9, M4-9a, M4-9b, M4-9c, and M4-10)

StandardEach detour shall be adequately marked with standard

temporaryroutesignsanddestinationsigns.

OptionDetour signs in TTC incident management situations

mayhave a black legend andborder on afluorescent pinkbackground.The DetourArrow (M4-10) sign may be used where a

detourroutehasbeenestablished.TheDETOUR(M4-8)signmaybemountedatthetopof

aroutesignassemblytomarkatemporaryroutethatdetoursfromahighway,bypassesasectionclosedbyaTTCzone,andrejoinsthehighwaybeyondtheTTCzone.

GuidanceThe Detour Arrow (M4-10) sign should normally be

mounted just below theROADCLOSED (R11-2,R11-3a,or R11-4) sign. The DetourArrow sign should include ahorizontalarrowpointedtotherightorleftasrequired.TheDETOUR(M4-9)signshouldbeusedforunnumbered

highways, for emergency situations, for periods of shortdurations, or where, over relatively short distances, roadusers are guided along the detour and back to the desiredhighwaywithoutroutesigns.

M4-9cM4-9bM4-9a

DETOURM4-10M4-9

M4-8

EN DEN D

D ETO U RM4-8a M4-8B


StandardThe Portable Changeable Message Sign shall display

reliable information. An accurate description of the work or incident location is critical.

GuidancePortablechangeablemessagesignsshouldbevisiblefrom

1/2mileunderbothdayandnightconditions.

SupportSection2B.13contains informationregarding thedesign

ofportablechangeablemessagesignsthatareusedtodisplayspeedlimitsthatchangebasedonoperationalconditions,orareused todisplay thespeedatwhichapproachingdriversaretraveling.

GuidanceAportablechangeablemessagesignshouldbelimitedto

threelinesofeightcharactersperlineorshouldconsistofafullmatrixdisplay.Except as provided in the following Option, the letter

heightusedforportablechangeablemessagesignmessagesshouldbeaminimumof18incheson high speed roadways and 14 inches on low speed roadways.

OptionFor portable changeable message signs mounted on

service patrol trucks or other incident response vehicles, aletterheightasshortas10inchesmaybeused.Shorterlettersizesmay also be used on a portable changeablemessagesignusedonlowspeedfacilitiesprovidedthatthemessageislegiblefromatleast650feet.Theportablechangeablemessagesignmayvaryinsize.

GuidanceMessagesonaportablechangeablemessagesignshould

consist of no more than two phases, and a phase shouldconsistofnomorethanthreelinesoftext.Eachphaseshouldbe capable of being understood by itself, regardless of theorderinwhichitisread.Messagesshouldbecenteredwithineach line of legend. Ifmore than one portable changeablemessage sign is simultaneously legible to road users, thenonlyoneofthesignsshoulddisplayasequentialmessageatanygiventime.

SupportRoadusershavedifficultiesinreadingmessagesdisplayed

in more than two phases on a typical three-line portablechangeablemessagesign.

Mn

Rev

. 8

The primary purpose of portable changeable messagesignsinTTCzonesistoadvisetheroaduserofunexpectedsituations.Portablechangeablemessagesignsareparticularlyusefulastheyarecapableof:

A. Conveyingcomplexmessages,B. Displayingrealtimeinformationaboutconditions

ahead,andC.Providinginformationtoassistroadusersin

makingdecisionspriortothepointwhereactionsmustbetaken.

Sometypicalapplicationsincludethefollowing:A. Wherethespeedofvehiculartrafficisexpectedto

dropsubstantially;B. Wheresignificantqueuinganddelaysare

expected;C.Whereadverseenvironmentalconditionsare

present;D. Wheretherearechangesinalignmentorsurface

conditions;E. Whereadvancenoticeoframp,lane,orroadway

closuresisneeded;F. Wherecrashorincidentmanagementisneeded;

and/orG. Wherechangesintheroaduserpatternoccur.

GuidanceThe components of a portable changeablemessage sign

should include: a message sign, control systems, a powersource,andmountingandtransportingequipment.Thefrontfaceofthesignshouldbecoveredwithaprotectivematerial.

StandardPortablechangeablemessagesignsshallcomplywiththe

applicable design and application principles established inChapter2A.Portablechangeablemessagesignsshalldisplayonly traffic operational, regulatory, warning, and guidanceinformation,andshallnotbeusedforadvertisingmessages.

SupportSection 2L.2 contains information regarding overly

simplistic or vague messages that is also applicable toportablechangeablemessagesigns.

StandardThe colors used for legends on portable changeable

messagesignsshallcomplywiththoseshowninTable 2A-5.SupportSection 2L.4 contains information regarding the

luminance,luminancecontrast,andcontrastorientationthatisalsoapplicabletoportablechangeablemessagesigns.

6F-27

F. When a message is longer than two phases, additional Portable Changeable Message signs should be used. When multiple portable changeable message signs are needed, they should be placed on the same side of the roadway and they should be separated from each other by a distance of at least 1,000 feet on freeways and expressways, and by a distance of at least 500 feet on other types of highways.

G. The use of abbreviations is discouraged. The entire word should be spelled out whenever space permits.

H. When abbreviations are used, they should be easily understood (see pages 6K-ad through 6K-ag).

OptionThe message sign panel may vary in size.Standard

Portable Changeable Message Signs shall meet the requirements detailed in Table 6F-2.

There are three types of Portable Changeable Message Signs as described in Table 6F-2.

Mn

Rev

. 7

Requirements Type A Type B Type C

Line(s) of Message 1 Line 2 Lines 3 Lines

Typical Mounting Vehicle Mounted Vehicle or Trailer Mounted Trailer Mounted

Allowed UsageEmergency and Incident Management

Advance Warning Advance Warning and Advance Notice

Legibility Distance Requirements Legible at 350 feet Legible at 750 feet Legible at 900 feet

Minimum Character Height 10 inches ≤ 40 mph* = 14 inches

≥ 45 mph* = 18 inches18 inches

Maximum Number of Displays 1 ≤ 40 mph* = 3

≥ 45 mph* = 2≤ 40 mph* = 3≥ 45 mph* = 2

Message Cycle Constant At least 2 seconds per display

At least 2 seconds per display

Minimum Sign Height to Bottom of

Sign Panel

5 feet (rural)7 feet (urban)



Minimum PCMS Spacing 500 feet 1000 feet 1000 feet

* Posted speed limit prior to work starting�

The width-to-height ratio of the sign characters should be between 0.7 and 1.0. The stroke width-to-height ratio should be 0.2.

Mn

Rev

. 7

Table 6F-2 Specifications for Portable Changeable Message Sign Use

StandardTechniques of message display such as animation,

rapid flashing, dissolving, exploding, scrolling, travelinghorizontallyorverticallyacrossthefaceofthesign,orotherdynamicelementsshallnotbeused.

GuidanceWhenamessage isdivided into twophases, thedisplay

time for each phase should be at least 2 seconds, and thesumofthedisplaytimesforbothofthephasesshouldbeamaximumof8seconds.

Messages should be designed taking into account the following factors:

A. Each phase should convey a single thought.B. If the message can be displayed in one

phase, the top line should present the problem, the center line should present the location or distance ahead, and the bottom line should present the recommended driver action.

C.The message should be as brief as possible.D. The entire display should be readable twice at

the posted speed limit prior to work starting.E. Any delay message should accurately reflect

the traffic delay time.

December, 2019

Mn

Rev

. 7


Portable changeable message sign trailers should be delineated on a permanent basis by affixing retroreflective material, known as conspicuity material, in a continuous line on the face of the trailer as seen by oncoming road users.

StandardIf a Portable Changeable Message Sign is used as an

arrow board, it shall meet all the requirements of an arrow board and shall be used solely as an arrow board.

6F.61 Arrow BoardsStandardAnarrowboardshallbeasignwithamatrixofelements

capable of either flashing or sequential displays.This signshallprovideadditionalwarninganddirectionalinformationto assist inmerging and controlling road users through oraroundaTTCzone.

GuidanceAnarrowboardinthearroworchevronmodeshouldbe

used to advise approaching traffic of a lane closure alongmajor multi-lane arterial roadways in situations involvingheavy traffic volumes, high speeds, and/or limited sightdistances, or at other locations and under other conditionswhereroadusersarelesslikelytoexpectsuchlaneclosures.If used, an arrow board should be used in combination

withappropriate signs, channelizingdevices,orotherTTCdevices.

Arrow boards should be placed off the shoulder whenever possible.

StandardIf an arrow board is placed on the shoulder of the roadway,

it shall be placed a minimum of 4 feet from the edge of the traveled lane, and it shall be delineated with an appropriate shoulder closure taper.Arrow boards shall meet the minimum size, legibility

distance,numberofelements,andotherspecificationsshowninFigure6F-6.

SupportType A arrow boards are appropriate for use on low-

speedurbanstreets.TypeBarrowboardsareappropriateforintermediate-speed facilities and for maintenance or mobile operations on high-speed roadways. Type C arrow boardsare intended tobeusedonhigh-speed,high-volumemotorvehicle traffic control projects. Type D arrow boards areintendedforuseonvehiclesauthorizedbytheStateorlocalagency.

StandardWhenthewordmessagesshowninTables1A-1or1A-2

need to be abbreviated on a portable changeable messagesign, the provisions described in Section 1A.15 shall befollowed.In order to maintain legibility, portable changeable

message signs shall automatically adjust their brightnessundervaryinglightconditions.The control system shall include a display screen upon

which messages can be reviewed before being displayedonthemessagesign.Thecontrolsystemshallbecapableofmaintainingmemorywhenpowerisunavailable.Portablechangeablemessagesignsshallbeequippedwith

apowersourceandabatteryback-uptoprovidecontinuousoperationwhenfailureoftheprimarypowersourceoccurs.Themounting of portable changeablemessage signs on

atrailer,alargetruck,oraservicepatroltruckshallbesuchthatthebottomofthemessagesignshallbeaminimumof7feetabovetheroadwayinurbanareasand5feetabovetheroadwayinruralareaswhenitisintheoperatingmode.

GuidancePortable changeablemessage signs should be used as a

supplementtoandnotasasubstituteforconventionalsignsandpavementmarkings.When portable changeable message signs are used for

routediversion,theyshouldbeplacedfarenoughinadvanceof the diversion to allow road users ample opportunity toperformnecessarylanechanges,toadjusttheirspeed,ortoexittheaffectedhighway.Portable changeable message signs should be sited and

alignedtoprovidemaximumlegibilityandtoallowtimeforroaduserstorespondappropriatelytotheportablechangeablemessagesignmessage.Portable changeablemessage signs shouldbeplacedoff

theshoulder.

StandardIf a Portable Changeable Message sign is placed on the

shoulder of the roadway, it shall be placed a minimum of 4 feet from the edge of the traveled lane, and it shall be delineated with a partial shoulder closure taper. If the 4 foot clearance cannot be met, then a full shoulder closure shall be provided.

GuidanceWhen portable changeable message signs are not

being used to display TTC messages, they should be relocated such that they are outside of the clear zone or shielded behind a traffic barrier and turned away from traffic. If relocation or shielding is not practical, they should be delineated with retroreflective TTC devices.

Mn

Rev

. 8

6F-29 July, 2012

Figure 6F-6 Advance Warning Arrow Display Specifications

Mn

Rev

. 1


For shoulder work, blocking the shoulder, for roadsideworkneartheshoulder,orfortemporarilyclosingonelaneon a two-lane, two-way roadway, an arrow board shall beusedonlyinthecautionmode.

GuidanceForastationary laneclosure, thearrowboardshouldbe

locatedontheshoulderatthebeginningofthemergingtaper.Wheretheshoulderisnarrow,thearrowboardshouldbe

locatedintheclosedlaneat the end of the taper.

StandardWhen arrow boards are used to close multiple lanes, a

separatearrowboardshallbeusedforeachclosedlane.

GuidanceWhenarrowboardsareusedtoclosemultiplelanes,ifthe

firstarrowboardisplacedontheshoulder,thesecondarrowboardshouldbeplacedinthefirstclosedlaneattheupstreamendofthesecondmergingtaper(seeFigure6H-37).Whenthe first arrow board is placed in the first closed lane, thesecond arrowboard shouldbeplaced in the second closedlaneatthedownstreamendofthesecondmergingtaper.Formobileoperationswhere a lane is closed, the arrow

board should be located to provide adequate separationfromtheworkoperationtoallowforappropriatereactionbyapproachingdrivers.

StandardA vehicle displaying an arrow board shall be equipped

with high-intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating, or strobelights.Arrowboardsshallonlybeusedtoindicatealaneclosure.

Arrowboardsshallnotbeusedtoindicatealaneshift.

OptionA portable changeable message sign may be used to

simulateanarrowboarddisplay.

6F.62 High-Level Warning Devices (Flag Trees)

OptionAhigh-levelwarningdevice (flag tree)may supplement

otherTTCdevicesinTTCzones.

SupportAhigh-levelwarningdevice isdesignedtobeseenover

thetopoftypicalpassengercars.Atypicalhigh-levelwarningdeviceisshowninFigure6F-2.

Mn

Rev

. 8

StandardTypeA,B,andCarrowboardsshallhavesolidrectangular

appearances.A Type D arrow board shall conform to theshapeofthearrow.Allarrowboardsshallbefinishedinnon-reflectiveblack.

Thearrowboardshallbemountedonavehicle,atrailer,orothersuitablesupport.

GuidanceTheminimummountingheight,measuredverticallyfrom

the bottomof the board to the roadway below it or to theelevationofthenearedgeoftheroadway,ofanarrowboardshouldbe7 feet,exceptonvehicle-mountedarrowboards,whichshouldbeno lower than 3 feet. Avehicle-mountedarrowboardshouldbeprovidedwith

remote controls.

StandardArrow board elements shall be capable of at least a 50

percent dimming from full brilliance. The dimmed modeshallbeusedfornighttimeoperationofarrowboards.

GuidanceFull brilliance should be used for daytime operation of

arrowboards.

StandardThe arrow board shall have suitable elements capable

ofthevariousoperatingmodes.Thecolorpresentedbytheelementsshallbeyellow.

GuidanceIfanarrowboardconsistingofabulbmatrixisused,the

elements should be recess-mounted or equipped with anupperhoodofnotlessthan180degrees.

StandardTheminimumelementon-timeshallbe50percentforthe

flashingmode,with equal intervals of 25 percent for eachsequentialphase.Theflashingrateshallbenotlessthan25ormorethan40flashesperminute.An arrow board shall have the following three mode

selections:A. AFlashingArrow,SequentialArrow,orSequential

Chevronmode;B. AflashingDoubleArrowmode;andC.AflashingCautionorAlternatingDiamondmode.

An arrow board in the arrow or chevronmode shall beusedonly for stationaryormoving laneclosuresonmulti-laneroadways.


GuidanceWheremultiplechannelizingdevicesarealignedtoforma

continuouspedestrianchannelizer,connectionpointsshouldbesmoothtooptimizelong-caneandhandtrailing.

StandardThere are three types of channelizing devices, Type A, B,

and C as shown in Figure 6F-7.The spacing, and the appropriate MN MUTCD section for

each channelizing device is shown in Table 6F-2.

GuidanceThespacingbetweenType A and Type B channelizing

devices should not exceed a distance in feet equal to 1.0times the speed limitprior to work starting inmphwhenusedfortaperchannelization,andadistanceinfeetequalto2.0timesthespeedlimitprior to work starting inmphwhenusedfortangentchannelization.Whenchannelizingdeviceshavethepotentialofleading

vehiculartrafficoutoftheintendedvehiculartrafficspaceasshowninLayout 6J-4, thechannelizingdevicesshouldbeextendedadistanceinfeetof2.0timesthespeedlimitinmphbeyondthedownstreamendofthetransitionarea.

SupportThe spacing of channelizing devices shown in the TTC

layouts are based on the distances contained in Table 6F-3.

OptionWarning lights (see Section 6F.83) may be added to

channelizing devices in areas with frequent fog, snow, orsevere roadway curvature, orwhere visual distractions arepresent.

StandardWarning lights shall flash when placed on channelizing

devices used alone or in a cluster to warn of a condition.Exceptforthesequentialflashingwarninglightsdiscussedinthe following options and Standard paragraphs,warninglights placed on channelizing devices used in a series tochannelizeroadusersshallbesteady-burn.

OptionA series of sequential flashing warning lights may be

placed on channelizing devices that form a merging taperinorder to increasedriverdetectionand recognitionof themergingtaper.

StandardWhen used, the successive flashing of the sequential

warning lights shall occur from the upstream end of themergingtapertothedownstreamendofthemergingtaperinordertoidentifythedesiredvehiclepath.Eachwarninglightinthesequenceshallbeflashedatarateofnotlessthan55normorethan75timesperminute.

StandardAhigh-levelwarningdeviceshallconsistofaminimum

oftwoflagswithorwithoutaTypeBhigh-intensityflashingwarninglight.Thedistancefromtheroadwaytothebottomof the lens of the light and to the lowest point of the flagmaterial shall be not less than 8 feet.Theflag shall be 16inchessquareorlargerandshallbeorangeorfluorescentred-orangeincolor.

OptionAnappropriatewarningsignmaybemountedbelowthe

flags.

SupportHigh-levelwarningdevices aremost commonlyused in

high-densityroadusersituationstowarnroadusersofshort-term operations.

6F.63 Channelizing DevicesStandardDesigns of various channelizing devices shall be as

showninFigure6F–7.Allchannelizingdevicesexposed to vehicular traffic shallbecrashworthy.

SupportThefunctionofchannelizingdevicesistowarnroadusers

ofconditionscreatedbyworkactivitiesinorneartheroadwayandtoguideroadusers.Channelizingdevicesincludecones,tubular markers, vertical panels, drums, barricades, andlongitudinalchannelizingdevices.Channelizing devices provide for smooth and gradual

vehiculartrafficflowfromonelanetoanother,ontoabypassor detour, or into a narrower traveled way. They are alsoused to channelize vehicular traffic away from the workspace,pavementdrop-offs,pedestrianorshared-usepaths,oropposingdirectionsofvehiculartraffic.

StandardDevicesusedtochannelizepedestriansshallbedetectable

to users of long canes and visible to persons having lowvision.Where channelizing devices are used to channelize

pedestrians, there shall be continuous detectable bottomandtopsurfacestobedetectabletousersoflongcanes.Thebottomofthebottomsurfaceshallbenohigherthan2inchesabovetheground.Thetopofthetopsurfaceshallbenolowerthan32inchesabovetheground.

OptionAgapnotexceeding2inchesbetweenthebottomrailand

thegroundsurfacemaybeusedtofacilitatedrainage.

Table 6F-4 This table has been eliminated

6F-32December, 2019

Figure 6F-7 Channelizing Devices

TYPE A CHANNELIZERS

42”minimum

WeightedChannelizer

36”minimum

18”minimum

SurfaceMounted

Delineator

TubularMarkers

daytimelow speed

only

Cones*

18”minimum

28” minimumto 36”

maximum

daytimelow speed

only

*Cones shall not be used in unattended work zones.

OpposingTraffic

Lane Divider

36”minimum

• Type A channelizing devices are typically used in attended Temporary Traffic Control zones.

TYPE C CHANNELIZER

Type III Barricade

60”minimum

48” minimum

• Orange diagonals shall slope down toward the traffic side.• Signs mounted on Type III barricades should not cover more than 50 percent of the top two rails or 33 percent of the total area of the three rails.• Type A Flashing Warning Lights may be used - place on the side with traffic.

TYPE B CHANNELIZERS

Type IBarricade

36”minimum

24” minimum

Type IIBarricade

36”minimum

24” minimum

Drum

36inches

minimum

Direction Indicator Barricade

24”

36”minimum

Vertical Panel

36”minimum

8”-12”

24”minimum

8”-12”

36”minimum

• Channelizers used on high speed roadways shall have a minimum of 270 square inches of retroreflective area facing road users.• Orange diagonals shall slope down toward the traffic side.• Type B channelizing devices shall be used if the Temporary Traffic Control zone will be installed for more than 12 hours or if it is left unattended. Weighted channelizers may be used in lieu of a Type B channelizer with the permission of the road authority.• Type A Flashing Warning Lights may be used - place on the side with traffic.

Mn

Rev

. 7


Pageintentionallyleftblank.

Mn

Rev

. 7

6F-34December, 2011

6F.64 ConesStandardCones shallbepredominantlyorangeandshallbemade

ofamaterial thatcanbestruckwithoutcausingdamage totheimpactingvehicle(see Figure 6F-7). For daytime and low-speedroadways,conesshallbenotlessthan18inchesinheight.Whenconesareusedonfreewaysandotherhigh-speedhighwaysoratnightonallhighways,orwhenmoreconspicuousGuidanceisneeded,conesshallbeaminimumof28inchesinheight.For nighttime use, cones shall be retroreflectorized or

equipped with lighting devices for maximum visibility.Retro-reflectorization of cones that are 28 to 36 inches inheightshallbeprovidedbya6-inchwidewhitebandlocated3to4inchesfromthetopoftheconeandanadditional4-inchwidewhiteband locatedapproximately2 inchesbelowthe6-inchband.

Theretroreflectivematerialusedonchannelizingdevicesshallhaveasmooth,sealedoutersurfacethatwilldisplayasimilarcolordayornight.

OptionThenameandtelephonenumberofthehighwayagency,

contractor, or supplier may be displayed on the non-retroreflectivesurfaceofalltypesofchannelizingdevices.

StandardThelettersandnumbersofthenameandtelephonenumber

shallbenon-retroreflectiveandnotover2inchesinheight.

GuidanceParticular attention should be given to maintaining the

channelizingdevicestokeepthemclean,visible,andproperlypositioned at all times.

StandardDevicesthataredamagedorhavelostasignificantamount

of their retroreflectivity and effectiveness shall be replaced(see Quality Standards in Section 6K).

ChannelizingDevice

Cone

Tubular Marker

Surface Mounted Delineator

Weighted Channelizer

Drum

Vertical Panel

Type I Barricade

Type II Barricade

Type III Barricade

Direction Indicator Barricade

Opposing Traffic Divider

A

A

A

A

B

A

B

B

C

B

A

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

N/A

S

S

2S

2S

2S

2S

2S

2S

2S

2S

20 S

20 S

2S

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

N/A

G

G

2G

2G

2G

2G

2G

2G

2G

2G

20 G

20 G

2G

6F.64

6F.65

6F.65.1

6F.65.2

6F.67

6F.66

6F.68

6F.68

6F.68

6F.69

6F.76

DeviceType

feet feet

TransitionSpacing

TangentSpacing

TangentSpacing

TransitionSpacing

Recommended SpacingMaximum Allowed Spacing MN MUTCDSection forcomplete

information

Notes:N/A - Not ApplicableS - Posted speed limit (in mph) prior to work startingG - Recommended spacing guide number for Field Manual

G = 25 feet for low speed roads (S of 40 mph or less)G = 50 feet for high speed roads (S of 45 mph or greater)

Table 6F-3 Recommended Spacing of Type A, B, and C Channelizing Devices

December, 20116F-35

For nighttimeuse, tubularmarkers shall be retroreflectorized or equipped with lighting devices for maximum visibility. Retroreflectorization of 36 inch or larger tubular markers shall be provided by a white band 4 inches wide located 3 to 4 inches from the top of the marker and an additional 4 inch wide white band approximately 2 inches below the 4 inch band.

Tubular markers shall not be used to mark hazards or close roadways.

GuidanceTubularmarkershavelessvisibleareathanotherdevices

andshouldbeusedonlywherespacerestrictionsdonotallowfortheuseofothermorevisibledevices.Tubularmarkersshouldbestabilizedbyaffixingthemto

thepavement,byusingweightedbases,orweightssuchassandbagringsthatcanbedroppedoverthetubularmarkersandontothebasetoprovideaddedstability.The weighted base should weigh at least 12 pounds.

OptionTubular markers may be used effectively to divide

opposing lanes of road users, divide vehicular traffic laneswhentwoormorelanesofmovingvehiculartrafficarekeptopen in the same direction, and to delineate the edge of apavementdropoffwherespacelimitationsdonotallowtheuseoflargerdevices.

6F.65.1 Surface Mounted Delineators Option

Surface mounted delineators are delineation devices that may be used as center lane dividers to separate opposing motor vehicle traffic on a two-lane, two-way operation.

Surface mounted delineators may also be used to provide other traffic delineation. Standard

Surface mounted delineators shall be predominantly orange, and shall be made of a material that can be struck without causing damage to the impacting vehicle (see Figure 6F-7). Surface mounted delineators shall be attached to the pavement surface to assure they remain inplace. If a non-cylindrical tubular marker is used, it shall be attached to the pavement in a manner to display a minimum 2.5 inch width to all approaching road users.

Retro-reflectorizationofconesthataremorethan36inchesin height shall be provided by horizontal, circumferential,alternating orange andwhite retroreflective stripes that are4to6incheswide.Eachconeshallhaveaminimumoftwoorangeandtwowhitestripeswiththetopstripebeingorange.Anynon-retroreflectivespacesbetweentheorangeandwhitestripesshallnotexceed3inchesinwidth.

Cones shall not be used on unattended work sites.

OptionTraffic cones may be used to mark hazards or close

roadways for short term emergency situations.Trafficconesmaybeusedin short term and intermediate

term TTC zones tochannelizeroadusers,divideopposingvehiculartrafficlanes,dividelaneswhentwoormorelanesare kept open in the same direction, and delineate shortdurationmaintenanceandutilitywork.

GuidanceStepsshouldbetakentominimizethepossibilityofcones

beingblownoverordisplacedbywindormovingvehiculartraffic.

Cones should not be used for pedestrian channelization or as pedestrian barriers in TTC zones on or along sidewalks unless they are continuous between individual devices and detectable to users of long canes.OptionConesmaybedoubleduptoincreasetheirweight.

SupportSomeconesareconstructedwithbasesthatcanbefilled

withballast.Othershavespeciallyweightedbases,orweightsuchassandbagringsthatcanbedroppedovertheconesandontothebasetoprovideaddedstability.

GuidanceBallastshouldbekepttotheminimumamountneeded.

6F.65 Tubular MarkersSupport

Tubular markers are portable devices constructed with weighted bases, or weights such as sandbag rings that can be dropped over the tubes and onto the base to provide added stability.

StandardTubular markers shall be tubular, predominantly orange,

and shall be made of a material that can be struck without causing damage to the impacting vehicle (see Figure 6F-7). For daytime and low-speed roadways, tubular markers shall not be less than 18 inches high and 2 inches in diameter. When tubular markers are used on freeways and other high-speed highways or at night on all highways, or when more conspicuous guidance is needed, tubular markers shall be a minimum of 36 inches high and 4 inches in diameter.

6F-36December, 2011

6F.66 Vertical PanelsStandardVerticalpanels(seeFigure6F-7)shallhaveretroreflective

stripedmaterialthatis8to12inchesinwidthandatleast24inchesinheight.Theyshallhavealternatingdiagonalorangeand white retroreflective stripes sloping downward at anangleof45degreesinthedirectionvehiculartrafficistopass.

Vertical panels used on expressways, freeways, and other high-speed roadways shall have a minimum of 270 square inches retroreflective area facing motor vehicle traffic.Where the height of the retroreflective material on the

verticalpanelis36inchesormore,astripewidthof6inchesshallbeused.

OptionWhere the height of the retroreflective material on the

verticalpanelislessthan36inches,astripewidthof4inchesmay be used.Where space is limited, vertical panels may be used to

channelizevehiculartraffic,divideopposinglanes,orreplacebarricades.

6F.67 DrumsStandardDrumsusedforroaduserwarningorchannelizationshall

be constructed of lightweight, deformable materials (seeFigure6F-7).Theyshallbeaminimumof36inchesinheightandhave at least an18-inchminimumwidth regardlessoforientation.Metal drums shall not be used. The markingson drums shall be horizontal, circumferential, alternatingorangeandwhite retroreflectivestripes4 to6 incheswide.Each drum shall have aminimum of two orange and twowhite stripes with the top stripe being orange. Any non-retroreflectorizedspacesbetweenthehorizontalorangeandwhite stripes shall not exceed2 incheswide.Drums shallhaveclosedtopsthatwillnotallowcollectionofconstructiondebrisorotherdebris.

SupportDrums are highly visible, have good target value, give

theappearanceofbeingformidableobstaclesand,therefore,commandtherespectofroadusers.TheyareportableenoughtobeshiftedfromplacetoplacewithinaTTCzoneinordertoaccommodatechangingconditions,butaregenerallyusedinsituationswheretheywillremaininplaceforaprolongedperiod of time.

Surface mounted delineators shall not be less than 36 inches high and 2.5 inches wide facing road users. The delineator shall be retroreflectorized for nighttime visibility with a white band 4 inches wide located 3 to 4 inches from the top of the delineator and an additional 4 inch wide white band approximately 2 inches below the 4 inch band.

6F.65.2 Weighted Channelizers Standard

Weighted Channelizers used for road user warning or channelization shall be predominantly orange in color and shall be constructed of lightweight, deformable materials (see Figure 6F-7). They shall be a minimum of 42 inches in height having a conical cross section a minimum of 4 inches wide at the top, regardless of orientation, and a minimum cross sectional area of 200 square inches. The weighted base shall be a minimum of 16 pounds.

The markings on weighted channelizers shall be horizontal, circumferential, alternating orange and white retroreflective stripes 4 to 6 inches wide with the top stripe being orange. Any non-retroreflective spaces between the horizontal orange and white stripes shall not exceed 2 inches in width. Option

Weighted channelizers may have a handle or lifting device, which extends above the 42 inch minimum device height. Guidance

Weighted channelizers have less visible area than other devices and should therefore be used only where space is limited or the presence of larger devices will restrict sight.

The spacing of weighted channelizers should not exceed a distance in feet equal to the posted speed limit in mph when used for taper channelization. The spacing of weighted channelizers should not exceed a distance in feet equal to 2.0 times the posted speed limit in mph when used for tangent channelization. Option

Weighted channelizers may be used effectively to divide opposing lanes of traffic and delineate the edge of pavement drop-offs. Although weighted channelizers are most commonly used to channelize or delineate road user flow, they may also be used alone or in groups to mark specific locations.

6F-37 July, 2012

Where no turns are intended, the stripes should bepositioned to slope downward toward the center of thebarricade or barricades.Barricaderailsshouldbesupportedinamannerthatwill

allowthemtobeseenbytheroaduser,andinamannerthatprovides a stable support that is not easily blown over ordisplaced.The width of the existing pedestrian facility should be

providedforthetemporaryfacilityifpractical.Trafficcontroldevicesandotherconstructionmaterialsandfeaturesshouldnotintrudeintotheusablewidthofthesidewalk,temporarypathway,orotherpedestrianfacility.Whenitisnotpossibletomaintain aminimumwidth of 60 inches throughout theentire length of the pedestrian pathway, a 60 x 60-inchpassingspaceshouldbeprovidedat leastevery200feettoallowindividualsinwheelchairstopass.Barricaderailsupportsshouldnotprojectintopedestrian

circulation routes more than 4 inches from the supportbetween27and80 inchesfromthesurfaceasdescribed inSection 4.4.1 of the “Americans with Disabilities ActAccessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG)”(seeSection1A.11).

OptionFor Type I Barricades, the support may include other

unstripedhorizontalpanelsnecessarytoprovidestability.

GuidanceOnhigh-speed expresswaysor inother situationswhere

barricades may be susceptible to overturning in the wind,ballastingshouldbeused.

OptionSandbagsmaybeplacedonthelowerpartsoftheframeor

thestaysofbarricadestoprovidetherequiredballast.

StandardBallast shall not be placed on top of any striped rail.

Barricades shall not be ballasted by non-deformable objects such as rocks or chunks of concrete. Ballast shall not extend into the accessible passage width of 60 inches.

SupportType I or Type II Barricades are intended for use in

situations where road user flow is maintained through theTTCzone.

OptionBarricades may be used alone or in groups to mark

a specific condition or they may be used in a series forchannelizingroadusers.

Type I Barricadesmaybeusedonconventionalroadsorurban streets.

Mn

Rev

. 1

OptionAlthoughdrums aremost commonlyused to channelize

ordelineateroaduserflow,theymayalsobeusedaloneoringroupstomarkspecificlocations.

GuidanceDrums shouldnot beweightedwith sand,water, or any

material to the extent thatwouldmake them hazardous toroadusersorworkerswhen struck.Drumsused in regionssusceptibletofreezingshouldhavedrainholesinthebottomsothatwaterwillnotaccumulateandfreezecausingahazardifstruckbyaroaduser.

StandardBallastshallnotbeplacedonthetopofadrum.

6F.68 Type I, II, or III Barricades SupportA barricade is a portable or fixed device having from

one to three railswithappropriatemarkingsand isused tocontrolroadusersbyclosing,restricting,ordelineatingalloraportionoftheright-of-way.BarricadesareclassifiedasTypeI, Type II, or Type III (see

Figure 6F-7).

StandardStripesonbarricaderailsshallbealternatingorangeand

whiteretroreflectivestripesslopingdownwardatanangleof45degreesinthedirectionroadusersaretopass.Exceptasnoted in the following Option, thestripesshallbe6incheswide.

OptionWhen rail lengths are less than 36 inches, 4-inch wide

stripes may be used.

StandardTheminimum length forType I and Type II Barricades

shall be 24 inches, and the minimum length for Type III Barricadesshallbe48inches.Eachbarricaderailshallbe8to12incheswide.Barricadesusedonfreeways,expressways,andotherhigh-speedroadwaysshallhaveaminimumof270squareinchesofretroreflectiveareafacingroadusers.

GuidanceWhere barricades extend entirely across a roadway, the

stripesshouldslopedownwardinthedirectiontowardwhichroad users must turn.Wherebothrightandleftturnsareprovided,thebarricade

stripes should slope downward in both directions from thecenterofthebarricadeorbarricades.

6F-38September,2020

OptionTheDirectionIndicatorBarricademaybeusedintapers,

transitions, and other areas where specific directionalguidancetodriversisnecessary.

GuidanceIfused,DirectionIndicatorBarricadesshouldbeusedin

seriestodirectthedriverthroughthetransitionandintotheintendedtravellane.

6F.70 Temporary Traffic Barriers as Channelizing Devices

SupportTemporary traffic barriers are not TTC devices in

themselves;however,whenplacedinapositionidenticaltoa lineofchannelizingdevicesandmarkedand/orequippedwithappropriatechannelizationfeaturestoprovideguidanceandwarningbothdayandnight,theyserveasTTCdevices.

StandardTemporary traffic barriers serving as TTC devices shall

comply with requirements for such devices as set forththroughoutPart6.Temporary traffic barriers (see Section 6F.85) shall not

beusedsolely tochannelize roadusers,butalso toprotectthe work space. If used to channelize vehicular traffic,the temporary traffic barrier shall be supplemented withdelineation,pavementmarkings,orchannelizingdevicesforimproveddaytimeandnighttimevisibility.

GuidanceTemporarytrafficbarriersshouldnotbeusedforamerging

taper except in low-speed urban areas.Temporary traffic barriers should not be used for a constricted/restricted TTC zone.Whenitisnecessarytouseatemporarytrafficbarrierfor

amergingtaperinlow-speedurbanareasorforaconstricted/restricted TTC zone, the taper length should be designedto optimize road user operations considering the availablegeometricconditions.

StandardWhenitisnecessarytouseatemporarytrafficbarrierfor

amergingtaperinlow-speedurbanareasorforaconstricted/restrictedTTCzone,thetapershallbedelineated.

GuidanceWhenused for channelization, temporary trafficbarriers

shouldbeofalightcolorforincreasedvisibility.

GuidanceType II or Type III Barricadesshouldbeusedonfreeways

and expressways or other high-speed roadways. Type III Barricadesshouldbeusedtocloseorpartiallyclosearoad.

Type III Barricades used at a road closure should be placed completelyacrossaroadwayorfromcurbtocurb.

GuidanceWhere provision is made for access of authorized

equipment and vehicles, the responsibility for Type III Barricadesshouldbeassignedtoaperson to ensure proper closureattheendofeachworkday.

SupportWhen a highway is legally closed but accessmust still

be allowed for local road users, barricades usually are notextendedcompletelyacrosstheroadway.

StandardWhen a highway is legally closed but access must

still be allowed for local traffic, a sign shall be installedwith the appropriate legend concerning permissible use bylocal roadusers (seeSection6F.09).Adequatevisibilityofthebarricadesfrombothdirectionsshallbeprovidedby;

1. installing retroreflective sheeting on both sides of the barricade boards; or

2. by installing barricade boards back-to-back on the barricade.

OptionSignsmaybeinstalledonbarricades(seeSection6F.3).

6F.69 Direction Indicator BarricadesStandardThe Direction Indicator Barricade shall consist of a

retroreflective One-Direction Large Arrow (W1-6) signmounted above a diagonal striped, horizontally aligned,retroreflectiverail(seeFigure6F-7).The One-Direction Large Arrow (W1-6) sign shall be

blackonanorangebackground.The stripeson thebottomrail shall be alternating orange and white retroreflectivestripes sloping downward at an angle of 45 degrees in thedirectionroadusersaretopass.Thestripesshallbe4incheswide.TheOne-DirectionLargeArrow(W1-6)signshallbe24 x 12 inches.The bottom rail shall have a length of 24inchesandaheightof8inches.

Mn

Rev

. 8

December, 20116F-39

OptionTemporary lane separators may be supplemented with

any of the approved channelizing devices contained inthis Chapter, such as tubularmarkers, vertical panels, andopposingtrafficlanedividers.

StandardIfappropriatechannelizingdevicesareusedtosupplement

a temporary lane separator, the channelizing devicesshall be retroreflectorized to provide nighttime visibility.If channelizing devices are not used, the temporary laneseparator shall contain retroreflectorization to enhance itsvisibility.

Guidance Atemporarylaneseparatorshouldbestabilizedbyaffixing

it tothepavementinamannersuitabletoitsdesign,whileallowingtheunittobeshiftedfromplacetoplacewithintheTTCzoneinordertoaccommodatechangingconditions.

StandardAtpedestriancrossinglocations,temporarylaneseparators

shallhaveanopeningorbeshortenedtoprovideapathwaythatisatleast60incheswideforcrossingpedestrians.

6F.73 Other Channelizing DevicesOptionChannelizing devices other than those described in

thisChaptermaybeused in special situationsbasedonanengineeringstudy.

GuidanceOtherchannelizingdevicesshouldconform to thegeneral

size, color, stripe pattern, retroreflection, and placementcharacteristics established for the devices described in thisChapter.

6F.74 Detectable Edging for PedestriansSupportIndividual channelizing devices, tape or rope used to

connect individual devices, other discontinuous barriersanddevices, andpavementmarkings are not detectablebypersonswithvisualdisabilitiesandareincapableofprovidingdetectablepathguidanceontemporaryorrealignedsidewalksorotherpedestrianfacilities.

GuidanceWhenitisdeterminedthatafacilityshouldbeaccessible

to and detectable by pedestrians with visual disabilities,a continuously detectable edging should be providedthroughout the length of the facility such that it can befollowedbypedestriansusinglongcanesforguidance.Thisedgingshouldprotrudeatleast6inchesabovethesurfaceof

6F.71 Longitudinal Channelizing BarricadesSupportLongitudinal channelizing devices are lightweight,

deformabledevicesthatarehighlyvisible,havegoodtargetvalue,andcanbeconnectedtogether.

StandardIfusedsinglyasType1,2,or3barricades, longitudinal

channelizingdevicesshallcomplywiththegeneralsize,color,stripepattern,retroreflectivity,andplacementcharacteristicsestablishedforthedevicesdescribedinthisChapter.

GuidanceIfusedtochannelizevehiculartrafficatnight,longitudinal

channelizing devices should be supplemented withretroreflectivematerialordelineationforimprovednighttimevisibility.

OptionLongitudinal channelizing barricades may be used

instead of a line of cones, drums, or barricades.Longitudinalchannelizingbarricades maybehollowand

filledwithwaterasaballast.Longitudinal channelizing devices may be used for

pedestriantrafficcontrol.

StandardIf used for pedestrian traffic control, longitudinal

channelizing devices shall be interlocked to delineate orchannelizeflow.Theinterlockingdevicesshallnothavegapsthatallowpedestrianstostrayfromthechannelizingpath.

GuidanceLongitudinal channelizing devices have not met the

crashworthyrequirementsfortemporarytrafficbarriersandshould not be used to shield obstacles or provide positiveprotectionforpedestriansorworkers.

6F.72 Temporary Lane SeparatorsOptionTemporarylaneseparatorsmaybeusedtochannelizeroad

users, to divide opposing vehicular traffic lanes, to dividelaneswhentwoormorelanesareopeninthesamedirection,andtoprovidecontinuouspedestrianchannelization.

StandardTemporarylaneseparatorsshallbecrashworthy.Temporary

laneseparatorsshallhaveamaximumheightof4inchesandamaximumwidthof1foot,andshallhaveslopingsidesinordertofacilitatecrossoverbyemergencyvehicles.

6F-40January,2014

B. segments where vehicles may cross the temporary pedestrian pathway and a detectable edge is not feasible, such as work vehicle access points.

OptionIf clear direction is not given for a temporary crosswalk by

the grade break of the curb ramp (temporary or permanent), a temporary walkway surface may be provided to guide pedestrians along the temporary crosswalk to the receiving curb ramp or intended destination.

StandardThe temporary walkway surface shall be firm, stable and

slip resistant. The width of the temporary walkway surface shall be a minimum of 4 feet. Lateral joints between segments of the walkway surface shall be less than 0.5 inches.

If detectable edges (6F.74) are not used on a temporary walkway surface, the edges shall be marked with a contrasting 2- to 4-inch wide marking.

GuidanceChanges between the segments of the walkway surface

should not exceed 0.5 inches. The side edges of the walkway surface should be between 0.25 inches and 1.0 inches thick. The leading and departing edges of the temporary walkway surface should follow the dimensions shown in Figure 6F-10 Temporary Walkway Surface Dimension.

0.25 inchmaximum

Leading and departing edges are the same

Leading edge

1.0 inchmaximum

0.5 inchmaximum

201

the sidewalk or pathway, with the bottom of the edginga maximum of 2 inches above the surface. This edgingshould be continuous throughout the length of the facilityexcept for gaps at locations where pedestrians or vehicleswillbeturningorcrossing.Thisedgingshouldconsistofaprefabricatedorformed-in-placecurbingorothercontinuousdevice that is placed along the edge of the sidewalk orwalkway.Thisedgingshouldbefirmlyattachedtothegroundortootherdevices.Adjacentsectionsofthisedgingshouldbe interconnected such that the edging is not displaced bypedestrianorvehiculartrafficorworkoperations,andsuchthatitdoesnotconstituteahazardtopedestrians,workers,orotherroadusers.

SupportExamplesofdetectableedgingforpedestriansinclude:

A. Prefabricatedlightweightsectionsofplastic,metal,orothersuitablematerialsthatareinterconnectedandfixedinplacetoformacontinuousedge.

B. Prefabricatedlightweightsectionsofplastic,metal,orothersuitablematerialsthatareinterconnected,fixedinplace,andplacedatgroundleveltoprovideacontinuousconnectionbetweenchannelizingdeviceslocatedatintervalsalongtheedgeofthesidewalkorwalkway.

C.Sectionsoflumberinterconnectedandfixedinplacetoformacontinuousedge.

D. Formed-in-placeasphaltorconcretecurb.E. Prefabricatedconcretecurbsectionsthatare

interconnectedandfixedinplacetoformacontinuousedge.

F. Continuoustemporarytrafficbarrierorlongitudinalchannelizingbarricadesplacedalongtheedgeofthesidewalkorwalkwaythatprovidesapedestrianedgingatgroundlevel.

G. Chainlinkorotherfencingequippedwithacontinuous bottom rail.

GuidanceDetectablepedestrianedgingshouldbeorange,white,or

yellowandshouldmatchthecoloroftheadjacentchannelizingdevicesortrafficcontroldevices,ifanyarepresent.

6F.74.1 Temporary Walkway Surface Support

There are areas of a work zone where an accessible pedestrian pathway will cross short segments of rough, soft or uneven ground or hazards. In addition, work vehicles might need to cross an accessible pedestrian pathway.

GuidanceAs stated in 6D.1, a smooth, continuous hard surface

should be provided throughout the entire length of a temporary pedestrian pathway. A temporary walkway surface should be used to facilitate pedestrian movement through:

A. Short segments of rough, soft or uneven ground surfaces; and M

n R

ev. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Figure 6F-10 Temporary Walkway Surface Dimensions

6F-41 January,2014

StandardOpposing traffic lanedividers shallnotbeplacedacross

pedestriancrossings.The Opposing Traffic Lane Divider (W6-4) sign (see

Figure 6F-4) shall be an upright, retroreflective orange-coloredsignplacedonaflexiblesupportandsizedatleast12incheswideby18incheshigh.

6F.77 Pavement MarkingsSupportPavementmarkingsareinstalledorexistingmarkingsare

maintainedorenhancedinTTCzonestoprovideroaduserswithaclearlydefinedpathfortravelthroughtheTTCzonein day, night, and twilight periods under bothwet and drypavementconditions.

GuidanceTheworkshouldbeplannedandstagedtoprovideforthe

placementandremovalofthepavementmarkingsinawaythatminimizesthedisruptiontotrafficflowapproachingandthrough the TTC zone during the placement and removalprocess.

StandardExisting pavement markings shall be maintained in

all long-term stationary (see Section 6G.2) TTC zones inaccordancewithChapters 3A and 3B, except as otherwiseprovided for temporary pavement markings in Section6F.78.PavementmarkingsshallmatchthealignmentofthemarkingsinplaceatbothendsoftheTTCzone.Pavementmarkingsshallbeplacedalongtheentirelengthofanypaveddetourortemporaryroadwaypriortothedetourorroadwaybeingopenedtoroadusers.For long-term stationary operations, pavementmarkings

inthetemporarytraveledwaythatarenolongerapplicableshall be removed or obliterated as soon as practical.Pavement marking obliteration shall remove the non-applicablepavementmarkingmaterial, and theobliterationmethod shall minimize pavement scarring. Painting overexisting pavement markings with black paint or sprayingwithasphaltshallnotbeacceptedasasubstituteforremovalor obliteration.

OptionRemovable, non-reflective, preformed tape that is

approximatelythesamecolorasthepavementsurfacemaybeusedwheremarkingsneedtobecoveredtemporarily.

6F.75 Temporary Raised IslandsStandardTemporaryraisedislandsshallbeusedonlyincombination

with pavement striping and other suitable channelizingdevices.

OptionA temporary raised island may be used to separate

vehicular traffic flows in two-lane, two-way operations onroadwayshavingavehiculartrafficvolumerangeof4,000to15,000averagedailytraffic(ADT)andonfreewayshavinga vehicular traffic volume range of 22,000ADT to 60,000ADT.Temporaryraisedislandsalsomaybeusedinotherthan

two-lane, two-wayoperationswherephysical separationofvehiculartrafficfromtheTTCzoneisnotrequired.

GuidanceTemporaryraisedislandsshouldhavethebasicdimensions

of4incheshighbyatleast12incheswideandhaveroundedorchamferedcorners.The temporary raised islands should not be designed

in such amanner that theywould cause amotorist to losecontrolofthevehicleifthevehicleinadvertentlystrikesthetemporaryraisedisland.Ifstruck,piecesoftheislandshouldnotbedislodgedto theextent that theycouldpenetrate theoccupantcompartmentorinvolveothervehicles.

StandardAtpedestriancrossinglocations,temporaryraisedislands

shallhaveanopeningorbeshortened toprovideat leasta60-inchwidepathwayforthecrossingpedestrian.

6F.76 Opposing Traffic Lane Divider and Sign (W6-4)

SupportOpposingtrafficlanedividersaredelineationdevicesused

ascenterlanedividerstoseparateopposingvehiculartrafficonatwo-lane,two-wayoperation.

W6-4

6F-42January,2014

Fortemporarysituationsof14calendar days or less, for atwo-orthree-laneroad,no-passingzonesmaybeidentifiedbyusingDONOTPASS(R4-1),PASSWITHCARE(R4-2),andNOPASSINGZONE(W14-3)signs(seeSections2B.28,2B.29,and2C.45)ratherthanpavementmarkings.Also,DONOTPASS,PASSWITHCARE,andNOPASSINGZONEsignsmaybeused insteadofpavementmarkingson roadswithlowvolumesforlongerperiodsinaccordancewiththeState’sorhighwayagency’spolicy.

GuidanceIfused,theDONOTPASS,PASSWITHCARE,andNO

PASSINGZONEsignsshouldbeplacedinaccordancewithSections2B.28,2B.29,and2C.45.Ifused,theNOCENTER STRIPEsignshouldbeplaced

inaccordancewithSection6F.47.

OptionOn low volume roads with an ADT (Average Daily Traffic)

of less than 400 vehicles, the signs may be used in lieu of pavement markings for up to 14 calendar days (see Section 5A.1).

StandardIf no passing zone signing is used in lieu of pavement

markings the following shall be installed before opening the roadway to traffic:

• If no interim markings are used A NO CENTER STRIPE sign (W8-12a) shall be used for each direction of travel in accordance with Section 6F.47. This sign shall be repeated at major intersections or on one-mile intervals, whichever is greater.

• If interim no passing zone markings are not installed but interim broken markings are installed a NO CENTER STRIPE sign (W8-12a) shall be installed in advance of each no passing zone.

• If not already in place, a DO NOT PASS sign (R4-1) shall be installed on the right side of the road at the beginning of the zone opposite of the NO PASSING ZONE sign (W14-3).

• A PASS WITH CARE sign (R4-2) shall be installed on the right side of the road at the end of the no passing zone.

6F.79 Temporary Raised Pavement MarkersOptionRetroreflectiveor internally illuminated raisedpavement

markers, or non-retroreflective raised pavement markerssupplemented by retroreflective or internally illuminatedmarkers,maybesubstitutedformarkingsofother types inTTCzones.

Mn

Rev

. 1

6F.78 Interim Pavement MarkingsSupport

Interim pavement markings are those that are allowed to remain in place until the earliest date when it is practical and possible to install pavement markings that meet the Part 3 standards for pavement markings.

GuidanceInterim pavement markings should not be in place for more

than 14 calendar days unless justified by an engineering study.

White lane lines and yellow centerlines, including no passing zones should be installed before opening the roadway to traffic. If it is not possible or practical to install these markings before opening the roadway to traffic the interim markings should be installed at the end of each working day or provided by signing in accordance with the provisions of this section.Thetemporaryuseofedgelines,channelizinglines,lane-

reductiontransitions,goremarkings,andotherlongitudinalmarkings,andthevariousnon-longitudinalmarkings(suchasstoplines,railroadcrossings,crosswalks,words,symbols,orarrows)shouldbeinaccordancewiththeState’sorhighwayagency’spolicy.

StandardWarningsigns,channelizingdevices,anddelineationshall

be used to indicate required roaduser paths inTTCzoneswhereitisnotpossibletoprovideaclearpathbypavementmarkings.ExceptasotherwiseprovidedinthisSection,all interim

pavementmarkingsforno-passingzonesshallcomplywiththerequirementsofChapters3Aand3B.Allinterimbroken-linepavementmarkings shalluse the samecycle lengthaspermanentmarkingsandshallhavelinesegmentsthatareatleast2feetlong.

GuidanceAllpavementmarkingsanddevicesusedtodelineateroad

userpathsshouldbereviewedduringdaytimeandnighttimeperiods.

OptionHalf-cyclelengthswithaminimumof2-footstripesmay

be used on roadways with severe curvature (see Section3A.06)forbrokenlinecenterlinesinpassingzonesandforlane lines.

6F-43 January,2014

F F

F F

DO

N OT

PASSDO

N OT

PASS

DO

NOT

PASS

DO

NOT

PASS

PASS

WITH

CARE

PASS

WITH

CARE

PASS

W I T H

CAR E

PASS

W I T H

CAR E

N O

C E N T E R

S T R I P E

F

N O

C E N T E R

S T R I P E

F

NO

CENTER

STRIPE

F

NO

CENTER

STRIPE

F

N O

C E N T E R

S T R I P E

N O

C E N T E R

S T R I P E

NO

CENTER

STRIPE

NO

CENTER

STRIPE

Variable based onAdvance WarningSign Placementsee Table 6C-1




1m

ile

max

imum1

mil

e

max

imum

1m

ile

max

imum

1m

ile

max

imum

TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY

Broken LineCycle Length

(N)

2 feetminimum

NOTE:

1. Either layout may be used for up to 14 dayswhen the Average daily Traffic is less than 400.

2. Any NO PASSING ZONE sign (W14-3) used in temporary trafficcontrol zone that is applicable in its current location or will remaininplace after completion of the construction project may have a blacklegend and border on a yellow retroreflectorive background.

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

OR

seeNote 2

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

OR

seeNote 2

NO

PASSING

ZONE

NO

PASSING

ZONE

OR

seeNote 2

NO

PASSING

ZONE

NO

PASSING

ZONE

OR

seeNote 2

Figure 6F-8a Interim Pavement Markings - 3 Days or Less

6F-44January,2014

DO

N OT

PASS

DO

NOT

PASS

PASS

WITH

CARE

PASS

W I T H

CAR E

MULTI-LANE, DIVIDEDTWO-LANE, TWO-WAY


(N)


(N)

2 feetminimum

* Optional

* Optional

* Optional

* Optional

2 feetminimum

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

OR

see Note

NO

PASSING

ZONE

NO

PASSING

ZONE

OR

see Note

NOTE:Any NO PASSING ZONE sign (W14-3), used in a temporary traffic control zonethat is applicable in its current location or will remain inplace after completion ofthe construction project may have a black legend and border on a yellowretroreflectorive background.

Figure 6F-8b Interim Pavement Markings - 14 Days or Less

6F-45 January,2014

Thestandardcolorforpost-mounted delineatorsusedalongboth sides of two-way streets and highways and the rightside of one-way roadways shall be white.Post-mounted delineators used along the left side of one-way roadwaysshallbeyellow.

GuidanceSpacing along roadway curves should be as set forth in

Section3F.04andshouldbesuchthatseveraldelineatorsareconstantlyvisibletothedriver.

OptionPost-mounted delineators may be used in TTC zones

to indicate thealignmentof theroadwayandtooutlinetherequiredvehiclepaththroughtheTTCzone.

6F.81 Lighting DevicesGuidanceLightingdevicesshouldbeprovidedinTTCzonesbased

onengineeringjudgment.Whenused to supplement channelization, themaximum

spacing for warning lights should be identical to thechannelizingdevicespacingrequirements.

OptionLighting devices may be used to supplement

retroreflectorizedsigns,barriers,andchannelizingdevices.During normal daytime maintenance operations, the

functionsofflashingwarningbeaconsmaybeprovidedbyhigh-intensityrotating,flashing,oscillating,orstrobelightsonamaintenancevehicle.

StandardAlthough vehicle hazard warning lights are permitted

to be used to supplement high-intensity rotating, flashing,oscillating,orstrobelights,theyshallnotbeusedinsteadofhigh-intensityrotating,flashing,oscillating,orstrobelights.

6F.82 FloodlightsSupportUtility, maintenance, or construction activities on

highwaysarefrequentlyconductedduringnighttimeperiodswhenvehiculartrafficvolumesarelower.Largeconstructionprojects are sometimes operated on a double-shift basisrequiringnightwork.

GuidanceWhen nighttime work is being performed, floodlights

should be used to illuminate the work area, equipmentcrossings,andotherareas.

StandardIf used, the color and pattern of the raised pavement

markersshallsimulatethecolorandpatternofthemarkingsforwhichtheysubstitute.If temporary raised pavement markers are used to

substituteforbrokenlinesegments,agroupofatleastthreeretroreflectivemarkersshallbeequallyspacedatnogreaterthanN/10(seeSection3B.14).ThevalueofNforabrokenordottedlineshallequalthelengthofonelinesegmentplusonegap.If temporary raised pavement markers are used to

substituteforsolidlines,themarkersshallbeequallyspacedat no greater than N/5, with retroreflective or internallyilluminatedunitsataspacingnogreaterthanN/2.ThevalueofNreferencedforsolidlinesshallequaltheNforthebrokenordottedlinesthatmightbeadjacenttoormightextendthesolidlines(seeSection3B.11).

OptionTemporary raised pavement markers may be used to

substitute for broken line segments by using at least tworetroreflectivemarkersplacedateachendofasegmentof2to5feetinlength,usingthesamecyclelengthaspermanentmarkings.

GuidanceTemporaryraisedpavementmarkersusedon2-to5-foot

segmentstosubstituteforbrokenlinesegmentsshouldnotbeinplaceformorethan14daysunlessjustifiedbyengineeringjudgment.Raised pavement markers should be considered for

use along surfaced diversions (bypasses) or temporary roadways,andotherchangedornewtravel-lanealignments, because of the need to accentuate changed travel paths and their wet weather capabilities.

OptionRetroreflectiveor internally illuminated raisedpavement

markers, or non-retroreflective raised pavement markerssupplemented by retroreflective or internally illuminatedmarkers, may also be used in TTC zones to supplementmarkingsasprescribedinChapters3Aand3B.

6F.80 Post-Mounted DelineatorsStandardWhen used, post-mounted delineators shall combine

with or supplement other TTC devices. They shall bemountedoncrashworthysupportssothatthereflectingunitisapproximately4feetabovethenearroadwayedge.

6F-466F-46January,2014

StandardExceptforthesequentialflashingwarninglightsthatare

describedinParagraphs8and9,flashingwarninglightsshallnot be used for delineation, as a series of flashers fails toidentifythedesiredvehiclepath.

OptionA series of sequential flashing warning lights may be

placed on channelizing devices that form a merging taperinorder to increasedriverdetectionand recognitionof themergingtaper.

StandardIf a series of sequential flashingwarning lights is used,

the successive flashing of the lights shall occur from theupstreamendofthemergingtapertothedownstreamendofthemergingtaperinordertoidentifythedesiredvehiclepath.Eachflashingwarninglightinthesequenceshallbeflashedatarateofnotlessthan55ormorethan75timesperminute.TypeA Low-Intensity Flashing warning lights, Type C

Steady-Burnwarninglights,andTypeD360-degreeSteady-Burnwarninglightsshallbemaintainedsoastobecapableof being visible on a clear night from a distance of 3,000feet.TypeBHigh-IntensityFlashingwarninglightsshallbemaintainedsoas tobecapableofbeingvisibleonasunnydaywhenviewedwithoutthesundirectlyonorbehindthedevicefromadistanceof1,000feet.Warninglightsshallhaveaminimummountingheightof

30inchestothebottomofthelens.

SupportTypeA Low-Intensity Flashing warning lights are used

to warn road users during nighttime hours that they areapproachingorproceedinginapotentiallyhazardousarea.

OptionTypeAwarning lightsmaybemountedonchannelizing

devices.

SupportTypeBHigh-IntensityFlashingwarninglightsareusedto

warnroadusersduringbothdaylightandnighttimehoursthattheyareapproachingapotentiallyhazardousarea.

OptionTypeBwarning lights aredesigned tooperate24hours

perdayandmaybemountedonadvancewarningsignsoronindependent supports.TypeCSteady-BurnwarninglightsandTypeD360-degree

Steady-Burnwarning lightsmay be used during nighttimehourstodelineatetheedgeofthetraveledway.

StandardExcept inemergency situations,flagger stations shallbe

illuminatedatnight.Floodlightingshallnotproduceadisablingglarecondition

forapproachingroadusers,flaggers,orworkers.

GuidanceTheadequacyofthefloodlightplacementandelimination

ofpotentialglareshouldbedeterminedbydriving throughandobserving thefloodlightedarea fromeachdirectiononallapproachingroadwaysaftertheinitialfloodlightsetup,atnight,andperiodically.

SupportDesired illumination levels vary depending upon the

natureofthetaskinvolved.Anaveragehorizontalluminanceof 5 foot candles can be adequate for general activities.Tasksrequiringhighlevelsofprecisionandextremecarecanrequireanaveragehorizontalluminanceof20footcandles.

6F.83 Warning LightsSupportTypeA,TypeB,TypeC,andTypeD360-degreewarning

lightsareportable,powered,yellow,lens-directed,enclosedlights.

StandardWarning lights shall be in accordance with the current

ITE “Purchase Specification for Flashing and Steady-BurnWarningLights”(seeSection1A.11).When warning lights are used, they shall be mounted

onsignsorchannelizingdevicesinamannerthat, ifhitbyan errant vehicle, they will not be likely to penetrate thewindshield.

GuidanceThe maximum spacing for warning lights should be

identicaltothechannelizingdevicespacingrequirements.

SupportThe light weight and portability of warning lights are

advantagesthatmakethesedevicesusefulassupplementstothe retroreflectorization on signs and channelizing devices.The flashing lights are effective in attracting road users’attention.

OptionWarning lights may be used in either a steady-burn or

flashingmode.

6F-47 January,2014

GuidanceWhere pedestrian traffic is detoured to a temporary

trafficcontrol signal, engineering judgment shouldbeusedto determine if pedestrian signals or accessible pedestriansignals(seeSection4E.09)areneededforcrossingalonganalternate route.When temporary trafficcontrolsignalsareused,conflict

monitorstypicaloftraditionaltrafficcontrolsignaloperationsshouldbeused.

OptionTemporary traffic control signals may be portable or

temporarilymountedonfixedsupports.

GuidanceTemporary traffic control signals should only be used

in situations where temporary traffic control signals arepreferabletoothermeansoftrafficcontrol,suchaschangingthe work staging or work zone size to eliminate one-wayvehicular trafficmovements, usingflaggers to control one-wayor crossingmovements, usingSTOPorYIELDsigns,andusingwarningdevicesalone.

GuidanceWhen used to delineate a curve, Type C and Type D

360-degreewarninglightsshouldonlybeusedondevicesontheoutsideofthecurve,andnotontheinsideofthecurve.

6F.83.1 Steady-Burn Electric Lamps Support

Steady-Burn electric lamps are a series of low-wattage, yellow, electric lamps, generally hard-wired to a 110-volt external power source.

OptionSteady-Burn electric lamps may be used in place of Type

C Steady-Burn warning lights (see Section 6F.78).

6F.83.2 Roadway Lighting Support

On long term projects, the use of roadway lighting may be beneficial. Areas that may benefit from the installation of roadway lighting include high hazard areas, high volume areas, crossovers, diversions (bypasses), areas with sudden alignment changes, curves, intersections and transitions from multi-lane divided roadways to two-lane, two-way roadways.

StandardWhen possible, all roadway lighting shall be protected or

have breakaway bases.

6F.84 Temporary Traffic Control SignalsStandardTemporary traffic control signals (see Section 4D.32)

used to control road user movements through TTC zonesandinotherTTCsituationsshallcomplywiththeapplicableprovisionsofPart4.

SupportTemporary traffic control signals are typically used in

TTCzonessuchastemporaryhaulroadcrossings;temporaryone-way operations along a one-lane, two-way highway;temporaryone-wayoperationsonbridges, reversible lanes,and intersections.

StandardAtemporary trafficcontrol signal that isused tocontrol

trafficthroughaone-lane,two-waysectionofroadwayshallcomplywiththeprovisionsofSection4H.02.

6F-486F-48January,2014

6F.85 Temporary Traffic BarriersSupportTemporary traffic barriers, including shifting portable

or movable barriers, are devices designed to help preventpenetrationbyvehicleswhileminimizinginjuriestovehicleoccupants,andtoprotectworkers,bicyclists,andpedestrians.

There are five primary functions of temporary trafficbarriersare:

A. Tokeepvehiculartrafficfromenteringworkareas,suchasexcavationsormaterialstoragesites;

B. Toseparateworkers,bicyclists,andpedestriansfrommotorvehicletraffic;

C.Toseparateopposingdirectionsofvehiculartraffic;and

D. Toseparatevehiculartraffic,bicyclists,andpedestriansfromtheworkareasuchasfalseworkforbridgesandotherexposedobjects;and

E. To protect drop-offs of greater than 12 inches on longer term projects when a suitable buffer lane cannot be provided.

OptionTemporary trafficbarriersmay be used to separate two-

wayvehiculartraffic.

GuidanceBecause of the risks to the driver and the risks involved

in placement and removal of temporary traffic barriers, the following alternatives to using them should be strongly considered:

A. Buffer lane closures; B. Nightly backfill of excavations; C.Temporary tapers; D. Temporary detours or crossovers; E. For lower speed projects, additional or closer

spacing of channelizing devices in conjunction with extra delineation (TRPM’s, pavement markings) and extra warning signs (in advance and within work area).

Because the protective requirements of a TTC situationhave priority in determining the need for temporary trafficbarriers,theiruseshouldbebasedonanengineeringstudy.The following factors should be considered before using temporary traffic barriers:

A. Speed/volume of traffic;B. Vertical/horizontal roadway alignment;C.Severity of hazard/excavation/obstacle;D. Lateral clearance to hazard;E. Duration of exposure;F. Duration of the TTC zone;G. Hazard presented by barrier itself once

inplace;H. Hazard presented to workers and traffic

during barrier placement.

SupportFactorsrelatedtothedesignandapplicationoftemporary

trafficcontrolsignalsincludethefollowing:A. Safetyandroaduserneeds;B. Workstagingandoperations;C.ThefeasibilityofusingotherTTCstrategies(for

example,flaggers,providingspacefortwolanes,ordetouringroadusers,includingbicyclistsandpedestrians);

D. Sightdistancerestrictions;E. Humanfactorsconsiderations(forexample,lack

ofdriverfamiliaritywithtemporarytrafficcontrolsignals);

F. Road-uservolumesincludingroadwayandintersectioncapacity;

G. Affectedsidestreetsanddriveways;H. Vehiclespeeds;I. TheplacementofotherTTCdevices;J. Parking;K.Turningrestrictions;L. Pedestrians;M.Thenatureofadjacentlanduses(suchas

residentialorcommercial);N.Legalauthority;O.Signalphasingandtimingrequirements;P. Full-timeorpart-timeoperation;Q. Actuated,fixed-time,ormanualoperation;R. Powerfailuresorotheremergencies;S. Inspectionandmaintenanceneeds;T. Needfordetailedplacement,timing,andoperation

records;andU. Operationbycontractorsorbyothers.

Althoughtemporarytrafficcontrolsignalscanbemountedon trailers or lightweight portable supports, fixed supportsoffersuperiorresistancetodisplacementordamagebysevereweather,vehicleimpact,andvandalism.

GuidanceOtherTTCdevicesshouldbeusedtosupplementtemporary

traffic control signals, including warning and regulatorysigns,pavementmarkings,andchannelizingdevices.Temporary traffic control signals not in use should be

coveredorremoved.Ifatemporarytrafficcontrolsignal is locatedwithin1/2

mileofanadjacenttrafficcontrolsignal,considerationshouldbegiventointerconnectedoperation.

StandardTemporary traffic control signals shall not be located

within200feetofagradecrossingunlessthetemporarytrafficcontrol signal is provided with preemption in accordancewithSection4D.27,orunlessauniformedofficerorflaggerisprovidedatthecrossingtopreventvehiclesfromstoppingwithinthecrossing.

6F-49 January,2014

increase the potential for serious injury both to vehicle occupants and pedestrians, and encourage the presence of blunt, leading ends. All upstream leading ends that are present shall be appropriately flared or protected with properly installed and maintained crashworthy cushions. Adjacent temporary traffic barrier segments shall be properly connected in order to provide the overall strength required for the temporary traffic barrier to perform properly.In order to mitigate the effect of striking the end of

a temporary traffic barrier, the end shall be installed inaccordance with AASHTO’s “Roadside Design Guide”(see Section 1A.11) by flaring until the end is outside theacceptable clear zone or by providing crashworthy endtreatments (see Section 6F.76). See Figure 6F-9 for temporary traffic barrier placement and end treatments.

OptionEnd attenuation may be necessary at both ends of barrier

used on a two-lane two-way roadway.

GuidanceSince the barrier itself is a hazard, the use of it should be

toward the overall safety benefit. Excessive/acute tapers and pronounced turns/corners

should be avoided. Tapers should be made as smooth as possible.

Sufficient area should be maintained behind the barrier to allow for deflection. Barriers should not typically be butted up to, or mounted on top of curbs or medians. Placing barriers across a curb section should be avoided.

Temporary traffic barriers should be anchored in any location that does not allow adequate area for deflection.

SupportTemporary traffic barriers are designed to deflect when

struck by a vehicle. Tapers, transition areas and barrier used outside of horizontal curves will see more deflection because of possibility higher angle hits. Tangent areas will generally see less deflection.

StandardDifferent designs of barrier shall not be intermixed on the

same run of temporary traffic barrier. Barrier runs of different designs on the same project are acceptable, but the barrier runs shall not be connected.

GuidanceSeparate shorter runs with different barrier design types

should be discouraged if a longer run of one type is possible.

Tables 6F-5a and 6F-5b should be used to determine when temporary traffic barrier in edge drop-off situations.

StandardTemporary traffic barriers shall be supplemented with

standard delineation, pavement markings, or channelizingdevicesforimproveddaytimeandnighttimevisibilityiftheyareusedtochannelizevehiculartraffic.Thedelineationcolorshallmatchtheapplicablepavementmarkingcolor.

All temporarytrafficbarriersshallbecrashworthy.Each type of temporary traffic barrier (steel, water-filled

or concrete, etc.) requires a specific basic minimum length to achieve its crashworthy compliance. Refer to the barrier’s crash testing results to determine the minimum length for predicted crash deflections. Shorter intermittent segments of temporary traffic barrier shall not be used because they nullify the containment and re-directive capabilities of the temporary traffic barrier,

Lateral Offset *

* Lateral offset is measured from the edgeof the traffic carrying lane to the edgeof the vertical drop-off.

feet

0 - 4

4 - 8

8 - 20

inches

12 - 24

24 - 36

>36

Depth of Drop-off

Table 6F-5a Drop-offs to Commonly Justify PCB Non-Construction Speed Limits of 45-55 mph

Lateral Offset *

* Lateral offset is measured from the edgeof the traffic carrying lane to the edgeof the vertical drop-off.

feet

0 - 4

4 - 12

12 - 20

inches

12 - 24

24 - 36

>36

Depth of Drop-off

Table 6F-5b Drop-offs to Commonly Justify PCB Non-Construction Speed Limits of 60-70 mph


6F.86 Crash CushionsSupportCrash cushions are systems that mitigate the effects of

errant vehicles that strike obstacles, either by smoothlydecelerating the vehicle to a stopwhen hit head-on, or byredirectingtheerrantvehicle.ThetwotypesofcrashcushionsthatareusedinTTCzonesarestationarycrashcushionsandtruck-mounted attenuators. Crash cushions in TTC zoneshelp protect the drivers from the exposed ends of barriers,fixedobjects,shadowvehicles,andotherobstacles.Specificinformation on the use of crash cushions can be found inAASHTO’s“RoadsideDesignGuide”(seeSection1A.11).

StandardCrash cushions shall be crashworthy. They shall also

be designed for each application to stop or redirect errantvehicles under prescribed conditions. Crash cushions shallbeperiodically inspected toverify that theyhavenot beenhitordamaged.Damagedcrashcushionsshallbepromptlyrepairedorreplacedtomaintaintheircrashworthiness.

SupportStationarycrashcushionsareusedinthesamemanneras

permanenthighwayinstallationstoprotectdriversfromtheexposedendsofbarriers,fixedobjects,andotherobstacles.More detailed information on the use of portable barriers and crash cushions can be obtained from Figure 6F-9.

StandardStationarycrashcushionsshallbedesignedforthespecific

application intended.Truck-mounted attenuators shall be energy-absorbing

devicesattached to the rearof shadow trailersor trucks. Ifused,theshadowvehiclewiththeattenuatorshallbelocatedinadvanceoftheworkarea,workers,orequipmenttoreducetheseverityofrear-endcrashesfromerrantvehicles.

SupportTrucks or trailers are often used as shadow vehicles to

protect workers or work equipment from errant vehicles.Theseshadowvehiclesarenormallyequippedwithflashingarrows,changeablemessagesigns,and/orhigh-intensity

Mn

Rev

. 1

StandardNormal vertical curbing shall not be used as a substitute

for temporary traffic barriers when temporary traffic barriers are clearly needed.

OptionWarninglightsorsteady-burnlampsmaybemountedon

temporary trafficbarrier installations.When in transition/taper areas or close to traffic lanes, retroreflective barrier markers or tape may be placed on barriers.

Depending on roadway geometrics, temporary speed reduction may be used in barrier areas.

GuidanceWhen serving the additional function of channelizing

motor vehicle traffic, temporary traffic barriers should be a light color for increased visibility.

SupportTemporary traffic barrier is subjected to considerable

abuse. The placement process itself can causes damage to the base and ends. Connection loops can be bent and deformed when being placed. Temporary traffic barrier can also degrade over the long term. Barrier is often in place for long periods and is subject to winter road salt spray and snow plows. Over a period, delamination can result, often to the point of section loss. Also, the repeated process of transport and handling causes a good deal of longitudinal flexure, which can cause cracking.

GuidanceBarrier sections and connections should be routinely

inspected for damage.

SupportMovable barriers are capable of being repositioned

laterallyusingatransfervehiclethattravelsalongthebarrier.Movablebarriersenable short-termclosures tobe installedand removed on long-term projects. Providing a barrier-protectedworkspaceforshort-termclosuresandprovidingunbalancedflowtoaccommodatechangesinthedirectionofpeak-periodtrafficflowsaretwooftheadvantagesofusingmovablebarriers.

When a moveable barrier is used to close an exterior lane, it canbepositioned to close the laneduring theoff-peak periods and can be relocated to open the lane duringpeak periods to accommodate peak trafficflows.With onepassofthetransfervehicle,thebarriercanbemovedoutofthe lane and onto the shoulder. Furthermore, if so desired,withasecondpassofthetransfervehicle,thebarriercouldbemovedtotheroadsidebeyondtheshoulder.Morespecificinformationontheuseoftemporarytraffic

barriers is contained in Chapters 8 and 9 of AASHTO’s“RoadsideDesignGuide”(seeSection1A.11).

Mn

Rev

. 8

6F-51 January,2014

Sh

ou

lder

Sh

ou

lder

See

No

te

Sh

ou

lder

Sh

ou

lder

6

12

5 6

2

3

13

2

5

24

End

of

Bar

rier

End

of

Bar

rier

Bar

rier

1:1

5B

arri

erT

aper

Itis

des

irab

leto

mai

nta

infu

llsh

ou

lder

wid

thw

hen

ever

po

ssib

le.

Ifth

atis

no

tp

oss

ible

,th

em

inim

um

des

irab

lela

tera

lo

ffse

tsar

eb

ased

on

the

foll

ow

ing

po

sted

spee

dli

mit

s:

Des

irab

letr

eatm

ents

for

exp

ose

db

arri

eren

ds

are:

aco

nn

ecti

on

toex

isti

ng

bar

rier

;im

pac

tat

ten

uat

or;

tap

eraw

ayto

the

edg

eo

fth

ecl

ear

zon

e;an

dex

ten

din

gth

rou

gh

ap

late

bea

mg

uar

dra

ilb

yre

mo

vin

ga

pan

el.

Fo

rp

ost

edsp

eed

lim

its

of

30

mp

ho

rle

ss,

the

tap

erin

gaw

ayfr

om

the

traf

fic

isd

esir

able

and

the

use

of

anim

pac

tat

ten

uat

or

iso

pti

on

al.

Th

eim

pac

tat

ten

uat

or

sho

uld

be

off

set

am

inim

um

of

2fe

etfr

om

the

edg

eo

fth

eth

rula

ne

(see

San

dB

arre

lO

ffse

td

etai

l).

Th

eim

pac

tat

ten

uat

or

sho

uld

be

ori

ente

dto

acco

mm

od

ate

the

pro

bab

leim

pac

tan

gle

of

anen

cro

ach

ing

veh

icle

.F

or

mo

stro

adsi

de

con

dit

ion

s,an

ang

leo

fap

pro

xim

atel

y1

0d

egre

es,

asm

easu

red

bet

wee

nth

eh

igh

way

and

the

imp

act

atte

nu

ato

rslo

ng

itu

din

alce

nte

rlin

e,is

con

sid

ered

app

rop

riat

e(s

eeS

ho

uld

erF

ill

det

ail)

.F

or

San

dB

arre

lA

rran

gem

ent,

see

det

ail

of

Fig

ure

6F

-6,

shee

t2

of

2).

Fo

rT

wo

-Lan

e,T

wo

-Way

traf

fic,

bo

then

ds

of

the

bar

rier

sho

uld

be

trea

ted

inth

esa

me

man

ner

asd

escr

ibed

in.

A1

:8ta

per

may

be

use

dw

hen

the

po

sted

spee

dli

mit

is3

5m

ph

or

less

.

A1

:12

tap

erm

ayb

eu

sed

wh

enth

ep

ost

edsp

eed

lim

itis

45

mp

ho

rle

ss.

4If

the

bar

rier

isto

be

exte

nd

edb

eyo

nd

the

sho

uld

er,

add

itio

nal

fill

wil

lb

en

eed

edin

ord

erto

pro

vid

ea

flat

(1:1

0)

app

roac

har

eato

the

bar

rier

.(s

eeS

ho

uld

erF

ill

det

ail

inF

igu

re6

F-6

,S

hee

t2

of

2)

Fo

rre

stri

cted

con

dit

ion

s,le

sser

off

sets

may

be

use

d.

Th

eo

ffse

tssh

ou

ldb

ea

min

imu

mo

f2

feet

un

less

the

con

dit

ion

sar

eex

trem

e.L

ater

alo

ffse

tsar

em

easu

red

toth

eb

ott

om

of

the

bar

rier

.B

arri

ero

ffse

tfr

om

the

edg

eo

fth

eth

rula

ne

sho

uld

no

tex

ceed

15

feet

.

70

mp

h-

12

.0fe

et6

0m

ph

-8

.0fe

et5

0m

ph

-6

.5fe

et4

0m

ph

-5

.0fe

et

Figure 6F-9 Portable Concrete Barrier Placement and End treatments (Sheet 1 of 2)

6F-52January,2014

Sand Barrel Offset

Barrier

1.0 - 2.0 feet

2.0 feet Minimum

2.5 feet

Edge of Lane

Distance may be reduced to a minimumof 1.25 feet. This is acceptable onlywhere a greater offset would causeunacceptable interference with traffic.

Shoulder Fill

B A

Attenuator

Section BSection A1:10 Slope or Flatter1:10 Slope

or Flatter

ExistingSlope

Existing Slope

Same Slope as Existing

LaneLaneShoulderShoulder

10 Maxo

1:10 Slope or FlatterShoulder

Portable Concrete Barrier

Figure 6F-9 Portable Concrete Barrier Placement and End treatments (Sheet 2 of 2)

6F-53 January,2018

GuidanceTransverse rumble strips should be placed transverse to

vehiculartrafficmovement.Theyshouldnotadverselyaffectoverallpavementskidresistanceunderwetordryconditions.In urban areas, even though a closer spacing might be

warranted,transverserumblestripsshouldbedesignedinamannerthatdoesnotpromoteunnecessarybrakingorerraticsteeringmaneuversbyroadusers.Transverse rumble strips should not be placed on sharp

horizontalorverticalcurves.Rumble strips should not be placed through pedestrian

crossingsorwithin marked bicycle lanes.Transverse rumble strips should not be placed on

roadwaysusedbybicyclistsunlessaminimumclearpathof4 feet is provided at each edgeof the roadwayor on eachpaved shoulder as described inAASHTO’s “Guide to theDevelopmentofBicycleFacilities”(seeSection1A.11).Longitudinal rumble strips should not be placed on the

shoulder of a roadway that is used by bicyclists unless aminimumclearpathof4feetisalsoprovidedontheshoulder.

6F.88 ScreensSupportScreensareusedtoblocktheroadusers’viewofactivities

that can be distracting. Screens might improve safety andmotor vehicle traffic flow where volumes approach theroadway capacity because they discourage gawking andreduceheadlightglarefromoncomingmotorvehicletraffic.

GuidanceScreensshouldnotbemountedwheretheycouldadversely

restrictroaduservisibilityandsightdistanceandadverselyaffectthereasonablysafeoperationofvehicles.

OptionScreensmaybemountedon the topof temporary traffic

barriersthatseparatetwo-waymotorvehicletraffic.

GuidanceDesignofscreensshouldbeinaccordancewithChapter9

ofAASHTO’s“RoadsideDesignGuide”(seeSection1A.11).

rotating, flashing, oscillating, or strobe lights locatedproperly in advance of the workers and/or equipment thattheyareprotecting.However, theseshadowvehiclesmightthemselvescauseinjuriestooccupantsoftheerrantvehiclesiftheyarenotequippedwithtruck-mountedattenuators.

GuidanceTheshadowtruckshouldbepositionedasufficientdistance

inadvanceof theworkersorequipmentbeingprotectedsothattherewillbesufficientdistance,butnotsomuchsothaterrantvehicleswilltravelaroundtheshadowtruckandstriketheprotectedworkersand/orequipment(see Chapter Part 6K-Temporary Traffic Control Field Manual for the recommended distance charts).

SupportChapter9ofAASHTO’s “RoadsideDesignGuide” (see

Section1A.11)containsadditionalinformationregardingtheuseofshadowvehicles.

GuidanceIf used, the truck-mounted attenuator should be used in

accordancewiththemanufacturer’sspecifications.

6F.87 Rumble StripsSupportTransverse rumble strips consist of intermittent, narrow,

transverse areas of rough-textured or slightly raised ordepressedroadsurfacethatextendacrossthetravellanestoalertdriverstounusualvehiculartrafficconditions.Throughnoise and vibration they attract the driver’s attention tosuch features as unexpected changes in alignment and toconditionsrequiringastop.Longitudinal rumble strips consist of a series of rough-

texturedorslightlyraisedordepressedroadsurfaceslocatedalongtheshouldertoalertroadusersthattheyareleavingthetravellanes.

StandardIfitisdesirabletouseacolorotherthanthecolorofthe

pavement for a longitudinal rumble strip, the color of therumblestripshallbethesamecolorasthelongitudinallinetherumblestripsupplements.Ifthecolorofatransverserumblestripusedwithinatravel

laneisnotthecolorofthepavement,thecoloroftherumblestripshallbewhite,black,ororange.

OptionIntervalsbetweentransverserumblestripsmaybereduced

asthedistancetotheapproachedconditionsisdiminishedinordertoconveyanimpressionthataclosurespeedistoofastand/orthatanactionisimminent.Asignwarningdriversoftheonsetofrumblestripsmaybeplacedinadvanceofanytransverserumblestripinstallation.

Mn

Rev

. 5

6G-1 September,2020

6G.a Introduction Support

The purpose of temporary traffic control is to balance the need for safe and effective work spaces with the need to warn, control, protect, and expedite vehicular and pedestrian traffic. To accomplish this, the respect of the driver must be earned by appropriate and prudent use of traffic control devices. Proper engineering judgment is the key factor in making the temporary traffic control zone both safe and efficient. Guidance

Advance planning is necessary for any successful temporary traffic control zone. Before setting up any zone, the appropriate layout and number of devices must be determined. Any major changes from the typical layouts should be documented. For major projects, emergency operation plans should be developed in the event of a total road closure. Option

Important aspects of the planning stage include consideration of alternate routes and the use of public information.

StandardIt is essential to notify emergency services (i.e. police,

fire, etc.) of any road closures and route changes. Support

In this chapter, the factors which affect the selection of the typical temporary traffic control zone layouts are explained. The layouts are found in Chapter 6J, Traffic Control for Long Term Temporary Traffic Control Zones and in Chapter 6K, Minnesota Temporary Traffic Control Field Manual.

StandardFor most projects, especially long term projects, it will be

necessary to prepare a project specific Traffic Control Plan (TCP). A TCP may range from a reference to Chapter 6K (the Field Manual) to a detailed set of plans and specifications.

Mn

Rev

. 5

GuidanceIn developing any TCP the following items should be

considered: A. Suitable detours

– Weight, height, length and width restrictions – Capacity – Geometrics – Maintenance of the detour

I. Access and signage to businesses J. Conflict with standard routes and

accommodations for: – School buses – Public transit – Fire – Ambulance – Postal Service

K. Restriction of capacity during peak hours L. Alternate routes and other construction and/

or maintenance activities in the area that may affect alternate routes.

M. Restrictions on overweight, overheight, overlength and overwidth permits

I. Inplace signing, lighting and signal modifications

J. Trail crossings, pedestrians, bicyclists K. Utility workL. Special events, holidays, etc. M. Local ordinancesN. Hazardous cargo

6G.1 Typical ApplicationsSupportEach TTC zone is different. Many variables, such as

location of work, highway type, geometrics, vertical andhorizontal alignment, intersections, interchanges, road uservolumes,roadvehiclemix(buses,trucks,andcars),androaduser speeds affect the needs of each zone. A TTC zone includes the section of roadway between the first advance warning sign through the last traffic control device, where traffic returns to its normal path and conditions.ThegoalofTTC inworkzones is safetywithminimum disruption to road users. The key factor inpromotingTTCzonesafetyisproperjudgment.

Typical layouts include a variety of temporary traffic control methods, but do not include a layout for everyconceivableworksituation.Well-designedTTCplansforplannedspecialeventswill

likelybedevelopedfromacombinationoftreatmentsfromseveralofthetypicalapplications.

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 1

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6G. Type of Temporary Traffic Control Zone Activity

Chapter 6G. Type of Temporary Traffic Control Zone Activity

6G-2December, 2011 6G-2

StandardThefivecategoriesofworkdurationand their timeat a

locationshallbe:A. Long-termTTC zone - any temporary traffic

control zone thatoccupiesalocationmorethan3days.

B. Intermediate-term/night TTC zone - any TTC zone that occupies a location during hours of darkness or up to 3 days.

C.Short-termTTC zone - any TTC zone that occupies a location for less than twelve (12) hours.

D. ShortdurationTTC zone - any TTC zone thatoccupies a location (area) up to for less than one (1)hour.

E. MobileTTC zone - any TTC zone that occupies a location (area) for less than fifteen (15) minutes.

6G.2.1 Long-Term Temporary Traffic ControlSupportAt long-term stationaryTTC zones, there is ample time

to install and realize benefits from the full range of TTCproceduresanddevicesthatareavailableforuse.Generally,larger channelizing devices, temporary roadways, andtemporary traffic barriers are used. Larger channelizing devices have more retroreflective material and offer better nighttime visibility. The larger devices are also less likely to be displaced or tipped over-an important consideration during those periods when the work crew is not present.

StandardSince long-term operations extend into nighttime,

retroreflective and/or illuminated devices shall be used inlong-termstationaryTTCzones.

GuidanceTemporary roadways and barriers may be provided,

and inappropriatemarkingsshouldberemovedandreplacedwith temporary markings. Temporary signs should be post-mounted.

StandardAny conflicting signs shall be covered.

OptionA long-term TTC zone may range in duration from several

days to several years.

GuidanceTraffic control procedures and devices should be chosen

to accommodate the varying seasonal, climactic and visibility situations that may arise during the length of the project. Consideration should also be given to devices that are durable and easily maintained.

GuidanceForanyplannedspecialeventthatwillhaveanimpacton

the trafficonany streetorhighway, aTTCplan shouldbedevelopedinconjunctionwithandbeapprovedbytheagencyoragenciesthathavejurisdictionovertheaffectedroadways.Typical applications should be altered, when necessary,

to fit the conditions of a particular TTC zone. When modifications are made, factors such as traffic volume, speed, sight distance, type of work, etc. should be considered.

OptionThe typical layouts illustrated in Chapter 6K (the Field

Manual) generally represent typical highway agency activities. Other devices may be added to supplement the devices shown in the typical layouts, while others may be deleted. Sign spacings and taper lengths may be increased to provide additional time or space for driver response. In some situations, however, such as an urban setting, too many devices can spread signing over too long a distance to be fully effective.Other devicesmay be added to supplement the devices

shown in the typical applications, while others may bedeleted.Thesignspacingsandtaperlengthsmaybeincreasedtoprovideadditionaltimeorspacefordriverresponse.When conditions are less complex than those depicted in the typical applications, fewer devices may be needed.

SupportSelecting the most appropriate typical layout and

modifications for a TTC zone required knowledge and understanding of the zone. Although there are manywaysofcategorizingTTCzoneapplications,thefourfactorsmentioned earlier (work duration, work location, worktype,andhighwaytype)areusedtocharacterizethetypicalapplications illustrated in Chapter 6K (the Field Manual).

6G.2 Work DurationSupportWorkdurationisamajorfactorindeterminingthenumber

andtypesofdevicesusedinTTCzones.ThedurationofaTTC zone is defined relative to the length of time aworkoperation occupies a spot location.

December, 20116G-3

StandardIf multiple lanes are being shifted, then the inplace

lane markings shall be removed and temporary markings installed.

6G.2.3 Short-Term Temporary Traffic Control Zones

SupportMost maintenance and utility operations fall into the

category of short-term TTC zones. The work crew is present to maintain and monitor the TTC zone. Signs are mounted on portable stands and pavement markings are generally not removed.

Within Chapter 6K (the Field Manual), several TTC zone layouts when used for a short-term duration have devices which may be either omitted or perhaps substituted with a lower level device depending upon whether the work space will be either attended or occupied. A work space is considered to be attended when the TTC devices are reviewed for knock-downs or other needed adjustments on a hourly basis. A work space is considered to be occupied when workers are present within the work space and TTC devices should continuously be reviewed by workers and adjustments made as needed.

6G.2.4 Short Duration Temporary Traffic Control Zones

SupportQuick repair, installation or inspection activities fall into the

category of short duration temporary traffic control zones. The work crew will perform a quick operation and leave the area and generally have little or no effect on the traffic.During short-duration work, it often takes longer to set

upandremovethetraffic control thantoperformthework.Workers face hazards in setting up and taking down thetemporary traffic control zone.Also,sincetheworktimeisshort,delaysaffectingroadusersaresignificantlyincreasedwhenadditionaldevicesareinstalledandremoved.

OptionConsidering these factors, simplified control procedures

maybewarrantedforshort-durationwork.Areductioninthenumberofdevicesmaybeoffsetby theuseofothermoredominantdevicessuchasrotating lightsorstrobelightsonworkvehicles.

SupportLayouts for long-term TTC zones are not included in

Chapter 6K (the Field Manual), but examples of long-term applications are shown in Chapter 6J. Normally, a long-term TTC zone will require a project specific Traffic Control Plan (TCP). Implementing a Traffic Control Plan requires advance planning and consultation with the local road authority and Traffic Engineering professionals. Advance notice and good public relations are helpful.

6G.2.2 Intermediate-Term/Night Temporary Traffic Control Zone

SupportIn intermediate-term/night TTC zones, it might not

be feasible or practical to use procedures or devices thatwouldbedesirableforlong-termtemporary traffic control zones, such as altered pavement markings, barriers, andtemporary roadways. The increased time to place andremove these devices in some cases could significantlylengthentheproject,thusincreasingexposuretime.In other instances, there might be insufficient pay-back time to economically justify more elaborate temporary traffic control measures.

Night work presents special problems and requires extraordinary precautions. Night temporary traffic control zones may be inplace for only a few hours. During this time, traffic volumes may be lighter than during daylight hours. However, additional devices such as warning lights and larger more reflective devices are necessary because drivers are more likely to be impaired and inattentive. Driver impairment may be due to drugs, alcohol, or fatigue.

StandardSinceintermediate-termoperationsextendintonighttime,

retroreflective and/or illuminated devices shall be used inintermediate-termstationaryTTCzones.

GuidanceIn addition to floodlighting the flagger stations and the

work space, the work vehicles should also be made more visible.

SupportTypical characteristics of intermediate-term/night

temporary traffic control zones are:A. Signs mounted on temporary supports,B. Minimal covering of inplace signs,C. Additional devices used to override inplace

signs, and/orD. Conflicting pavement markings normally not

removed except for multiple lane shifts.

6G-46G-4September,2020

OptionConsidering these factors, simplified control procedures

may be warranted for mobile work. A reduction in the number of devices may be offset by the use of other more dominant devices, as detailed for mobile operations in Chapter 6K (the Field Manual), and may include rotating lights or strobe lights on work vehicles and vehicles augmented with signs or arrow panels.Flaggers may be used for mobile operations that often

involvefrequentshortstops.

StandardMobile operations on a high speed travel lane of a

multilane divided highway shall use arrow boards.

GuidanceWhen the mobile operation is continually moving along the

road, the traffic should be directed to pass safely. A shadow vehicle or protection vehicle equipped as a sign truck, with an appropriately used arrow board, should follow the work vehicle as detailed in the layouts.

Work and shadow vehicles should be equipped with such devices such as flags, rotating/strobe vehicle lights, truck-mounted attenuators, and appropriate signs. These devices may be required individually or in various combinations, or all of them, as determined necessary

StandardMobile operations shall have appropriate devices on

the equipment (that is, high-intensity rotating, flashing,oscillating,orstrobelights,signs,orspeciallighting),orshalluseaseparatevehiclewithappropriatewarningdevices.

OptionFormobileoperationsthatmoveatspeedsoflessthan3

mph,mobilesignsorstationarysigning that isperiodicallyretrieved and repositioned in the advance warning area to keep them near the work space may be used.

GuidanceWork that may require a complete closure for a short

period of time (15 minutes or less) should be scheduled for non-peak hours. A portable changeable message sign should be considered to warn motorists approaching the closure. Care must be taken to ensure that advance warning signs extend beyond any possible queue. If the closure is done during nighttime hours, uniformed officers may be used for flagging.

6G.2.5 Mobile Temporary Traffic Control Zones

SupportMobile operations are work activities that move along the

road. Mobile operations often involve frequent short stops, each as much as 15 minutes long, for activities such as pothole patching, crack sealing or utility operations and are similar to short duration operations. Mobile operations also include work activities in which workers and equipment move along the road without stopping, usually at slow speeds.

As compared to stationary operations, mobile operations are activities that might involve different treatments. Devices having greater mobility might be necessary, such as signs mounted on trucks. Devices that are larger, more imposing, or more visible can be used effectively and economically. The mobility of the TTC zone is important.

Maintaining safe work and road user conditions is a paramount goal in carrying out mobile operations.

During mobile work, it often takes longer to set up and remove the traffic control than to perform the work. Workers face hazards in setting up and taking down the TTC zone. Also, since the work time is short, delays affecting road users are significantly increased when additional devices are installed and removed.

GuidanceIf a mobile operation does not move at least the decision

sight distance (See Table 6E-1) every 15 minutes it should be considered a stationary TTC zone and the appropriate stationary layout used. If sight distance is limited or volumes high, a stationary layout should also be considered.

Under high-volume conditions, consideration should be given to scheduling mobile operations work during off-peak hours and parking may be prohibited.

Mn

Rev

. 8

December, 20116G-5

GuidanceWhenconditionsaremorecomplex, typicalapplications

should be modified by giving particular attention to theprovisions set forth in Chapter 6B and by incorporatingappropriatedevicesandpracticesfromthefollowinglist:

A. Additionaldevices:1. Signs2. Arrowboards3. Morechannelizingdevicesatcloserspacing

(seeSection6F.74forinformationregardingdetectableedgingforpedestrians)

4. Temporaryraisedpavementmarkers5. High-levelwarningdevices6. Portablechangeablemessagesigns7. Temporarytrafficcontrolsignals(including

pedestriansignalsandaccessiblepedestriansignals)

8. Temporarytrafficbarriers9. Crashcushions10. Screens11. Rumble strips12. Moredelineation

B. Upgradingofdevices:1. Afullcomplementofstandardpavement

markings2. Brighterand/orwiderpavementmarkings3. Largerand/orbrightersigns4. Channelizingdeviceswithgreaterconspicuity5. Temporarytrafficbarriersinplaceof

channelizingdevicesC. ImprovedgeometricsatdetoursorcrossoversD. Increaseddistances:

1. Longeradvancewarningarea2. Longertapers

E. Lighting:1. Temporaryroadwaylighting2. Steady-burnlightsusedwithchannelizing

devices3. Flashinglightsforisolatedhazards4. Illuminatedsigns5. Floodlights

F. Pedestrian routes and temporary facilitiesG. Bicyclediversionsandtemporaryfacilities

OptionOther devices may be added to supplement the devices

indicated in the typical applications, and device spacing may be adjusted to provide additional reaction time. When conditions are less complex than those depicted in the typical applications, fewer devices may be needed.

6G.3 Location of WorkSupportChapter6DandSections6F.74and6G.5containadditional

informationregardingthestepstofollowwhenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.ThechoiceofTTCneededforaTTCzonedependsupon

wheretheworkislocated.Asageneralrule, theclosertheworkistoroadusers(includingbicyclistsandpedestrians),the greater the number of TTC devices that are needed.ProceduresaredescribedlaterinthisChapterforestablishingTTCzonesinthefollowinglocations:

A. Outsidetheshoulder,B. Ontheshoulderwithnoencroachment,C.Ontheshoulderwithminorencroachment,D. Withinthemedian,andE. Withinthetraveledway.

StandardThe exact location or locations of the work shall be known

prior to selecting the layout.When theworkspace iswithin the traveledway,except

for short-duration andmobile operations, advancewarningshall provide a general message that work is taking placeandshallsupplyinformationabouthighwayconditions.TTCdevicesshallindicatehowvehiculartrafficcanmovethroughtheTTCzone.

6G.4 Modifications to Fulfill Special NeedsSupportThetypicalapplicationsinChapter6K illustrate commonly

encounteredsituationsinwhichTTCdevicesareemployed.

OptionOther devicesmay be added to supplement the devices

provided in the typical applications, and device spacingmaybeadjusted toprovideadditional reaction time.Whenconditionsarelesscomplexthanthosedepictedinthetypicalapplications,fewerdevicesmaybeneeded.


6G.6 Work Outside of the ShoulderSupportWhenworkisbeingperformedofftheroadway(beyond

theshoulders,butwithintheright-of-way),littleornoTTCmightbeneeded.TTCgenerally isnotneededwhereworkisconfinedtoanarea15feetormorefromtheedgeofthetraveledway.However,TTCisappropriatewheredistractingsituations exist, such as vehicles parked on the shoulder,vehicles accessing the worksite via the highway, andequipmenttravelingonorcrossingtheroadwaytoperformtheworkoperations(forexample,mowing).Forworkbeyondtheshoulder,seeFigure6K-8.

GuidanceWherethesituationsdescribedinthe previous Support

exist,asinglewarningsign,suchasROADWORKAHEAD(W20-1), should be used. If the equipment travels on theroadway,theequipmentshouldbeequippedwithappropriateflags,high-intensity rotating,flashing,oscillating,or strobelights,and/oraSLOWMOVINGVEHICLE(W21-4)sign.

An advance warning sign should be used when any of the following conditions occur:

A. Work will be performed on the shoulder at certain stages of the activity.

B. Equipment may be moved along or across the highway.

C. Motorists may be distracted by the work activity.

OptionA typical sign for this situation may be ROAD WORK

AHEAD.If work vehicles are on the shoulder, a SHOULDER

WORK(W21-5)signmaybeused.Formowingoperations,thesignMOWINGAHEAD(W21-8)maybeused.

GuidanceWheretheactivityisspreadoutoveradistanceofmore

than2miles,theSHOULDERWORK(W21-5)signshould berepeatedevery1mile.

OptionA supplementary plaque with the message NEXT XX

MILES(W7-3aP)maybeused.

GuidanceA general warning sign like Workers Ahead sign

(W21-1a) should be used if workers and equipmentmustoccasionallymovecloser to the traveled way.

6G.5 Work Affecting Pedestrian and Bicycle Facilities

SupportItisnotuncommon,particularlyinurbanareas,thatroad

workandtheassociatedTTCwillaffectexistingpedestrianorbicyclefacilities.Itisessentialthattheneedsofallroadusers,includingpedestrianswithdisabilities,areconsideredinTTCzones.In addition to specific provisions identified in Sections

6G.6 through6G.14, thereareanumberofprovisions thatmightbeapplicableforallofthetypesofactivitiesidentifiedinthisChapter.

GuidanceWhere pedestrian or bicycle usage is high, the typical

applicationsshouldbemodifiedbygivingparticularattentiontotheprovisionssetforthinChapter6D,thisChapter,Section6F.74,andinotherSectionsofPart6relatedtoaccessibilityanddetectabilityprovisionsinTTCzones.Pedestrians should be separated from the worksite by

appropriate devices that maintain the accessibility anddetectabilityforpedestrianswithdisabilities.Bicyclists and pedestrians should not be exposed to

unprotected excavations, open utility access, overhangingequipment, dust, noise,orothersuchconditions.Except for short duration and mobile operations, when

a highway shoulder is occupied, a SHOULDER WORK(W21-5) sign should be placed in advance of the activityarea.Whenwork is performed on a paved shoulder 8 feetormoreinwidth,channelizingdevicesshouldbeplacedonataperhavingalengththatconformstotherequirementsofa shoulder taper.Signs shouldbeplaced such that theydonotnarrowanyexistingpedestrianpassagestolessthan48inches.Pedestrian detours should be avoided since pedestrians

rarelyobserve themand thecostofprovidingaccessibilityanddetectabilitymightoutweigh the cost ofmaintainingacontinuousroute.Wheneverpossible,workshouldbedoneinamannerthatdoesnotcreateaneedtodetourpedestriansfromexistingroutesorcrossings.

StandardWhere pedestrian routes are closed, alternate pedestrian

routesshallbeprovided.Whenexistingpedestrian facilitiesaredisrupted,closed,

orrelocatedinaTTCzone,thetemporaryfacilitiesshallbedetectableandshallincludeaccessibilityfeaturesconsistentwiththefeaturespresentintheexistingpedestrianfacility.

Mn

Rev

. 8

6G-7 September,2020

road systembecause roadusers expect tobe able touse itinemergencies.Roadusersshouldbegivenampleadvancewarning that shoulders are closed for use as refuge areasthroughoutaspecifiedlengthoftheapproachingTTCzone.The sign(s) should read SHOULDER CLOSED (W21-5a)with distances indicated. The work space on the shouldershouldbeclosedoffbyataperorchannelizingdeviceswithalengthof1/3LusingtheformulasinTables6C-3and6C-4.Whentheshoulderisnotoccupiedbutworkhasadversely

affecteditsconditionother warning signs and devices are appropriate. The LOW SHOULDER (W8-9), NO SHOULDER (W8-23), HIGH SHOULDER (W8-9M (old W21-X9)) or SOFT SHOULDER (W8-4) sign should beused. See Figures 6K-3, 4, and 5 in the Field Manual for longitudinal drop offs and Sections 6F-44.2 through 6F-44.4. In areas where the speed limit is greater than 30 mph and the condition extends over a distance in excess of one mile, the sign should be repeated at one mile intervals. In areas where the speed limit is 30 mph or less, the sign should be repeated at 1/4 mile increments.

OptionInaddition,asupplementaryplaquebearingthemessage

NEXTXXMILES(W7-3aP)maybeplaced below and on the traffic side of the first such warning sign. Temporary traffic barriers may be needed to inhibit encroachment oferrantvehiclesintotheworkspaceandtoprotectworkers.

GuidanceSigns advising of shoulder work or the condition of the

shoulder should be placed only on the side of the affected shoulder.

StandardWhenusedforshoulderwork,arrowboardsshalloperate

onlyinthecautionmode.

OptionIf work is directly adjacent to the travel lane, workers need

to be protected. In some instances, this may require the use of portable barriers.

6G.8 Work on the Shoulder with Minor Encroachment

SupportChapter 6D and Sections 6F.74 and 6G.05 contain

additional information regarding the steps to follow whenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 5

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 8

If the equipment travels on or crosses the roadway, it should be equipped with appropriate flags, flashing lights, and/or a SLOW MOVING VEHICLE symbol. If vehicles are using the shoulder, a ROAD WORK AHEAD (W20-1) or SHOULDER WORK (W21-5) sign is appropriate.

6G.7 Work on the Shoulder with No Encroachment

SupportTheprovisionsofthisSectionapplytoshort-termthrough

long-termstationaryoperations.

GuidanceParking lanes should be treated the same as shoulders. They should be posted for any restrictions at least 24 hours prior to commencing work.Standard

If the parking lane is normally open to vehicle travel during the time of day the closure will be in effect, the parking lane shall be considered a traveled lane.

When a highway shoulder is occupied, warning is needed to advise the driver and protect the workers. A single warning sign SHOULDER WORK or ROAD WORK AHEAD shall be used.Whenpavedshouldershavingawidthof8feetormore

areclosed,atleastoneadvancewarningsignshallbeused.Inaddition,channelizingdevicesshallbeused toclose theshoulder inadvancetodelineate thebeginningof theworkspace anddirectmotor vehicle traffic to remainwithin thetraveledway.

GuidanceWhenpavedshouldershavingawidthof8feetormore

areclosedonfreewaysandexpressways,roadusersshouldbewarnedaboutpotentialdisabledvehiclesthatcannotgetoffthetraveledway.Aninitialgeneralwarningsign,suchasROADWORKAHEAD(W20-1),shouldbeused,followedbyaRIGHTorLEFTSHOULDERCLOSED(W21-5a)sign.Wherethedownstreamendoftheshoulderclosureextendsbeyond thedistance thatcanbeperceivedby roadusers, asupplementaryplaquebearingthemessageNEXTXXFEET(W16-4P)orNEXTXXMILES(W7-3aP)shouldbeplacedbelowtheSHOULDERCLOSED(W21-5a)sign.Onmulti-lane,dividedhighways,signsadvisingofshoulderworkortheconditionof theshoulder shouldbeplacedonlyon thesideoftheaffectedshoulder.When an improved shoulder is closed on a high-speed

roadway,itshouldbetreatedasaclosureofaportionofthe


GuidanceA diversion (bypass) should be designed the same as a

crossover (see Section 6G.16).

OptionA diversion may carry either one direction or both

directions of traffic.

GuidanceWhen the detour is long, Detour (M4-8, M4-9) signs

shouldbeinstalledperiodicallyand at major intersections toremindandreassuredriversthattheyarestillonadetour.Whenaroadway is closed at some point beyond the

detour, traffic should be advised as to what location the road is open.Iflocalroadusersareallowedtousetheroadwayuptotheclosure,theROADCLOSEDXX MILES AHEAD,LOCALTRAFFICONLY(R11-3a)signshouldbeused.Theportionoftheroadopentolocalroadusersshouldhaveadequatesigning,marking,anddelineation.Detours should be signed so that trafficwill be able to

get through the entire detour area and back to the originalroadway.

When an entire roadway is closed, as illustrated in Layout 6J-19, a detour should be provided and road users should be warned in advance of the closure, which in this example is a closure 16 km (10 mi) from the intersection.

6G.10 Work Within the Traveled Way of a Two-Lane Highway


additional information regarding the steps to follow whenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.Techniques for one lane, two-way traffic control are

describedinSection6C-10.

StandardWhen one lane of a two lane road is closed, the remaining

lane shall accommodate both lanes of travel. A minimum lane width of 10 feet shall be maintained at all times (see Section 6G-3).

OptionOn intermediate volume residential streets, traffic may be

self regulating. Where conditions permit, parking may be prohibited and

traffic shifted into the parking lanes..

Mn

Rev

. 8

GuidanceWhen work takes up part of a lane, vehicular traffic

volumes, vehicle mix (buses, trucks, cars, and bicycles),speed, and capacity should be analyzed to determinewhethertheaffectedlaneshouldbeclosed.Unlessthelaneencroachmentpermitsaremaininglanewidthof10feet,thelaneshouldbeclosed.Truckoff-trackingshouldbeconsideredwhendetermining

whethertheminimumlanewidthof10feetisadequate.Traffic should not be directed onto a lane that is only

partially paved.

OptionAlanewidthof9feetmaybeusedforshort-termstationary

workon intermediate volume, low-speedroadwayswhenvehicular traffic does not include longer and wider heavycommercialvehicles.

6G.9 Work Within the MedianSupportChapter 6D and Sections 6F.74 and 6G.05 contain

additional information regarding the steps to follow whenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.

OptionIf the work is in a narrow median of a divided highway,

traffic control for both directions of travel may be necessary.

GuidanceIfworkinthemedianofadividedhighwayiswithin15

feet from the edge of the traveledway for either directionof travel,TTC should be used through the use of advancewarningsignsandchannelizingdevices.

If the work is long term, the use of portable barriers should be considered.

6G.9.1 Detours and DiversionsSupport

Detour signing is usually designed by the traffic engineer with authority over the closed roadway because it is considered a traffic routing problem. Detour signs are used to direct traffic onto another roadway. Atdiversions,roadusersaredirectedontoatemporaryroadwayoralignmentplacedwithinoradjacent to the right-of-way.Typicalapplicationsfordetouringordivertingroadusersontwo-lanehighwaysareshowninLayouts6J-16,6J-17,and6J-18.Layout 6J-15 illustrates the controls around an areawhereasectionofroadwayhasbeenclosedandadiversionhas been constructed. Channelizing devices and pavementmarkingsareusedtoindicatethetransitiontothetemporaryroadway.

6G-9 December, 2019

Where transit stops are affected or relocated because ofwork activity, both pedestrian and vehicular access to theaffectedorrelocatedtransitstopsshallbeprovided.

GuidanceIfadesignatedbicyclerouteisclosedbecauseofthework

being done, a signed alternate route should be provided.Bicyclists should not be directed onto the path used bypedestrians.Worksites within the intersection should be protected

against inadvertent pedestrian incursion by providingdetectablechannelizingdevices.

SupportUtility work takes place both within and outside the

roadway toconstructandmaintainservices suchaspower,gas, light, water, or telecommunications. Operations ofteninvolveintersections,sincethatiswheremanyofthenetworkjunctionsoccur.Theworkforceisusuallysmall,onlyafewvehicles are involved, and the number and types of TTCdevicesplacedintheTTCzoneisusuallyminimal.

StandardAllTTCdevicesshallberetroreflectiveorilluminatedif

utilityworkisperformedduringnighttimehours.

SupportTTC zones in urban areas present many problems.

Frequent intersections and driveways, parking, congestion, visual clutter and lack of space to install signs make the devices more difficult to install.

OptionEngineering judgment is required to modify the typical

layouts for specific situations. These modifications usually include variations in the spacing of devices to provide adequate sight distance for the driver. Modifications may also include the use of high level warning devices in urban areas, in place of or in addition to the work vehicle or Type III barricade.

GuidanceAsdiscussedundershort-durationprojects,however, the

reducednumberofdevices inutilityworkzonesshouldbeoffset by the use of high-visibility devices, such as high-intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating, or strobe lights onworkvehiclesorhigh-levelwarningdevices.

FlaggersmaybeusedasshowninLayout 6K-26.STOP/YIELDsigncontrolmaybeusedonroadswithlow

trafficvolumesasshowninLayout 6K-20.Atemporarytrafficcontrolsignalmaybeusedasshown

in Layout 6J-19.

6G.10.1 Work Within the Traveled Way of a Rural Highway

OptionFor short term temporary traffic control zones that cover a

relatively long segment of roadway (up to 3 miles) but do not meet the requirements for a mobile temporary traffic control zone, flagger signs may be installed at one mile increments.

StandardA supplementary plaque indicating NEXT X MILES shall

be used.

GuidanceCrossroads should be adequately signed for any

driver entering the temporary traffic control zone from the crossroad. For work in intersections, see Section 6G.13.

StandardThe driver expects to enter a turn lane at or near the

posted speed limit. Therefore it is necessary to provide adequate advance warning of work in the turn lane.

6G.11 Work Within the Traveled Way of an Urban Street

SupportChapter6DandSections6F.74and6G.5containadditional

informationregardingthestepstofollowwhenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.In urban TTC zones, decisions are needed on how to

controlvehiculartraffic,suchashowmanylanesarerequired,whetheranyturnsneedtobeprohibitedatintersections,andhowtomaintainaccesstobusiness,industrial,andresidentialareas.Pedestrian traffic needs separate attention. Chapter 6D

contains information regarding pedestrianmovements nearTTCzones.

StandardIf the TTC zone affects the movement of bicyclists,

adequateaccesstotheroadwayorshared-usepathsshallbeprovided(seePart9).

Mn

Rev

. 5

Mn

Rev

. 7

6G-106G-10December, 2019

GuidanceChannelizing devices should be placed along the

centerline and outside of the work space to give advance warning to the opposing traffic.Whenan interior lane isclosed,anadjacent laneshould

also be considered for closure to provide additional spaceforvehiclesandmaterialsandtofacilitatethemovementofequipmentwithintheworkspace.Whenmultiplelanesinonedirectionareclosed,acapacity

analysis shouldbemade todetermine thenumberof lanesneededtoaccommodatemotorvehicletrafficneeds.Vehiculartrafficshouldbemovedoveronelaneatatime.AsshowninLayout 6K-65,thetapersshouldbeseparatedbyadistanceof2L,withLbeingdeterminedbytheformulasinTable 6C-2.

OptionIf operating speeds are 40 mph or less and the space

approaching the work area does not permitmoving trafficover one lane at a time, a single continuous tapermay beused.

StandardWhen a directional roadway is closed, inapplicable

WRONGWAYsignsandmarkings,andotherexistingtrafficcontrol devices at intersections within the temporary two-lane,two-wayoperationssectionshallbecovered,removed,or obliterated.

OptionWhen half the road is closed on an undivided highway,

bothdirectionsofvehiculartrafficmaybeaccommodatedasshowninLayout 6K-44. Whenbothinteriorlanesare closed, temporary traffic controls may be used as indicated in Layout 6K-43. Whenaroadwaymustbeclosedonadividedhighway, a median crossover may be used (see Section6G.16).

An alternative is to close the two center lanes to give motorists and workers additional protection and to provide easier access to the work space. Overall safety needs, evaluated on the basis of existing traffic volumes and speeds in each direction, is the main factor for determining alternatives.

SupportTemporary traffic control forlaneclosuresonfive-lane

roadsissimilartoothermulti-laneundividedroads. Layouts 6K-37 and 6K-38 canbeadaptedforuseonfive-laneroads.Layout 6K-41 can be used on a five-lane road for shortduration and mobile operations.

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

6G.12 Work Within the Traveled Way of a Multi-Lane, Non-Access Controlled Highway


additional information regarding the steps to follow whenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.Workonmulti-lane(twoormorelanesofmovingmotor

vehicle traffic in one direction) highways is divided intoright-laneclosures,left-laneclosures,interior-laneclosures,multiple-laneclosures,andclosuresonfive-laneroadways.

StandardWhenalaneisclosedonamulti-laneroadforotherthana

mobileoperation,atransitionareacontainingamergingtapershallbeused.

GuidanceWhenjustifiedbyanengineeringstudy,temporarytraffic

barriers (see Section 6F.70) should be used to preventincursions of errant vehicles into hazardous areas orworkspace.Ifmorningandeveningpeakhourvehiculartrafficvolumes

inthetwodirectionsareunevenandthegreatervolumeisonthesidewheretheworkisbeingdoneintheright-handlane,considerationshouldbegiventoclosingtheinsidelaneforopposingvehicular trafficandmaking the laneavailable tothe sidewith heavier vehicular traffic, as shown in Figure6H-31.Ifthelargervehiculartrafficvolumechangestotheopposite

directionat adifferent timeof theday, theTTCshouldbechangedtoallowtwolanesforopposingvehiculartrafficbymovingthedevicesfromtheopposinglanetothecenterline.When it isnecessary tocreatea temporarycenter line thatisnotconsistentwiththepavementmarkings,channelizingdevicesshouldbeusedandcloselyspaced.

OptionIf the work activity can be contained entirely within the left

(or inside) lane, it may be appropriate to close only that lane on low speed streets or highways.Whenclosingaleft-handlaneonamulti-laneundivided

road,asvehiculartrafficflowpermits,thetwointeriorlanes maybeclosed,asshowninLayout 6K-43 toprovidedriversandworkersadditionallateralclearanceandtoprovideaccesstotheworkspace.

StandardWhenonlytheleft-handlaneisclosedonundividedroads,

channelizingdevicesshallbeplacedalongthecenterlineaswellasalongtheadjacentlane.

Mn

Rev

. 7

December, 20116G-11

When work will occur near non-signalized intersections where operational and capacity problems are anticipated, the highway agency having jurisdiction should be contacted.For work at an intersection, advance warning signs,

devices, andmarkings should be used on all cross streets,as appropriate. The typical applications depict urbanintersectionsonarterialstreets.Wherethepostedspeedlimit,theoff-peak85th-percentilespeedpriortotheworkstarting,ortheanticipatedspeedexceeds40mph,additionalwarningsignsshouldbeusedintheadvancewarningarea.PedestriancrossingsnearTTCsites shouldbe separated

from theworksitebyappropriatebarriers thatmaintain theaccessibilityanddetectabilityforpedestrianswithdisabilities.

A. Work Space on the Near Side of Intersections

SupportNear-sideworkspaces,aresimplyhandledasamidblock

lane closure. When a lane is closed on the approach side of an intersection, standard lane closure and taper techniques apply Aproblemthatmightoccurwithnear-sidelaneclosureisareductionincapacity,whichduringcertainhoursofoperationcouldresultincongestionandbackups.

OptionWhennear-sideworkspacesareused,anexclusive turn

lane may be converted for use as a through traffic lane.Where space is restricted in advance of near-side work

spaces,aswithshortblockspacings,twowarningsignsmaybeusedintheadvancewarningarea,andathirdaction-typewarningoraregulatorysign(suchasKeepLeftsign)maybeplacedwithinthetransitionarea.

B. Work Space on the Far Side of Intersections

SupportFar-sideworkspacesrequire additional treatment because

roaduserstypicallyentertheactivityareabystraight-throughandleft-orright-turningmovements.

GuidanceWhenalanethroughanintersectionmustbeclosedonthe

farside, itshouldalsobeclosedon thenear-sideapproachto preclude merging movements within the intersection.Merging movements within the intersection should be avoided. Whenever possible, a taper should be provided in the closed lane for turning vehicles.

GuidanceFor roadways having either center two-way left turn lanes

or exclusive left turn lanes, a transition area should be provided for vehicles entering or exiting the turn lanes.

6G.13 Work Within the Traveled Way at an Intersection


informationregardingthestepstofollowwhenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.The typical layouts for intersections are classified

according to the location of the work space with respectto the intersection area (as definedby the extensionof thecurbor edge lines).The three classifications are near side,far side, and in-the-intersection.Work spaces often extendintomorethanoneportionoftheintersection.Forexample,work inonequadrantoften creates anear-sidework spaceononestreetandafar-sideworkspaceon thecrossstreet.In such instances, an appropriateTTC plan is obtained bycombiningfeaturesshownintwoormoreoftheintersectionand pedestrian typical applications.TTC zones in the vicinity of intersections might block

movements and interfere with normal road user flows.Suchconflictsfrequentlyoccuratmorecomplexsignalizedintersections having such features as traffic signal headsoverparticularlanes,lanesallocatedtospecificmovements,multiplesignalphases,signaldetectorsforactuatedcontrol,andaccessiblepedestriansignalsanddetectors.

GuidanceThe effect of thework upon signal operation should be

considered,andtemporarycorrectiveactionsshouldbetaken,ifnecessary,suchasrevisingsignalphasingand/ortimingtoprovide adequate capacity, maintaining or adjusting signaldetectors, and relocating signal heads to provide adequatevisibilityasdescribedinPart4.

Prior to working in a signalized intersection, the traffic engineering staff having jurisdiction should be contacted for signal timing modifications.

StandardWhen work will occur near an intersection where

operational, capacity, or pedestrian accessibility problems areanticipated,thehighwayagencyhavingjurisdictionshallbe contacted.

GuidanceFor work at an intersection, advance warning signs,

devices, and markings should be used on all roadway approaches to the intersection as appropriate.

6G-126G-12December, 2019

Other conditions exist where work must be limited tonight hours, thereby necessitating increased use of warning lights, illumination of work spaces, and advance warning systems.ProblemsofTTCmightoccurunderthespecialconditions

encountered where vehicular traffic must be movedthrough or aroundTTC zones on high-speed, high-volumeroadways.Although the general principles outlined in thepreviousSectionsofthisManualareapplicabletoalltypesof highways, high-speed, access-controlled highways needspecial attention in order to accommodate vehicular trafficwhilealsoprotectingroadusersandworkers.The roaduservolumes, roadvehiclemix (buses, trucks,

cars, and bicycles, if permitted), and speed of vehicleson these facilities require that careful TTC proceduresbe implemented, for example, to induce critical mergingmaneuverswellinadvanceofworkspacesandinamannerthatcreatesminimumturbulenceanddelayinthevehiculartrafficstream.Thesesituationsoftenrequiremoreconspicuousdevices than specified for normal rural highway or urbanstreetuse.However,thesameimportantbasicconsiderationsofuniformityandStandardizationofgeneralprinciplesapplyforallroadways.Workunderhigh-speed,high-volumevehiculartrafficon

acontrolledaccesshighwayiscomplicatedbytheroadwaydesign and operational features.The presence of amedianthat establishes separate roadways fordirectionalvehiculartrafficflowmightprohibittheclosingofoneoftheroadwaysorthedivertingofvehiculartraffictotheotherroadway.Lackofaccesstoandfromadjacentroadwaysprohibitsreroutingofvehiculartrafficawayfromtheworkspaceinmanycases.Otherconditionsexistwhereworkmustbelimitedtonighthours,therebynecessitatingincreaseduseofwarninglights,illuminationofworkspaces,andadvancewarningsystems.TTC for a typical lane closure on a divided highway is

showninLayout 6K-56. Temporarytrafficcontrolsforshortduration andmobile operations on freeways are shown inLayout 6K-49. Atypicalapplication for shiftingvehiculartrafficlanesaroundaworkspaceisshowninLayout 6K-61. TTCformultipleandinteriorlaneclosuresonafreewayisshowninLayouts 6K-65 and 6K-59.

GuidanceThemethod for closing an interior lane when the open

laneshavethecapacitytocarryvehiculartrafficshouldbeasshowninLayout 6K-56.

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

OptionIfthereareasignificantnumberofvehiclesturningfroma

near-sidelanethatisclosedonthefarside,thenear-sidelanemaybeconvertedtoanexclusiveturnlane.

C. Work Space Within the IntersectionSupport

Layout 6K-47 providesguidanceonapplicableproceduresforworkperformedwithintheintersection.

OptionIftheworkiswithintheintersection,anyofthefollowing

strategiesmaybeused:1. Asmallworkspacesothatroaduserscanmovearoundit,asshowninFigure6H-26;

2. Flaggersoruniformedlawenforcementofficerstodirectroadusers,asshowninFigure6H-27;

3.Workinstagessotheworkspaceiskepttoaminimum;and

4.Roadclosuresorupstreamdiversionstoreduceroaduservolumes.

GuidanceDepending on road user conditions, a flagger(s) and/or

a uniformed law enforcement officer(s) should be used tocontrol road users.

6G.14 Work Within the Traveled Way of a Freeway or Expressway

SupportDue to the physical characteristics of these facilities,

unique problems are encountered. Work under high-speed, high-volume motor vehicle traffic on a controlled access highway is complicated by the roadway design and operational features.

The presence of median dividers that establish separate roadways for directional traffic may also prohibit the closure of that roadway or the diverting of traffic to other lanes. Lack of access to and from adjacent roadways prohibits rerouting of traffic away from the activity area in many cases.

A major consideration in the establishment of traffic control is the vehicular speed differential which exists and the limited time available for drivers to react safely to unusual conditions while still providing a work space that protects workers.

Mn

Rev

. 7

December, 20116G-13

StandardThe traffic control plan shall include provisions for

separation of opposing traffic whenever two-way traffic must be maintained on one roadway of a normally divided highway. When traffic must be maintained on one roadway of a normally divided highway, opposing traffic shall be separated either with portable barriers, or with channelizing devices throughout the length of the two-way operation.

OptionStriping, raised pavement markers, and signing, either

alone or in combination, are used to complement separation devices. Alone or in combination, they do not meet the requirements for traffic separation.

StandardWhen the directional roadway is closed, inapplicable

WRONG WAY signs and markings, and other existing traffic control devices within the temporary two-lane, two-way operations section, and at intersections shall be covered, removed, or obliterated.

SupportIn a TLTWO, diverting traffic to the opposing left lane

exposes the traffic to unprotected roadside hazards. These hazards may include unprotected bridge piers, bridge rail, and guard rail ends.

StandardPrior to diverting traffic, these roadside hazards shall

be delineated and/or protected per the AASHTO Roadside Design Guide.

The TLTWO shall be used only after careful consideration of other available methods of traffic control.

OptionIt may be necessary to laterally shift one or more lanes

of traffic.

StandardIf more than one lane is being shifted, even for a short

term operation, in-place markings shall be covered or removed and temporary markings shall be installed.

6G.15 Two-Lane, Two-Way Traffic on One Roadway of a Normally Divided Highway

SupportTwo-lane, two-way operation on one roadway of a

normallydividedhighwayisatypicalprocedurethatrequiresspecial consideration in the planning, design, and workphases,becauseuniqueoperationalproblems (forexample,increasingtheriskofhead-oncrashes)canarisewiththetwo-lane,two-wayoperation.

StandardWhentwo-lane,two-waytrafficcontrolmustbemaintained

on one roadway of a normally divided highway, opposingvehicular traffic shall be separated with either temporarytrafficbarriers(concretesafety-shapeorapprovedalternate),channelizingdevices,oratemporaryraisedislandthroughoutthelengthofthetwo-wayoperation.Theuseofmarkingsandcomplementarysigning,bythemselves,shallnotbeused.

SupportLayouts 6J-3, 6J-4, and 6J-5 showstheprocedurefor

two-lane, two-way operation. Treatments for entrance andexitrampswithinthetwo-wayroadwaysegmentofthistypeofworkareshowninLayouts 6J-7 and 6J-8.

GuidanceThe following items should be considered during the

decision-making process:A. Suitable detoursB. Characteristics of the trafficC. Intersection closures and/or the perpetuation

of turn lanesD. Maintaining traffic on the shoulderE. Construction of temporary lanes in the medianF. Construction of emergency pullouts in the

two-lane, two-way sectionG. Closing only one directional laneH. Hazards to temporary traffic control zone

personnelI. Shortest contract timeJ. Most efficient construction practice and least

costK. Width or height restrictionsL. Condition of the pavement and the shoulders

in the proposed TLTWO section.


outlined with channelizing devices. Advance warning sign spacing is dependent upon the length of the ramp and the exact location of signs is determined in the field. Spacing of the signs should be as long as practicable. A minimum lane width of 10 feet on exit ramps should be maintained.

6G.18 Work in the Vicinity of a Grade Crossing

StandardWhengradecrossingsexisteitherwithinorinthevicinity

ofaTTCzone,lanerestrictions,flagging,orotheroperationsshall not create conditions where vehicles can be queuedacrossthetracks.Ifthequeuingofvehiclesacrossthetrackscannotbeavoided,auniformed lawenforcementofficerorflaggershallbeprovidedatthecrossingtopreventvehiclesfrom stopping on the tracks, even if automatic warningdevicesareinplace.

SupportLayout 6J-14 showsworkinthevicinityofahighway-

rail gradecrossing.

GuidanceEarlycoordinationwiththerailroadcompanyorlightrail

transitagencyshouldoccurbeforeworkstarts.

6G.19 Temporary Traffic Control During Nighttime Hours


informationregardingthestepstofollowwhenpedestrianorbicyclefacilitiesareaffectedbytheworksite.Conducting highway construction and maintenance

activitiesduringnighthourscouldprovideanadvantagewhentraditionaldaytimetrafficcontrolstrategiescannotachieveanacceptablebalancebetweenworkerandpublicsafety,trafficandcommunityimpact,andconstructability.Thetwobasicadvantagesofworkingatnightarereducedtrafficcongestionandlessinvolvementwithbusinessactivities.However,thetwo basic conditions that must normally be met for nightworktoofferanyadvantagearereducedtrafficvolumesandeasysetupandremovalof the trafficcontrolpatternsonanightlybasis.Shiftingworkactivitiestonighthours,whentrafficvolumes

arelowerandnormalbusinessislessactive,mightofferanadvantageinsomecases,aslongasthenecessaryworkcanbecompletedandtheworksiterestoredtoessentiallynormaloperatingconditionstocarrythehighertrafficvolumeduringnon-constructionhours.

6G.16 CrossoversGuidanceThefollowingareconsideredgoodguidingprinciplesfor

thedesignofcrossovers:A. Tapersforlanedropsshouldbeseparatedfromthe

crossovers.B. Crossoversshouldbedesignedforspeedsnot

less than10miles per hourbelowthepostedspeed prior to work starting. If unusual site conditions require that a lower design speed be used, the signing should reflect an advisory speed determined by engineering judgment or study.

C.Agoodarrayofchannelizingdevices,delineators,andfull-length,properlyplacedpavementmarkingsshouldbeusedtoprovidedriverswithaclearlydefinedtravelpath.

D. Thedesignofthecrossovershouldaccommodateall roadway traffic,includingtrucksandbuses.

E. A clear area should be provided adjacent to the crossover.

F. The possibility of water ponding in the crossover should be considered.

SupportTemporary trafficbarriers and theexcessiveuseofTTC

devicescannotcompensateforpoorgeometricandroadwaycross-sectiondesignofcrossovers.

6G.17 InterchangesGuidanceAccesstointerchangerampsonlimited-accesshighways

shouldbemaintainedeven if theworkspace is in the laneadjacenttotheramps.Accesstoexitrampsshouldbeclearlymarked and delineated with channelizing devices. Forlong-term projects, conflicting pavement markings shouldbe removed and newones placed.Early coordinationwithofficials having jurisdiction over the affected cross streetsandprovidingemergencyservicesshouldoccurbeforerampclosings.

OptionIf access is notpossible, rampsmaybe closedbyusing

signsandType3Barricades.Astheworkspacechanges,theaccessareamaybechanged,asshowninLayout 6K-62. A TTC zone in the exit ramp may be handled as shown inLayout 6K-69. When awork space interfereswith an entrance ramp, a

lanemay need to be closed on thehighway. Work in theentrance rampmay require shifting ramp vehicular traffic.TTC for both operations is shown in Layouts 6K-67 and 6K-68.

GuidanceEgress to exit ramps should be clearly marked and

Mn

Rev

. 8

Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 7

December, 20116G-15

SupportDesired illumination levels vary depending upon the

natureofthetaskinvolved.Anaveragehorizontalluminanceof5footcandlescanbeadequateforgeneralactivities.Anaverage horizontal luminance of 10 foot candles can beadequate for activities around equipment. Tasks requiringhigh levels of precision and extreme care can require anaveragehorizontalluminanceof20footcandles.

6G.20 Installation, Maintenance and Inspection of Temporary Traffic Control

GuidancePrior to installing any traffic control device, it should be

inspected for condition, reflectorization and standard shape, size, color and message. If the device is not standard or in good condition, it should be replaced immediately. See Section 6K (the Field Manual) for Quality Standards.

Existing signs that do not apply or conflict with temporary traffic control should be removed or covered. If the sign is removed it should be carefully stored for re-installation when the temporary traffic control zone is removed.

SupportWhen covering a sign, care should be taken not to

damage the sign face. When placing another hard material over the sign face, plastic spacers need to be inserted to avoid scratching the sign face. Translucent materials and materials that may become damaged by the weather are not acceptable coverings.

Temporary traffic control zone signs that are installed prior to the start of work also need to be covered, rotated or folded to avoid giving the driver an erroneous message.

StandardWhen work is not in progress and the hazard no longer

exists, devices shall be covered or removed. Traffic control devices shall be installed in the order that

drivers will see them, starting with the sign or device that is furthest from the work space.

OptionIf traffic in both directions will be affected, such as work in

the center lanes, the devices can be placed in both directions at the same time.

Although working at night might offer advantages, italso includes safety issues. Reduced visibility inherent innight work impacts the performance of both drivers andworkers.Because trafficvolumesare lowerandcongestionisminimized,speedsareoftenhigheratnightnecessitatinggreatervisibilityatatimewhenvisibilityisreduced.Finally,the incidence of impaired (alcohol or drugs), fatigued, ordrowsydriversmightbehigheratnight.Working at night also involves other factors, including

construction productivity and quality, social impacts,economics,andenvironmentalissues.Adecisiontoperformconstruction or maintenance activities at night normallyinvolvessomeconsiderationoftheadvantagestobegainedcompared to the safety and other issues that might beimpacted.

GuidanceConsidering the safety issues inherent to night work,

consideration shouldbegiven to enhancing trafficcontrols(see Section 6G.4) to provide added visibility and driverguidance,andincreasedprotectionforworkers.In addition to the enhancements listed in Section 6G.4,

considerationshouldbegiventoprovidingadditionallightsandretroreflectivemarkingstoworkers,workvehicles,andequipment.

OptionWherereduced trafficvolumesatnightmake it feasible,

the entire roadway may be closed by detouring traffic toalternate facilities, thus removing the traffic risk from theactivityarea.

GuidanceBecause typical street and highway lighting is rarely

adequate to provide sufficient levels of illumination for work tasks, temporary lighting should be provided where workers are active to supply sufficient illumination to reasonably safely perform the work tasks.

Temporary lighting for night work should be designed such that glare does not interfere with driver visibility, or create visibility problems for truck drivers, equipment operators, flaggers, or other workers.Consideration should be given to stationing uniformed

law enforcement officers and lighted patrol cars at nightworklocationswherethereisaconcernthathighspeedsorimpaireddriversmightresult inunduerisksforworkersorotherdrivers.

StandardExcept in emergencies, temporary lighting shall be

providedatallflaggerstations.

6G-16December, 2011 6G-16

GuidanceThe zone should be reviewed during day and night to

determine the problem and take appropriate corrective action.

SupportThe frequency of inspection and maintenance will vary

depending on the project size, duration, volume of traffic and complexity of the zone. Good communication and clear lines of responsibility will assist in resolving problems promptly.

GuidanceWhen one direction of traffic will be directed into the

opposing lanes of traffic, all traffic controls for the opposing traffic should be installed first.

The devices should be removed as soon as the work is completed and they are no longer needed. Devices should be removed in the opposite order from which they were installed. Devices closest to the work space should be removed first.

SupportAfter the temporary traffic control zone is inplace, it is

helpful to inspect the zone by driving through the zone. Driver’s actions and reactions should be noted and if any problems are encountered, they should be quickly corrected.

GuidanceAny major modifications to the Traffic Control Plan or

standard layouts and the reasons for the modifications should be documented.

SupportDuring the life of a temporary traffic control zone,

maintenance is needed. On short term operations, vehicles may knock over cones which then need to be placed upright. For intermediate term and long term operations, accidents, weather, dirt and vandalism may affect the traffic control devices.

GuidanceA regular plan for inspection and maintenance should be

implemented to ensure that all devices remain functional and in good repair throughout the life of the temporary traffic control zone. If problems are encountered, they should be corrected immediately and documented.

Any hazard (i.e. pothole, washout, damaged guardrail) should be repaired as soon as possible. However, when the hazard cannot be immediately repaired, or is not directly in the traveled way, it should be marked. Hazards should be marked with a reflectorized drum(s) or Type I or Type II barricade(s) with a Type A, low intensity flashing warning light attached.

SupportOther problems may be noted during routine inspections

which may indicate a problem with the driver’s perception of the zone. Skid marks, broken glass and devices continually knocked over may indicate a lack of advance warning or other problem with the temporary traffic control.

6H-1 September,2020

6H-2 Advisory SpeedsSupport

The purpose of advisory speeds is to identify safe speeds for specific hazards. Warning signs with advisory speed plaques warn drivers of a particular hazard or a potentially hazardous condition and indicate the safe speed at which to navigate the hazard. Examples of situations where an advisory speed plaque may be used are horizontal curve locations (such as bypasses or lane shifts), low and no shoulder locations, and where there is reduced visibility due to work activities, environmental factors, or geometrics.

OptionAdvisory speed plaques may be posted any time a hazard

is present; an authorization from the Commissioner of Transportation is not necessary.

GuidanceTraffic engineering personnel should be consulted as to

the reasonable speed to be posted.

SupportIn some applications such as sharp curves, there are

recommended maximum speeds established for a certain degree of curve. In situations other than horizontal curves, the proper advisory speed is determined by experience and engineering judgment.

StandardWhen used, the Advisory Speed Plaque (W13-IP) (see

Section 6F.52) shall be installed below and on the traffic side of the appropriate advance warning sign(s) or below the Worker Ahead sign (W21-1) (see Section 6F.33).

Inplace speed limits shall be reviewed to ensure that the advisory speed is not greater than the regulatory speed.

GuidanceOnce installed, the advisory speed should be validated

by driving through the work zone area necessitating the advisory speed.

Care should be taken when posting an advisory speed plaque so that it is not placed near a regulatory speed sign such that the motorist may confuse the two speeds.

Mn

Rev

. 8

6H-1 GeneralSupport

There are three different methods of signing available for speed control in temporary traffic control zones: advisory speeds, 24/7 Construction Speed Limits, and Workers Present Speed Limits.

Under certain conditions, a Workers Present Speed Limit is required by Minnesota Statutes 169.14, Subdivision 5d. Minnesota Statutes 169.14, Subdivision 6a sets a fine of $300 for a violation of a regulatory speed limit in a Temporary Traffic Control Zone.

It must be noted that signing alone will not reduce the speed through a temporary traffic control zone. The driver must clearly perceive the need to reduce speed before a reduction in speed can be achieved. The worker should not feel a false sense of security with temporary traffic control zone speed limits inplace. The speed limit in temporary traffic control zones must be used correctly and judiciously to obtain the maximum effectiveness, to earn drivers respect, and to gain compliance.

OptionAdvisory speeds, 24/7 Construction Speed Limits, and

Workers Present Speed Limits may be used in construction or maintenance temporary traffic control zones.

SupportThe posted speed must be reasonable to the driver. In

order to achieve maximum benefit, the speed zone must be correctly signed, installed, documented, maintained, and removed in a timely manner.

Research has demonstrated that large reductions in the regulatory speed limit, such as a 30 mph reduction, increase speed variance and the potential for crashes. Smaller reductions in the speed limit of up to 10 mph cause smaller changes in speed variance and lessen the potential for increased crashes. A reduction in the regulatory speed limit of only up to 10 mph from the normal speed limit has been shown to be more effective.

Just as with any type of temporary traffic control zone signing, leaving speed limit signs inplace when they are clearly not needed causes driver disrespect and encourages non-compliance.

StandardThe temporary traffic control speed limit shall be carefully

documented. This documentation shall include the location of the road, the reference point of the temporary traffic control zone, the date and time installed, direction of travel, the speed installed, and the date and time removed.

Mn

Rev

. 8

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6H. Speed Limits in Temporary Traffic Control Zones

Mn

Rev

. 4

Chapter 6H. Speed Limits in Temporary Traffic Control Zones

6H-2February,2015

Use the appropriate layout for advance signing and spacing.

In long work zones, this sign assembly should be repeated at 1 mile intervals.

The flashing arrow panel shall be used when the posted speed limit is 45 mph or greater.

An OPTIONAL Dynamic Speed Display may be used. See Layout 2 for spacing details and sign specifications.

Minimum Sign Sizes ForAdvisory Speed Limit Signing

48" x 48”

24" x 24”

45 - 75 mph0 - 40 mph

36" x 36”

18" x 18"

WORKER AHEAD(W21-1)

ADVISORYSPEED PLAQUE

(W13-1P)

SignPosted Speed Limit

Prior to Work Starting

LAYOUT 6H-1

feet0 - 3035 - 4045 - 50

5560 - 6570 - 75

25032560075010001200

AdvanceWarning

SignSpacing

- A -

PostedSpeed Limit

Prior toWork

Startingmph

NOTES:

WORKERLOCATION

- Retroreflective channelizing device.

XX

XX

ADVISORY SPEED LIMIT MULTI-LANE ROAD

Layout 6H-1 Advisory Speed Limit Multi-Lane Road

6H-3 February,2015

WORKERLOCATION

A/2

XX

XX


NOTES:

Use the appropriate layout for advance signing and spacing.

The flashing arrow panel shall be used when the posted speedlimit is 45 mph or greater.

The work crew (or poor road condition) should be visible to the driver from the point of viewing the Advisory SpeedPlaque and DSD sign display. It may be located on either side of the open traffic lane as space allows for the equipment.

Preliminary studies show “A” is the optimum distance forspeed reduction, therefore, it’s advised to maintain that distanceas much as practical. As workers move within the work zone,the DSD location should be re-positioned such that it remainswithin 300 feet (min) and 600 feet (max) of the worker location.The distances may be adjusted following further studies of the DSD sign usage in work zones.

The Warning Sign with Speed Advisory Plaque should be placed a minimum distance “A” ahead of the workers and approximately “A/2” ahead of the DSD device location.

The distances “A” and “L” are found in the Field Manual(MN MUTCD Part 6K) Distance Charts.

Display size of the DSD sign is dependenton the size of the speed plaque used.

18" X 18" 10" character24" X 24" 10"30" X 30" 14" character36" X 36" 14"

Plaque size DSD display MIN.

MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONSon DSD SIGN EQUIPMENT

The static sign (YOUR SPEED) should be black letters on a fluorescent orange background when used with a work zone advisory speed plaque. The font should be a minimum of 4” high when used with a 10” display character, and 6” when used with a 14” or greater character display sign.

LAYOUT 6H-2

DYNAMIC SPEED DISPLAY SIGN

Layout 6H-2 Dynamic Speed Display Sign

6H-46H-4February,2015

OptionA black and white $300 FINE plaque (R2-6bP) (see

Section 6F.12) may be installed below the 24/7 Construction Speed Limit assembly.

A changeable message sign that displays to approaching drivers the speed at which they are traveling (or dynamic speed display sign) may be installed in conjunction with the 24/7 Construction Speed Limit.

GuidanceA Reduced Speed Limit Ahead sign (W3-5 or W3-5a)

(see Section 6F.50) should be used to inform road users of a reduced 24/7 Construction Speed Limit where the speed limit is being reduced more than 10 mph or where engineering judgment indicates the need for advance notice to comply with the posted speed limit ahead.

An END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12) (see Section 6F.12) should be placed at the end of the work zone to indicate the end of the higher fine area.

OptionA SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-1) of the inplace speed zone

may be placed downstream of the END WORK ZONE LIMIT sign (R2-12) to notify the driver of the inplace speed zone.

An END ROAD WORK sign (G20-2a) (see Section 6F.57) may be used to indicate the end of the higher fine area in lieu of the END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12).

SupportLayout 6H-3 provides an example of the use of the 24/7

Construction Speed Limit on a divided multi-lane road.

SupportLayout 6H-1 provides an example of the use of advisory

speeds on a divided multi-lane road.

OptionA changeable message sign that displays to approaching

drivers the speed at which they are traveling (or dynamic speed display sign) may be installed in conjunction with the advisory speed.

SupportLayout 6H-2 provides an example of the use of a dynamic

speed sign in conjunction with an advisory speed limit on a divided multi-lane road.

6H-3 24/7 Construction Speed Limits Support

24/7 Construction Speed Limits are regulatory speed limits that indicate a full-time regulatory speed through a temporary traffic control zone or a detour. They are established for long term, stationary, temporary traffic control zones and remain inplace on a twenty-four hour basis. These speed limits are used where the physical features of the roadway or temporary traffic control zone require lower vehicle speeds. Examples include a bypass/diversion with sub-standard geometrics or a twolane, two-way operation on what is normally a four-lane divided highway. 24/7 Construction Speed Limits are primarily used to provide safety for the motorist.

StandardAn order from the Commissioner of Transportation shall

be obtained to establish a 24/7 Construction Speed Limit on all roads. A traffic engineering investigation shall be performed based on the anticipated conditions identified in the construction plan and the transportation management plan in order to establish a safe and reasonable speed limit.

The date of installation and removal of the signs shall be documented on the speed limit authorization form for enforcement purposes.

GuidanceThe temporary traffic control zone should be monitored

throughout the duration of the project to ensure that the appropriate speed limit is inplace.

StandardA 24/7 Construction Speed Limit assembly shall consist

of a black and white SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-1) (see Section 2B.13) with a black and orange WORK ZONE plaque (G20- 5aP) (see Section 6F.12) installed above the SPEED LIMIT sign. This assembly shall be installed at the beginning of the temporary traffic control zone.

6H-5 February,2015

NOTES:

Use the appropriate layout for temporary traffic control.

All inplace Speed Limit signs shall be removed or covered.

A Commissioners Authorization is required.

The Reduced Speed Ahead sign should be used when the 24/7 Construction Speed Limit is more than 10 mph below the inplace speed limit.

70


See Spacing Table*

$300FINE

XX

WORKZONE

**

$300FINE

XX

WORKZONE

ENDROAD WORK

**

≤ 2530 - 3540 - 45

≥ 50

1/41/23/41

mile

Typical Spacing For24/7 Construction Speed Limit Signs

mph

*

Sign Spacing24/7

ConstructionSpeed Limit

- Optional**

ENDWORK

SPEEDLIMIT

ZONE

Minimum Sign Sizes

Sign Posted Speed Limit Prior to

Work Starting

≤40 mph >40 mph END WORK ZONE

SPEED LIMIT (R2-12) 24” X 36” 36” X 54”

WORK ZONE (G20-5aP) 24” X 18” 36” X 24”

SPEED LIMIT (R2-1) 24” X 30” 36” X 48”

$300 FINE (R2-6bP) 24” X 18” 36” X 24”

REDUCED SPEED AHEAD (W3-5) 36” X 36” 48” X 48”

LAYOUT 6H-3

24/7 CONSTRUCTION SPEED LIMIT

Layout 6H-3 24/7 Construction Speed Limit

6H-66H-6February,2015

SupportTypical applications where a Workers Present Speed

Limit may be used include a concrete joint repair project, a bituminous paving project, and other type of activities where workers are adjacent to traffic.

StandardA Workers Present Speed Limit assembly shall consist of a black and white SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-1) (see Section 2B.13) with a black and orange WORK ZONE plaque (G20- 5aP) (see Section 6F.12) installed above the SPEED LIMIT sign.

OptionA black and white $300 FINE plaque (R2-6bP) (see

Section 6F.12) may be installed below the Workers Present Speed Limit assembly.

GuidanceA Workers Present Speed Limit assembly should be

placed prior to that portion of the work zone where the workers are actually working.

A Reduced Speed Limit Ahead sign (W3-5 or W3-5a) (see Section 6F.50) should be used to inform road users of a Workers Present Speed Limit where the speed limit is being reduced more than 10 mph or where engineering judgment indicates the need for advance notice to comply with the posted speed limit ahead.

$ 300F I N E

R2-6bP

G20-5aP

SPEEDL I M I T R2-1

6H-4 Workers Present Speed Limits Support

A Workers Present Speed Limit is a regulatory speed limit in a temporary traffic control zone to improve worker safety. Minnesota Statutes 169.14, Subdivision 5d provides for the authority of a local road agency to set a work zone speed limit, without an engineering and traffic investigation, when workers are present in active work zones. This statute also requires a reduced work zone speed limit under certain conditions (see the following Standard). To better identify this type of speed limit, the MN MUTCD will refer to this type of speed limit as a Workers Present Speed Limit.

StandardWorkers Present Speed Limits shall only be used when

workers are present and working directly adjacent to the traveled lanes. Workers Present Speed Limit signs shall be covered, folded, or removed when the workers are not present or are not working directly adjacent to traffic.

A Workers Present Speed Limit of 45 mph shall be used on a road with an established speed limit of at least 50 mph when at least one lane or portion of a lane of traffic is closed in either direction and workers are present directly adjacent to the traveled lanes.

OptionExceptions to the required Workers Present Speed Limit

of 45 mph as listed in the Standard above include: • On the roadway of a divided highway with a

median that does not include a temporary traffic control zone;

• where positive barriers are placed between workers and the traveled portion of the highway;

• where temporary traffic control zone devices are deployed for less than 24 hours;

• where a 24/7 Construction Speed Limit is inplace; or

• where a different Workers Present Speed Limit is established by the road authority.

The local road authority may authorize a Workers Present Speed Limit within the limitations established in Minnesota Statutes 169.14, Subdivision 5d paragraph (c), as summarized below.

StandardOther than the required Workers Present Speed Limit of

45 mph as listed in the Standard above, a Workers Present Speed Limit shall not reduce the speed limit on the affected roadway by more than (1) 20 mph on a roadway having an established speed limit of 55 mph or greater, and (2) 15 mph on a roadway having an established speed limit of 50 mph or less.

6H-7 February,2015

OptionA SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-1) of the inplace speed zone

may be placed downstream of the END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12) to notify the driver of the inplace speed zone.

An END ROAD WORK sign (G20-2a) (see Section 6F.57) may be used to indicate the end of the higher fine area in lieu of the END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12) if workers are present near the end of the work zone.

SupportLayout 6H-4 provides an example of the use of Workers

Present Speed Limit signs on a divided multi-lane road. Layout 6H-4a provides an example of the use of Electronic

Workers Present Speed Limit signs on a divided multi-lane road.

Layout 6H-4b provides an example of the use of Workers Present Speed Limit signs on a two-lane, two-way road with flaggers.

OptionA changeable message sign that displays to approaching

drivers the speed at which they are traveling (or dynamic speed display sign) may be installed in conjunction with the Workers Present Speed Limit.

StandardAs the work activity proceeds downstream through the

work area, the Workers Present Speed Limit assembly shall be no greater than 1 mile in advance of the active work area where workers are present. When the workers reach this distance, the assembly shall be relocated closer to the active work area.

GuidanceIn locations with a Workers Present Speed Limit of less

than 40 mph, the Workers Present Speed Limit assembly should be no greater than 1/2 mile in advance of the active work area where workers are present.

StandardAll inplace speed limit signing shall be removed, folded, or

covered while the Workers Present Speed Limit is inplace.

OptionWhere the Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies are

installed and removed each day, the inplace speed limit signs may be covered for the duration of the project if the inplace speed limit is the statutory speed limit.

StandardFor other speed limits, the first sign of the inplace speed

zone and the inplace speed limit signs at major intersections shall be covered and uncovered daily.

An END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12) (see Section 6F.12) shall be placed at the end of the work zone to indicate the end of the higher fine area.

6H-8September,2020

NOTES:

ENDWORK

SPEEDLIMIT

ZONE

WORKERLOCATION

70

- Retroreflective channelizing device- Optional**

$300FINE

XX

WORKZONE

**

$300FINE

XX

WORKZONE

**


All inplace Speed Limit signs shall be removed or covered when the Workers Present Speed Limit is implemented.

Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies shall be removed when workers are not present directly adjacent to traveled lanes and inplace speed limit signs uncovered.

Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies may be placed in the buffer or work space as long as the assemblies are not blocked by vehicles or devices.

As workers proceed through the work area, the assembly shall be no greater than 1 mile in advance of the work crew. For Workers Present Speed Limits of less than 40 mph, the assembly should be no greater than 1/2 mile in advance of the work crew.

The Reduced Speed Ahead sign should be used when the Workers Present Speed Limit is more than 10 mph below the inplace speed limit.

When workers are present adjacent to traveled lanes throughout the work area, confirming Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies may be placed according to the Spacing Table below:

Typical Spacing for WorkersPresent Speed Limits

Workers PresentSpeed Limit

(mph)

AssemblySpacing

(mile)

< 40

≥ 40

1/2

1

Sign

Minimum Sign Sizes


≤ 40 mph > 40 mphEND WORK ZONE

SPEED LIMIT (R2-12) 24” X 36”

24” X 18”

24” X 18”

36” X 36”

24” X 30”

36” X 54”

36” X 24”

36” X 48”

36” X 24”

48” X 48”

WORK ZONE(G20-5aP)

SPEED LIMIT(R2-1)

$300 FINE(R2-6bP)

REDUCED SPEEDAHEAD (W3-5)

LAYOUT 6H-4

WORKERS PRESENT SPEED LIMIT

Mn

Rev

. 8

Layout 6H-4 Workers Present Speed Limit

6H-9 February,2015

70


$300FINE

WORKZONE

**

$300FINE

WORKZONE

**

- Optional**

ENDWORK

SPEEDLIMIT

ZONE

R E D U C E DS P E E DAHEAD

R E D U C E DS P E E DAHEAD

Minimum Sign Sizes

Sign Posted Speed Limit Prior to

Work Starting

≤40 mph >40 mph END WORK ZONE

SPEED LIMIT (R2-12) 24” X 36” 36” X 54”

WORK ZONE (G20-5aP) 24” X 18” 36” X 24”

SPEED LIMIT (R2-1) 24” X 30” 36” X 48”

$300 FINE (R2-6bP) 24” X 18” 36” X 24”

REDUCED SPEED AHEAD (Electronic

Display or Flip Board) 24” X 30” 36” X 48”

LAYOUT 6H-4a

ELECTRONIC WORKERS PRESENT SPEED LIMIT

NOTES:


All inplace Speed Limit signs shall be removed or covered.

Electronic Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies shall be placed through the length of the activity area no greater than 1 mile apart. In locations with a Workers Present Speed Limit of less than 40 mph, the Electronic Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies should be no greater than 1/2 mile apart.Each Electronic Workers Present Speed Limit assembly shall display the Workers Present Speed Limit when workers are present directly adjacent to traveled lanes in the segment beyond the assembly. When workers are not present, the inplace Speed Limit shall be displayed.

An Electronic Reduced Speed Ahead sign (may be electronicdisplay or flip board) should be used when the Workers Present Speed Limit is more than 10 mph below the inplace speed limit.

Electronic Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies may be placed in the buffer or work space as long as the assemblies are not blocked by vehicles or devices.

Layout 6H-4a Electronic Workers Present Speed Limit

6H-10February,2015

NOTES:

This layout shows an application of Workers Present Speed Limits on a Two-Lane Two-Way Road with Flaggers as an example. Use the appropriate layout for temporary traffic control for other applications on Two-Lane Two-Way Roads.

All inplace Speed Limit signs shall be removed or covered when the Workers Present Speed Limit is implemented.

Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies shall be removed when workers are not present directly adjacent to traveled lanes and inplace speed limit signs uncovered.

Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies may be placed in the buffer or work space as long as the assemblies are not blocked by vehicles or devices.

As workers proceed through the work area, the assembly shall be no greater than 1 mile in advance of the work crew. For Workers Present Speed Limits of less than 40 mph, the assembly should be no greater than 1/2 mile in advance of the work crew.

The Reduced Speed Ahead sign should be used when the Workers Present Speed Limit is more than 10 mph below the inplace speed limit.

When workers are present adjacent to traveled lanes throughout the work area, confirming Workers Present Speed Limit assemblies may be placed according to the Spacing Table below:

2G

ENDWORK

SPEEDLIMIT

ZONE

$300FINE

XX

WORKZONE

**

70

A up to 1 MileMaximum

A up to 1 MileMaximum

50 feet

ENDWORK

SPEEDLIMIT

ZONE

Sign

Minimum Sign Sizes

END WORK ZONESPEED LIMIT (R2-12) 24” X 36”

24” X 18”

24” X 18”

36” X 36”

24” X 30”

WORK ZONE(G20-5aP)

SPEED LIMIT(R2-1)

$300 FINE(R2-6bP)

REDUCED SPEEDAHEAD (W3-5)

Size

Typical Spacing for WorkersPresent Speed Limits

Workers PresentSpeed Limit

(mph)

AssemblySpacing

(mile)

< 40

≥ 40

1/2

1

LAYOUT 6H-4b

WORKERS PRESENT SPEED LIMITTWO-LANE TWO-WAY ROAD

WITH TWO FLAGGERS

- Retroreflective channelizing device.- Optional**

Layout 6H-4b Workers Present Speed Limit Two-Lane, Two-Way Road with Flaggers

6H-11 February,2015

6H-5 Speed Limit Fines in Work ZonesSupport

Since statute sets a fine of $300 for a violation of a regulatory speed limit in a work zone, the local road authority may determine that the traveling public be made aware of the increased fines.

OptionA black and orange WORK ZONE plaque (G20-5aP) (see

Section 6F.12) may be installed above a SPEED LIMIT sign to reinforce the presence of the work zone. This assembly may be supplemented by the installation of a black and white $300 FINE plaque (R2-6bP) (see Section 6F.12) below the SPEED LIMIT sign to indicate the increased fine within the work zone.

GuidanceIf an assembly is created per the aforementioned Option,

an END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12) (see Section 6F.12) should be placed at the end of the work zone to indicate the end of the higher fine area.

OptionAn END ROAD WORK sign (G20-2a) (see Section 6F.57)

may be used to indicate the end of the higher fine area in lieu of the END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign (R2-12).

6H-6 Guidelines for Speed Limits in Work Zones

SupportGuidelines, layouts, and procedures for implementing work

zone speed limits in highway work zones may also be found in the publication, “Speed Limits in Work Zones Guidelines” published by MnDOT’s Office of Traffic Engineering.

December, 20116I-1

On-scene responder organizations should train theirpersonnelinTTCpracticesforaccomplishingtheirtasksinandnear traffic and in the requirements for traffic incidentmanagementcontainedinthisManual.On-scenerespondersshould takemeasures tomove the incidentoff the traveledroadwayortoprovideforappropriatewarning.Allon-scenerespondersandnewsmediapersonnelshouldconstantlybeawareof theirvisibility tooncomingtrafficandwearhigh-visibilityapparel.Emergency vehicles should be safe-positioned (see

definition in Section 1A.13) such that traffic flow throughtheincidentsceneisoptimized.Allemergencyvehiclesthatsubsequently arrive should be positioned in amanner thatdoesnotinterferewiththeestablishedtemporarytrafficflow.Respondersarrivingatatrafficincidentshouldestimatethe

magnitudeofthetrafficincident,theexpectedtimedurationofthetrafficincident,andtheexpectedvehiclequeuelength,and then should set up the appropriate temporary trafficcontrolsfortheseestimates.

OptionWarning and guide signs used for TTC traffic incident

managementsituationsmayhaveablacklegendandborderonafluorescentpinkbackground.

E M E R G E N CYS C E N EA H EA D

W14-X15

B EP REPAREDTO STOP

W3-4

DETOURAH EAD

W20-2

ROADCLOS EDAH EAD

W20-3 W20-7

6I.1 GeneralSupportThe National Incident Management System (NIMS)

requires theuseof theIncidentCommandSystem(ICS)attrafficincidentmanagementscenes.A traffic incident is anemergency roaduseroccurrence,

a natural disaster, or other unplanned event that affects orimpedesthenormalflowoftraffic.Atrafficincidentmanagementareaisanareaofahighway

wheretemporarytrafficcontrolsareinstalled,asauthorizedbyapublicauthorityortheofficialhavingjurisdictionoftheroadway,inresponsetoaroaduserincident,naturaldisaster,hazardousmaterialspill,orotherunplannedincident.ItisatypeofTTCzoneandextendsfromthefirstwarningdevice(suchasasign,light,orcone)tothelastTTCdeviceortoapointwherevehiclesreturntotheoriginallanealignmentandareclearoftheincident.Traffic incidents can be divided into three general

classesofduration,eachofwhichhasuniquetrafficcontrolcharacteristicsandneeds.Theseclassesare:

A. Major-expecteddurationofmorethan2hours,B. Intermediate-expecteddurationof30minutesto

2hours,andC.Minor-expecteddurationunder30minutes.

The primary functions of TTC at a traffic incidentmanagementareaaretoinformroadusersoftheincidentandtoprovideGuidanceinformationonthepathtofollowthroughtheincidentarea.Alertingroadusersandestablishingawelldefinedpathtoguideroadusersthroughtheincidentareawillserve toprotect the incident respondersand those involvedin working at the incident scene and will aid in movingroadusersexpeditiouslypastoraround the traffic incident,will reduce the likelihoodof secondary trafficcrashes, andwillprecludeunnecessaryuseofthesurroundinglocalroadsystem.Examplesincludeastalledvehicleblockingalane,atrafficcrashblockingthetraveledway,ahazardousmaterialspillalongahighway,andnaturaldisasterssuchasfloodsandseverestormdamage.

GuidanceIn order to reduce response time for traffic incidents,

highway agencies, appropriate public safety agencies (lawenforcement, fire and rescue, emergency communications,emergency medical, and other emergency management),and private sector responders (towing and recovery andhazardous materials contractors) should mutually plan foroccurrencesoftrafficincidentsalongthemajorandheavilytraveledhighwayandstreetsystem.

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6I. Control of Traffic Through Traffic Incident Management Areas

Chapter 6I. Control of Traffic Through Traffic Incident Management Areas

6I-2December, 2011 6I-2

trafficcontroldeviceswhenthedetouristerminated.Largetrucksareasignificantconcerninsuchadetour,especiallywhendetouringthemfromacontrolled-accessroadwayontolocal or arterial streets.Duringtrafficincidents,largetrucksmightneedtofollow

arouteseparatefromthatofautomobilesbecauseofbridge,weight, clearance, or geometric restrictions.Also, vehiclescarryinghazardousmaterialmightneedtofollowadifferentroutefromothervehicles.Some traffic incidents such as hazardousmaterial spills

might require closure of an entire highway. Through roadusers must have adequate Guidance around the trafficincident.Maintaininggoodpublicrelationsisdesirable.Thecooperationof thenewsmedia inpublicizing theexistenceof, and reasons for, traffic incidentmanagement areas andtheirTTCcanbeofgreat assistance inkeeping roadusersandthegeneralpublicwellinformed.Theestablishment,maintenance, andprompt removalof

lanediversionscanbeeffectivelymanagedbyinter-agencyplanningthatincludesrepresentativesofhighwayandpublicsafetyagencies.

GuidanceAll trafficcontroldevicesneededtosetuptheTTCata

trafficincidentshouldbeavailablesothattheycanbereadilydeployed for all major traffic incidents. The TTC shouldinclude the proper trafficdiversions, tapered lane closures,and upstream warning devices to alert traffic approachingthequeueandtoencourageearlydiversiontoanappropriatealternativeroute.Attentionshouldbepaidtotheupstreamendofthetraffic

queuesuchthatwarningisgiventoroadusersapproachingthebackofthequeue.Ifmanualtrafficcontrolisneeded,itshouldbeprovided

byqualifiedflaggersoruniformedlawenforcementofficers.

OptionIfflaggersareusedtoprovidetrafficcontrolforanincident

management situation, the flaggers may use appropriatetrafficcontroldevicesthatarereadilyavailableorthatcanbebroughttothetrafficincidentsceneonshortnotice.

GuidanceWhenlightsticksorflaresareusedtoestablishtheinitial

trafficcontrol at incident scenes, channelizingdevices (seeSection 6F.63) should be installed as soon thereafter aspractical.

M E R G E

W20-X3

RAM P

AH EADCLOS ED

W20-X16

R I G H TLAN ECLOS ED

W21-X5

SupportWhile some traffic incidents might be anticipated and

planned for, emergencies and disasters might pose moresevere and unpredictable problems. The ability to quicklyinstall proper temporary traffic controls might greatlyreducetheeffectsofanincident,suchassecondarycrashesorexcessive trafficdelays.Anessentialpartoffire, rescue,spill clean-up, highway agency, and enforcement activitiesisthepropercontrolofroadusersthroughthetrafficincidentmanagement area in order to protect responders, victims,andotherpersonnelatthesite.Theseoperationsmightneedcorroborating legislative authority for the implementationandenforcementofappropriateroaduserregulations,parkingcontrols,andspeedzoning.It isdesirableforthesestatutesto provide sufficient flexibility in the authority for, andimplementationof,TTCtorespondtotheneedsofchangingconditionsfoundintrafficincidentmanagementareas.

OptionFor traffic incidents, particularly those of an emergency

nature, TTC devices on hand may be used for the initialresponseaslongastheydonotthemselvescreateunnecessaryadditionalhazards.

6I.2 Major Traffic IncidentsSupportMajor traffic incidents are typically traffic incidents

involvinghazardousmaterials,fataltrafficcrashesinvolvingnumerousvehicles,andothernaturalorman-madedisasters.Thesetrafficincidentstypicallyinvolveclosingallorpartofaroadwayfacilityforaperiodexceeding2hours.

GuidanceIf the traffic incident is anticipated to lastmore than24

hours, applicableprocedures anddevices set forth in otherChaptersofPart6shouldbeused.

SupportA road closure can be caused by a traffic incident such

as a road user crash that blocks the traveled way. Roadusers are usually diverted through lane shifts or detouredaroundthetrafficincidentandbacktotheoriginalroadway.A combination of traffic engineering and enforcementpreparationsisneededtodeterminethedetourroute,andtoinstall,maintainoroperate,andthentoremovethenecessary

December, 20116I-3

OptionThelightsticksorflaresmayremaininplaceiftheyare

beingusedtosupplementthechannelizingdevices.

GuidanceThelightsticks,flares,andchannelizingdevicesshouldbe

removedaftertheincidentisterminated.

6I.4 Minor Traffic IncidentsSupportMinor traffic incidents are typically disabled vehicles

andminorcrashesthatresultinlaneclosuresoflessthan30minutes.On-scenerespondersaretypicallylawenforcementand towing companies, and occasionally highway agencyservicepatrolvehicles.Diversionoftrafficintootherlanesisoftennotneededor

isneededonlybriefly.Itisnotgenerallypossibleorpracticaltosetupalaneclosurewithtrafficcontroldevicesforaminortraffic incident. Traffic control is the responsibility of on-scene responders.

GuidanceWhen a minor traffic incident blocks a travel lane, it

shouldberemovedfromthatlanetotheshoulderasquicklyas possible.

6I.5 Use of Emergency-Vehicle Lighting SupportThe use of emergency-vehicle lighting (such as high-

intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating, or strobe lights) isessential,especiallyintheinitialstagesofatrafficincident,forthesafetyofemergencyrespondersandpersonsinvolvedin the traffic incident, as well as road users approachingthe traffic incident. Emergency-vehicle lighting, however,provides warning only and provides no effective trafficcontrol.Theuseoftoomanylightsatanincidentscenecanbedistractingandcancreateconfusionforapproachingroadusers,especiallyatnight.Roadusersapproachingthetrafficincident from the opposite direction on a divided facilityareoftendistractedbyemergency-vehiclelightingandslowtheirvehiclestolookatthetrafficincidentposingahazardtothemselvesandotherstravelingintheirdirection.Theuseofemergency-vehiclelightingcanbereducedif

goodtrafficcontrolhasbeenestablishedatatrafficincidentscene.Thisisespeciallytrueformajortrafficincidentsthatmight involve a number of emergency vehicles. If goodtrafficcontrolisestablishedthroughplacementofadvancedwarningsignsandtrafficcontroldevicestodivertordetourtraffic,thenpublicsafetyagenciescanperformtheirtasksonscenewithminimalemergency-vehiclelighting.

OptionThelightsticksorflaresmayremaininplaceiftheyare

beingusedtosupplementthechannelizingdevices.

GuidanceThelightsticks,flares,andchannelizingdevicesshouldbe

removedaftertheincidentisterminated.

6I.3 Intermediate Traffic IncidentsSupportIntermediate traffic incidents typicallyaffect travel lanes

for a time period of 30 minutes to 2 hours, and usuallyrequiretrafficcontrolonthescenetodivertroaduserspastthe blockage. Full roadway closures might be needed forshortperiodsduringtrafficincidentclearancetoallowtrafficincidentresponderstoaccomplishtheirtasks.Theestablishment,maintenance, andprompt removalof

lanediversionscanbeeffectivelymanagedbyinter-agencyplanningthatincludesrepresentativesofhighwayandpublicsafetyagencies.

GuidanceAll trafficcontroldevicesneededtosetuptheTTCata

trafficincidentshouldbeavailablesothattheycanbereadilydeployedforintermediatetrafficincidents.TheTTCshouldinclude the proper trafficdiversions, tapered lane closures,and upstream warning devices to alert traffic approachingthequeueandtoencourageearlydiversiontoanappropriatealternativeroute.Attentionshouldbepaidtotheupstreamendofthetraffic

queuesuchthatwarningisgiventoroadusersapproachingthebackofthequeue.Ifmanualtrafficcontrolisneeded,itshouldbeprovided

byqualifiedflaggersoruniformedlawenforcementofficers.

OptionIfflaggersareusedtoprovidetrafficcontrolforanincident

management situation, the flaggers may use appropriatetrafficcontroldevicesthatarereadilyavailableorthatcanbebroughttothetrafficincidentsceneonshortnotice.

GuidanceWhenlightsticksorflaresareusedtoestablishtheinitial

trafficcontrol at incident scenes, channelizingdevices (seeSection 6F.63) should be installed as soon thereafter aspractical.

6I-4December, 2011 6I-4

GuidancePublicsafetyagenciesshouldexaminetheirpoliciesonthe

useof emergency-vehicle lighting, especiallyafter a trafficincidentsceneissecured,withtheintentofreducingtheuseof this lightingasmuchaspossiblewhilenot endangeringthose at the scene. Special consideration should be givento reducing or extinguishing forward facing emergency-vehicle lighting,especiallyondivided roadways, to reducedistractionstooncomingroadusers.Because theglare fromfloodlights or vehicleheadlights

can impair thenighttimevisionof approaching roadusers,anyfloodlightsorvehicleheadlightsthatarenotneededforillumination,or toprovidenotice toother roadusersofanincident response vehicle being in an unexpected location,shouldbeturnedoffatnight.

December, 20116J-i

6J-1 GeneralSupport

This section illustrates typical layouts which provideadditional guidance for individualswith trafficengineeringexpertise.

GuidanceThese layouts should be used during the development

of detailed traffic control plans.They should only be usedunderthedirectionofatrafficengineeringprofessional.Theyshouldbecombinedwiththeprinciplesandfigurescontainedelsewhereinthismanual.

OptionSome of these layouts may be used on short term

constructionormaintenanceprojects.

SupportThe concepts shown in the following layouts are only

intendedtobeguidelines.

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLChapter 6J. Long Term Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts

Chapter 6J. Long Term Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts

6J-iiSeptember,2020

CHANGEABLEMESSAGE

SIGN (PCMS)

RIGHTLANE

CLOSED

AFAD

ROADWO R KAH EAD

Flagger or Operator of Automated Flagging Assistance Device

Automated Flagging Assistance Device (AFAD)

Flashing Arrow Board (FAB)

Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS)

Portable Equipment - Includes testing devices, detection, surveying, etc.

Portable Traffic Signal

360-Degree Yellow Flashing Vehicle Light(s)

Work Vehicle

Work Vehicle with Crash Attenuator (Truck or Trailer Mounted)

Motor Grader

Mower

Type III Barricade

Traffic Control Sign

Type A Flashing Warning Light

Channelizing Device

Direction of Traffic

See Note (i.e. See Note 6)

Work Space

⑥

Figure 6J-1 Symbols Used in Typical Layouts

Mn

Rev

. 8

6J-iii January,2014

feet

DecisionSight

Distance

(D)

550

700

900

1200

1400

1600

AdvanceWarning

SignSpacing

(A)feet

250

325

600

750

1000

1200

TaperLength

( )12 ft lane

(L)feet

200

325

600

700

800

900

Posted SpeedLimit Prior

to WorkStarting(mph)

G = 25 ft

G = 50 ft

0 - 30

35 - 40

45 - 50

55

60 - 65

70 - 75

ShiftingTaper

(L/2)feet

100

175

300

350

400

450

TypicalShoulder

Taper

(L/3)feet

75

125

200

250

275

300

Posted SpeedLimit Prior

to WorkStarting(mph)

G = 25 ft

G = 50 ft

0 - 30

35 - 40

45 - 50

55

60 - 65

70 - 75

feet

BufferSpace

(B)

200

305

425

500

650

820

Shadow VehicleFollowing Distance

(F)feet

250 - 550

325 - 700

600 - 900

750 - 1200

1000 - 1400

1200 - 1600

Protection VehicleRoll-Ahead Buffer Distance

(with or without TMA)(R)

feet feet

100 100

100 100

175 125

175 125

225 175

225 175

Moving(15 mph max)

Stopped

Temporary Traffic Control Distance Charts

See the MN MUTCD, Part 6F for more details on application restrictions.

TUBULAR MARKERS CONES WEIGHTED

CHANNELIZER

36 inchMinimum

18 inchMinimum

18 inchMinimum

28 - 36 inchMinimum

42 inchMinimum

TYPE A CHANNELIZERS:

daytimelow speed

only

daytimelow speed

only

4 inch Diameter Minimum

Type A channelizing devices are typically used in attendedtemporary traffic control zones.*

TYPE B CHANNELIZERS: 270 square inch minimum of retroreflective sheeting surface

Type B channelizing devices shall be used if the temporary trafficcontrol zone will be installed for more than 12 hours or if it is leftunattended. *

*

TYPE I

BARRICADE

TYPE II BARRICADEVERTICAL PANEL DIRECTION INDICATOR

BARRICADE

DRUM

36 inchesminimum

36 inchesminimum

24inches

36inches

Figure 6J-2 Temporary Traffic Control Devices and Distance Charts

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

6J-1 December, 2011

LONG TERM LAYOUT 6J-1

TYPICAL STRIPING AND STRIPE REMOVAL FOR LANE CLOSURE

MULTI-LANE DIVIDED ROAD

Rem

ov

eo

rC

ov

erC

on

flic

tin

g

Pav

emen

tM

ark

ing

s

Tem

po

rary

Wet

Op

tio

nal

Tem

po

rary

Wet

Ref

lect

ive

Pav

emen

tM

ark

ing

s

Ref

lect

ive

Pav

emen

tM

ark

ing

s

LA

/4B

NOTES:

1. See page iii for Temporary Traffic ControlDistance Charts.

2. Traffic control devices are not shown.Use appropriate lane closure.

3. Install 6” wet reflective edgelines through thetransition and alignment change areasincluding lane closure tapers, sharp curves,exits, shifts onto temporary roadways, etc.

Layout 6J-1 Typical Striping and Stripe Removal for Lane Closure, Multi-Lane Divided Road

6J-2January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3


PLACEMENT AND SPACING OFTEMPORARY RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS (TRPMs)

TRPM TRPM TRPM

TRPM TRPM TRPM

Pavement Marking Line

Pavement Marking Line

TRAFFIC LANE

SUPPLEMENTING A SOLID LINE

N/5 N/5

TRPM TRPM TRPM

TRPM TRPM TRPM

TRAFFIC LANE

SIMULATING A SOLID LINE

N/5 N/5

N = the length of one line segment plus one gap

TRAFFIC LANE

TRAFFIC LANE

SIMULATING A BROKEN LINE

N

TRPM TRPM TRPMTRPM TRPM TRPM

TRAFFIC LANE

TRAFFIC LANE

SUPPLEMENTING A BROKEN LINE

N

1 foot 1 foot10 feet

10 feet 10 feet

5 feet

10 feet

TRPM TRPMPavement Marking Line TRPM TRPMPavement Marking Line

Layout 6J-2 Placement and Spacing of Temporary Raised Pavement Markers (TRPMs)

6J-3 December, 2011


TYPICAL SECTION FORTWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATIONS


1/2

mile

50 feet

50 feet

OPTIONAL

OPTIONAL

2G

Surface MountedDelineators

4 inch double yellow line and/or double line of yellow temporary

raised pavement markers. Cover or remove inplace

conflicting pavement markings.

NOTES:1. See page iii for Temporary Traffic

Control Distance Charts.

@ 1 mile spacing

4 inch White edgeline

1/2

mile

1/2

mile

Layout 6J-3 Typical Section for Two-Lane, Two-Way Operations,

6J-4September,2020


TYPICAL CROSSOVER TOTWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATIONS


XX

use the appropriatedevices and spacingfor a lane closure

NOTES:1.

Traffic controls are shown for only oneapproach.

3. Supplemental delineation (such aschevrons, down arrows, etc.) may berequired in the bypass.

4. Design of the bypass shall be as directedby the engineer or as shown in the plans.

5. Optional distance plaques and “BYPASSAHEAD” signs may be included in theadvance signing sequence.

6. Install 6" wet reflective edge lines thru thetransition and 250 feet past the tangentareas.

See page iii for Temporary Traffic ControlDistance Charts.

2.

Rem

ov

eo

rC

ov

erC

on

flic

tin

gM

ark

ing

sIn

stal

lT

emp

ora

ryM

ark

ing

s(s

eeF

igu

re6

J-1

)

25

0fe

et

25

0fe

et

2G

Sp

acin

g

Rem

ov

eo

rC

ov

erC

on

flic

tin

gM

ark

ing

sIn

stal

lT

emp

ora

ryM

ark

ing

s(s

eeF

igu

re6

J-1

)

A

G/2

OPTIONAL

Mn

Rev

. 8

Layout 6J-4 Typical Crossover to Two-Lane, Two-Way Operations, Multi-lane Divided Road

6J-5 January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3


TYPICAL CROSSOVER FROM ATWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATION


1.Traffic controls are shown for only one approach.

3. Supplemental delineation (such as chevrons, down arrows,etc.) may be required in the bypass.

4. Install 6” wet reflective edge lines thru the transition and250 feet past the tangent areas.

See page iii for Temporary Traffic Control Distance Charts.2.

End transition areawet reflective edgelines

A

2G

Rem

ov

eo

rC

ov

erC

on

flic

tin

gM

ark

ing

san

dIn

stal

lT

emp

ora

ryM

ark

ing

s(s

eeL

ayo

ut

6J-

1)

Use appropriateleft lane closure

50

-1

00

feet

var

iab

le

G/2

XX

OPTIONALwith no speed

reduction Layout 6J-5 Typical Crossover from a Two-Lane, Two-Way Operation, Multi-Lane Divided Road

6J-6December, 2011


TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATIONSAT RAMPS ON OPEN ROADWAY

EXIT

InplaceCover or Remove

2G

Sp

acin

g2

GS

pac

ing

ENTRANCE RAMP EXIT RAMP

2G

Sp

acin

g2

GS

pac

ing

G/2

Sp

acin

gS

urf

ace

Mo

un

ted

Del

inea

tors

G/2

Sp

acin

gS

urf

ace

Mo

un

ted

Del

inea

tors

Inplace

Inplace

Cover or Install

Cover or Install

E X I T

EX I T

CLOS ED

L i n c o l n Ave12/ M I L EEX I T

NOTES:1. See page iii for Temporary Traffic

Control Distance Charts.2. Install at least 7 days prior to the

start of work.

E X I T C L O S E D

RAM PCLOS EDB EG I N N I N GXXXX XX

2

Layout 6J-6 Two-Lane, Two-Way Operations at Ramps on an Open Roadway

6J-7 January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3


TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATIONAT EXIT RAMP ACROSS CLOSED ROADWAY

EXITEXIT2

GS

pac

ing

G/2

Sp

acin

gS

urf

ace

Mo

un

ted

Del

inea

tors

2G

Sp

acin

g

NOTES:1.

The design of the deceleration lane and exitramp shall be as directed by the engineer oras shown in the plans.

3. Supplemental delineation (such as chevrons,down arrows, etc.) may be required for theramp.


2.M . P . H .

X X

EX I T

Layout 6J-7 Two-Lane, Two-Way Operation at an Exit Ramp Across a Closed Roadway

6J-8January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3


TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATIONAT ENTRANCE RAMP ACROSS CLOSED ROADWAY

NOTES:1.

The design of the acceleration lane and entrance ramp shall be as directedby the engineer or as shown in the plans.

3. Supplemental delineation (such as chevrons, down arrows, etc.) may be required for the ramp.4. The advance warning sign spacing is dependent on the ramp length and the location of inplace

signing. The spacing should be as long as is practical.5. Remove conflicting pavement markings and install temporary markings (see Figure 6J-1).6. When an adequate acceleration lane is provided, this sign should be omitted.


ROAD

WO R K

AH EAD

Y I E LD

G

2Gspacing

G/2spacing

2G spacing

6

6

Layout 6J-8 Two-Lane, Two-Way Operation at an Entrance Ramp Across a Closed Roadway

6J-9 December, 2011


MAINLINE RIGHT LANE CLOSEDEXIT RAMP OPEN

NOTES:1.

The design of the deceleration lane and the exit ramp shallbe as directed by the engineer or as shown in the plans.

3. The advance warning sign spacing is dependent on theramp length and the location of inplace signing.The spacing should be as long as is practical.


Use appropriate devices andspacing for lane closure.

A/4

Remove or coverconflicting markings

200 - 400 feet

G

2G

2G

Temporarywhite edgeline

Temporaryyellow edgeline

EXITG

Layout 6J-9 Mainline Right Lane Closed with an Exit Ramp Open

6J-10September,2020

Mn

Rev

. 3


MAINLINE RIGHT LANE CLOSEDENTRANCE RAMP OPEN

NOTES: 1.

The design of the acceleration lane and the entrance ramp shall be as directed by the engineer or as shown in the plans. 3. The advance warning sign spacing is dependent on the ramp length and the location of inplace signing. The spacing should be as long as is practical. 4

See page iii for Temporary Traffic Control Distance Charts. 2.

. Adjust the ramp entrance to fit the conditions to allow a ramp acceleration lane if possible. YIELD and Yield Ahead signs may be omitted when geometry and traffic conditions allow for normal merging behavior.

Use the appropriate devices andspacing for a lane closure.

Remove or coverconflicting markings200 feet Minimum

Temporarywhite edgeline

G

2G

2Ginplace

④

④

③

④

③

③

③

Temporaryyellow edgeline

Mn

Rev

. 8

Layout 6J-10 Mainline Right Lane Closed with an Entrance Ramp Open

6J-11 January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3


TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY OPERATIONTHROUGH TYPICAL INTERSECTION

F

F

24

inch

Sto

pL

ine

Optional doubleyellow marking

Pavement MarkingArrows

25

0fe

etM

in.

Rem

ove

or

Rel

oca

teth

eex

isti

ng

ST

OP

sign

OPTIONAL

NOTES:1. See page iii for Temporary Traffic Control

Distance Charts.2. Leave room for a proper radius at

intersections.3. Remove conflicting signing such as

“ONE WAY”, “DO NOT ENTER”, etc.4. Remove or cover conflicting striping such

as stop bars, crosswalks, etc.

OR

OR

Layout 6J-11 Two-Lane, Two-Way Operation through a Typical Intersection

6J-12December, 2011


LANE CLOSURE WITH STOP SIGNSTWO-LANE, TWO-WAY ROAD

48 x 48 inch

48x48inch

Rem

ove

or

Cover

Confl

icti

ng

Pav

emen

tM

arkin

gs

Inst

all

Tem

pora

ryP

avem

ent

Mar

kin

gs

500

feet

Min

.

500

feet

Min

.

24 inchStop Line

2G

200

feet

max

.50

feet

50

feet

NOTES:1.

2. Approach signs and marking is the same in bothdirections.

3. If the distance from an inplace “NO PASSING ZONE”is less than the following, the zones shall be connectedwith a solid yellow line:

35 mph or less - 500 feet40 - 50 mph - 600 feet55 mph or greater - 800 feet

4.

See page iii for Temporary Traffic Control DistanceCharts.

The left side 48 x 48 inch STOP signs may be replacedwith 30 x 30 inch STOP signs.

5. If adequate sight distance is not available to recognizea stopped vehicle or traffic volume restricts vehiclesfrom taking turns through the open lane, use Layout 6J-13.

6. The ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD sign may be omittedwhen the posted speed limit is 40 mph or less.

7. The two-way taper should be 50 feet in length usingfive equally spaced channelizing devices.

8. Install wet reflective edgeline through tapers and thework area.

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

5

8

7

7

6

3

4

3

F

F

F

F

Layout 6J-12 Lane Closure with Stop Signs on a Two-Lane, Two-Way Road

6J-13 December, 2011


LANE CLOSURE WITH SIGNALSTWO-LANE, TWO-WAY ROAD

50

-120

feet

2G

Rem

ove

or

Cover

Confl

icti

ng

Pav

emen

tM

arkin

gs

Inst

all

Tem

pora

ryP

avem

ent

Mar

kin

gs

500

feet

Min

.

24 inchStop Line

N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

NOTES:1. See page iii for Temporary Traffic Control Distance Charts.2. Approach signing and marking is the same in both directions.3. Signal timing shall be established by qualified personnel.4.

5. If the distance from an inplace “NO PASSING ZONE” isless than the following, the zones shall be connected with asolid yellow line:


6. The two-way taper should be 50 feet in length using fiveequally spaced channelizing devices.

7

Two signal heads shall be installed per approach. The firstshall be installed on the right shoulder. The second signalhead may be installed on either the left shoulder or mountedover head on the same structure as the first signal head.

. Install wet reflective edgeline through tapers and thework area.

40

-1

20

feet

50

feet

4

5

6

6

500

feet

Min

.

7

3

Layout 6J-13 Lane Closure with Signals on a Two-Lane, Two-Way Road

6J-14January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3


MULTIPLE LANE SHIFTMULTI-LANE DIVIDED ROAD

ROADWORKAHEAD

ROADWORKAHEAD

End temporary wetreflective 4-inchwhite solid line

Temporary wet reflectivewhite edge line

Temporary wet reflectiveyellow edge line

Rem

ove

or

cover

confl

icti

ng

pav

emen

t

mar

kin

gs

and

inst

all

tem

pora

ry

pav

emen

tm

arkin

gs

Tan

gen

t

NOTES:1.

2. The minimum lane width shall be 10 feet.3. The curve advisory speed will be determined

by the Road Authority at the time of installation.4. The bypass sign should be used when the tangent

length is 600 feet or less.5. Omit if the bypass sign is used.6. Install continuous solid wet reflective lane lines

through the bypass if the tangent is 600 feetor less.


Begin temporary wetreflective 4-inchwhite solid line

OR

OR

A/4

L/2

3

6 6

33

3 3

4

4

3

5

5

Layout 6J-14 Multiple Lane Shift on a Multi-Lane Divided Road

6J-15 January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

SHORT TERM


ROAD CLOSURE AT INTERCHANGE

NOTES:

1.2. The closed road volume should be below 800-1000 vehicles per hour.3. Supplemental delineation such as chevrons, down arrows, etc. may

be required in the bypass.

See page iii for Temporary Traffic Control Distance Charts.

Law enforcementofficer is to directtraffic as needed.

Variable:prior to lane closure

3

use the appropriatedevices and spacingfor a lane closure

Layout 6J-15 Road Closure at Interchange

6J-16January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3


ROAD CLOSURE WITH DIVERSION (BYPASS)TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY ROAD

ROADWORKAHEAD

BYPASSAHEAD

Poin

tof

Curv

ature

(PC

)

500

feet

Min

.

Poin

tof

Curv

ature

(PC

)

Rem

ove

or

cover

confl

icti

ng

mar

kin

gs

and

Inst

all

tem

pora

rym

arkin

gs

NOTES:1.

Typical traffic control is shown for one approach only.3. Supplemental delineation (such as chevrons, down arrows, etc.)

may be required on the bypass.4. The exact location of No Passing Zones is to be determined

by the Road Authority. If the distance from an inplace NoPassing Zone is less than the following, the zones shall beconnected with a solid yellow line:



N O

PASS I N G

ZONE

3

3

Layout 6J-16 Road Closure with Diversion (Bypass) on a Two-Lane, Two-Way Road

6J-17 January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 2

Mn

Rev

. 2

Mn

Rev

. 3


ROAD CLOSURE WITH DETOUR

NOTES:

1.Detour signing is shown for one direction only. The otherdirection shall be similar.

3. See Long Term Layout 6J-20 for devices and spacing.4. Use this sign when it is 2 miles or greater to the road closure.


EN D

D ETO U R

E N D

D ETO U R

Optio

nal

Locatio

n

N O RTH

D ET O U R

NORTH

DETOUR

N O RTH

D ET O U R

NORTH

DETOUR

N O RTH

D ET O U R

NORTH

DETOUR

N O RTH

D ET O U R

NORTH

DETOUR

NORTH

DETOUR

NORTH

DETOUR

N O RTH

D ET O U R

N O RTH

NORTH

DETOUR

NORTH

DETOUR

A

A

A

NORTH

DETOUR

D ETOUR

3

4ROAD CLOS ED

1 0 M I L E S AH EAD

LOCAL TRAFF I C O N LY

orROAD CLOS ED

TH R U TRAFF I C

TO

Layout 6J-17 Road Closure with Detour

6J-18January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3


DETOUR FOR CLOSED STREET

NOTES:

1.

3. See Long Term Layout 6J-20 for devices and spacing.


2. A M4-9 Detour Sign with an advance turn arrowmay be used in advance of a turn. On multi-lanestreets, such signs should be used.

ROADCLOSED

THRUTRAFFIC

TO

3

2

Layout 6J-18 Detour for Closed Street


Mn

Rev

. 7

Mn

Rev

. 3


DETOUR FOR ONE TRAVEL DIRECTION

NOTES:1.

Additional “DO NOT ENTER” signs may be desirable atintersections with intervening streets.

3. For sidewalk and crosswalk closures, see Layouts 6K-88 and 6K-89.

4. Additional side street signs may be required.


A

A

ROADCLOSED

THRUTRAFFI C

TO

NORTH

Layout 6J-19 Detour for One Travel Direction

6J-20January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3


TYPICAL SIGNING FOR ROAD CLOSURE

NOTES:1.

All devices are shown for one direction. Devices for the other direction should be similar.3


. The Road Authority will determine if a detour is required and specify the detour route.4. Advance warning signs should be used seven days in advance of the closure.5. Install at the last driveway or intersection beyond which there is no public access.

ROAD

CLOS ED

5

4

A

A

B

Minor Roador Driveway

ROAD

CLOS ED

B EG I N N I N G

XXXX XX

XXX

FE ET

Layout 6J-20 Typical Signing for a Road Closure

6J-21 January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3


ENTRANCE RAMP CLOSURES

RAM P

CLOS ED

B EG I N N I N G

XXXX XX

Cover

Turn Lanes

Cover

Inpla

ce

Inplace

NOTES:1.2. Advance warning signs should be used seven days in advance of the closure.3. Cover all directional signing for the closed ramp.


2

3 3 3

G/2

G/2

Layout 6J-21 Entrance Ramp Closures

6J-22December, 2011


TYPICAL TERMINI SIGNING

84 x 36 inches

84x36inches

60 x 24 inches

60x24inches

Layout 6J-22 Typical Termini Signing



TYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNING

Install at least 7 daysprior to the start of work

Installatleast7dayspriortothestartofwork

Install within the projectlimits at least 7 days

prior to the start of work

Installwithintheprojectlimitsatleast7days

priortothestartofwork

Remove on theday that work starts

Removeonthedaythatworkstarts

Remove on theday that work starts

Removeonthedaythatworkstarts

Layout 6J-23 Typical Advance Signing

6J-24aJanuary,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

Mn

Rev

. 3

LONG TERM LAYOUT 6J-24a

CROSSWALK CLOSURES AND

PEDESTRIAN DETOURS

NOTES:1. When crosswalks, sidewalks or other pedestrian facilities are blocked, closed or

relocated, temporary facilities shall include accessibility features consistent withthe features present in the existing pedestrian facility.

2. The examples show only key typical dimensions. Refer to the MnDOT"Temporary Pedestrian Access Route" (TPAR) website( ) for standards,guidance and options when blocking, closing, or relocating pedestrian facilities.

3. Only traffic control devices controlling pedestrian flows are shown. Otherdevices may be needed to control traffic on the streets.

4. An approved audible message device or tactile message should be providedfor sight-impaired pedestrians. When used, a message device should provide acomplete physical description of the temporary pedestrian detour includingduration, length of (and/or distance to) the bypass, any restrictions or hazardsand project information as listed in note 5 below. The number and location ofdevices should be determined for each project prior to starting work. Devicesmay be placed prior to sidewalk work to warn regular users of the planned work.

5. Typical sign message for a temporary pedestrian detour should includeinformation such as the duration of the walkway restrictions (beginning and/orend dates) and a project contact number for 24/7 questions or reporting hazards.

6. The International Symbol of Accessibility should be displayed when anywalkway through a work zone has been determined to be TPAR compliant.The Symbol of Accessibility shall not be displayed if persons with disabilitiesshould not use the primary temporary pedestrian detour. The reason for thenon-compliance should be posted and an alternate route should be posted whenthe primary temporary pedestrian detour is non-complaint to TPAR standards.

7. Conditions that are beyond recommended standards should be documented.A walkway is non-compliant if it is missing key ADA elements such as curbramp(s), truncated domes, and detectable edging. Other restrictions or hazardsmay include insufficient width or pinch-point widths, traffic conflicts, steepgrades, non-continuous railings, tripping hazards, or uneven/rough/soft surfaceconditions, etc.

8. Pedestrian traffic signal displays controlling closed crosswalks shall be covered.Temporary pedestrian signals should be considered when creating a newcrossing location.

9. Curb marking shall be prohibited for a minimum of 30 feet in advance of themid-block pedestrian crossing. Crosswalk marking shall be installed andconflicting marking removed or covered. Curb ramps with detectable warningsshall be provided to transition from the sidewalk to the crosswalk.

10. Pedestrian detour trailblazing signs should be used if the pedestrian detour islocated someplace other than across the street from the sidewalk closure.

http://www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/workzone/tpar.html

Layout 6J-24a Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours

6J-24b January,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

LONG TERM LAYOUT 6J-24b

CROSSWALK CLOSURES AND

PEDESTRIAN DETOURS

PedestrianCrossing Signal

PedestrianCrossing Signal

8

8

9

SIDEWALKCLOSED

USEOTHERSIDE

SIDEWALKCLOSED

USEOTHERSIDE

SIDEWALK

CLOSED

SIDEWALK

CLOSED

S I D EWAL K

C L O S E D

SIDEWALK

CLOSED

ES

T.

CO

MP

LE

TIO

NO

CT

20X

X

PR

OJE

CT

CO

NTA

CT

612-X

XX

-XX

X

EST.COMPLETIONOCT20XX

PROJECTCONTACT612-XXX-XXX

E N D S O CT 2 0 X X

C O N TA CT 6 1 2 -X X X-X X X4

6 5

ENDSOCT20XX

CONTACT612-XXX-XXX

4

6

5

4

4

6

6

5

5


AH EAD

C RO S S H E R E

SIDEWALKCLOSED

AHEAD

CROSSHERE

Layout 6J-24b Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours

6J-25aJanuary,2014

Mn

Rev

. 3

LONG TERM LAYOUT 6J-25a

SIDEWALK BYPASS

NOTES:1. When crosswalks, sidewalks or other pedestrian facilities are blocked, closed or

relocated, temporary facilities shall include accessibility features consistent withthe features present in the existing pedestrian facility.

2. The examples show only key typical dimensions. Refer to the MnDOT"Temporary Pedestrian Access Route" (TPAR) website( ) for standards,guidance and options when blocking, closing, or relocating pedestrian facilities.

3. Where high speeds and/or high traffic volumes are anticipated, barrier shouldbe used to separate the temporary pedestrian walkway from vehicular traffic.When used, barriers shall be installed as detailed in the MN MUTCD, Part 6F.

4. Only traffic control devices controlling pedestrian flows are shown.Other devices may be needed to control traffic on the streets.

5. When both sides of a temporary pedestrian bypass require channelizingdevices, then the devices should be a similar type (railing system, barricade,or fencing system), excluding when TTC barrier (such as concrete barrier) isused to protect pedestrians from an open traffic lane.

6. An approved audible message device or tactile message should be provided forsight-impaired pedestrians. When used, a message device should provide acomplete physical description of the temporary pedestrian by-pass includingduration, length of (and/or distance to) the bypass, any restrictions or hazardsand project information as listed in note 7 below. The message device(s) mayalso describe an alternate route. The number and location of devices should bedetermined for each project prior to starting work. Devices may be placed priorto sidewalk work to warn regular users of the planned work.

7. Typical sign message for a temporary pedestrian bypass should includeinformation such as the duration of the walkway restrictions (beginning and/orend dates) and a project contact number for 24/7 questions or reporting hazards.

8. The International Symbol of Accessibility should be displayed when anywalkway through a work zone has been determined to be TPAR compliant.The Symbol of Accessibility shall not be displayed if persons with disabilitiesshould not enter the temporary pedestrian bypass. An alternate route should beposted when the temporary pedestrian bypass is non-complaint to TPARstandards.

9. Conditions that are beyond recommended standards should be documented.A walkway is non-compliant if it is missing key ADA elements such as curbramp(s), truncated domes, and detectable edging. Other restrictions or hazardsmay include insufficient width or pinch-point widths, traffic conflicts, steepgrades, non-continuous railings, tripping hazards, or uneven/rough/soft surfaceconditions, etc.

10. When a sidewalk is closed but workers are present who will provide assistanceor directions to pedestrians, then the devices as shown are not required.

http://www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/workzone/tpar.html

Layout 6J-25a Sidewalk Bypass

6J-25b January,2014

LONG TERM LAYOUT 6J-25b

SIDEWALK BYPASS

MINOR ROAD

Curb & gutter or other transitionbetween roadway and sidewalk

TPAR width of 60 inches is preferred.If width is 48 inch, then at least one60 x 60-inch passing space is requiredfor every 200 feet of length.

TPAR width of 60 inches is preferred.If width is 48 inch, then at least one60 x 60-inch passing space is requiredfor every 200 feet of length.

Temporary walkway surface coveringrough, soft or uneven ground or hazards

Additional audible message devicesmay be needed for route information

Temporary curb ramp providing 12:1 (8%)slope or flatter and non-slip treatment added

Temporary curb ramp providing12:1 (8%) slope or flatter andnon-slip treatment added

Ramp landing area providing48 x 48 inch minimum area and 2% orflatter cross-slope

Ramp landing area providing a 48 x 48 inchminimum area and 2% or flatter cross-slope

TTC barrier with taper andattenuation (length as required)

Temporary truncated domes, optionalbased upon usage of cross-street

5 device taper 25 feet long (1 stall),recommended when the closed area wasused as ab intermittent traffic lane orbypass lane.

LOW-SPEED ROADWAY

HIGH-SPEED ROADWAY

or

LOW-SPEED MULTI-LANE

5

5

S I D EWALK

WO R K AH EAD



78

S I D EWALK

WO R K AH EAD



78

Mn

Rev

. 3

Layout 6J-25b Sidewalk Bypass


Chapter 6K. Minnesota Temporary Traffic Control Field Manual

Documents

PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL TABLE OF …6A-i December, 2019 PART 6. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 6A. General 6A.1..... General 6A-1